UNIT 1 MY HOBBIES

A.VOCABULARY

1. a piece of cake (idiom) /əpi:s əv keɪk/   dễ ợt

2. arranging flowers /ə'reɪndʒɪŋ 'flaʊər/   cắm hoa
3. bird-watching (n) /bɜːd wɒtʃɪŋ/   quan sát chim chóc
4. board game (n) /bɔːd ɡeɪm/   trò chơi trên bàn cờ (cờ tỉ phú, cờ vua)
5. carve (v) /kɑːv/   chạm, khắc
6. carved (adj) /kɑːvd/   được chạm, khắc
7. collage (n) /'kɒlɑːʒ/   một bức tranh tạo thành từ nhiều tranh, ảnh nhỏ
8. eggshell (n) /eɡʃel/   vỏ trứng
9. fragile (adj) /'frædʒaɪl/   dễ vỡ
10. gardening (n) /'ɡɑːdənɪŋ/   làm vườn
11. horse-riding (n) /hɔːs, 'raɪdɪŋ/   cưỡi ngựa
12. ice-skating (n) /aɪs, 'skeɪtɪŋ/   trượt băng
13. making model /'meɪkɪŋ, 'mɒdəl/   làm mô hình
14. making pottery /'meɪkɪŋ 'pɒtəri/   nặn đồ gốm
15. melody /'melədi/   giai điệu
16. monopoly (n) /mə'nɒpəli/   cờ tỉ phú
17. mountain climbing (n) /'maʊntɪn, 'klaɪmɪŋ/   leo núi
18. share (v) /ʃeər/   chia sẻ
19. skating (n) /'skeɪtɪŋ/   trượt pa tanh
20. strange (adj) /streɪndʒ/   lạ
21. surfing (n) /'sɜːfɪŋ/   lướt sóng
22. unique (adj) /jʊˈni:k/   độc đáo
23. unusual (adj) /ʌn'ju:ʒuəl/   khác thường
B.NGỮ PHÁP
I. THÌ HIỆN TẠI ĐƠN (PRESENT SIMPLE)
1. Cách dùng
Cách dùng Ví dụ
Dùng để diễn tả thói quen hoặc những việc thường We go to school everyday (Tôi đi học mỗi ngày)
xuyên xảy ra ở hiện tại.
Dùng để diễn tả những sự vật, sự việc xảy ra mang This festival occurs every 4 years. (Lễ hội này diễn
tính chất quy luật. ra 4 năm một lần)
Dùng để diễn tả các sự thật hiển nhiên, một chân lý, The earth moves around the Sun (trái đất xoay quanh
các phong tục tập quán, các hiện tượng tự nhiên. mặt trời)
Dùng để diễn tả lịch trình cố định của tàu, xe, máy The train leaves at 8 am tomorrow (Tàu khởi hành
bay,… lúc 8 giờ sáng mai.)

2. Dạng thức của thì hiện tại đơn.

a. Với động từ “to be” (am/is/are)
Thể khẳng định Thể phủ định
I Am + danh từ/tính I Am not + danh từ/tính
He/She/It/ danh Is từ He/She/It/ danh Is not/isn’t từ
1
từ số it/ danh từ từ số it/ danh từ
không đếm không đếm
được được
You/ we/ they/ are You/ we/ they/ Are not/ aren’t
danh từ số danh từ số
nhiều nhiều
Ví dụ: Ví dụ:
I am a student (Tôi là một học sinh) I am not here (Tôi không ở đây)
She is very beautiful (Cô ấy rất xinh) Miss Lan isn’t my teacher (Cô Lan không phải là cô
We are in the garden (Chúng tôi đang ở trong vườn) giáo của tôi)
My brothers aren’t at school (các anh trai của tôi thì
không ở trường)

Thể nghi vấn Câu trả lời ngắn

Am I + danh từ/tính Yes, I Am not
từ No,
Is He/She/It/ danh Yes, He/She/It/ danh Is not/isn’t
từ số it/ danh từ từ số it/ danh từ
không đếm No, không đếm
được được

Are You/ we/ they/ Yes, You/ we/ they/ Are not/ aren’t
danh từ số danh từ số
No,
nhiều nhiều
Ví dụ:
Am I in team A? (Mình ở đội A có phải không?)
Yes, you are / No, you aren’t
Is she a nurse? (cô ấy có phải là y tá không?)
Yes, she is/ No, she isn’t
Are they friendly? (Họ có thân thiện không?)
Yes, they are/ No, they aren’t
 Lưu ý: Khi chủ ngữ trong câu hỏi là “you” (bạn) thì câu trả lời phải dùng “I” (tôi)
b. Với động từ thường “Verb/ V”
Thể khẳng định Thể phủ định
I/ You/ we/ they/ + V nguyên mẫu I/ You/ we/ they/ + do not/don’t + V nguyên mẫu
danh từ số nhiều danh từ số nhiều
He/She/It/ danh + V-s,es He/She/It/ danh + does
từ số it/ danh từ từ số it/ danh từ not/doesn’t
không đếm được không đếm được
Ví dụ: Ví dụ:
- I walk to school every - They don’t do their homework evry afternoon
morning (mỗi buổi sáng tôi đi (Họ không làm bài tập về nhà vào mỗi buổi chiều)
bộ đến trường) - His friends don’t go swimming in the evening
- My parents play badminton in (Bạn của anh ấy không đi bơi vào buổi tối)
the morning (Bố mẹ tôi chơi - He doesn’t go to school on Sunday (Anh ấy
cầu lông vào buổi sáng) không đi học vào chủ nhật)
- She always gets up early (Cô - Her grandparents doesn’t do excersises in the
ấy luôn thức dậy sớm) park (Bà của cô ấy không tập thể dục trong công
- Nam watches TV every viên)
evening (Nam xem tivi vào
mỗi tối)

Thể nghi vấn Câu trả lời ngắn

Do I/ You/ we/ + V nguyên Yes, I/ You/ we/ do
they/ danh từ số mẫu No, they/ danh từ số Do not/ don’t
nhiều nhiều
2
Does He/She/It/ danh Yes, He/She/It/ danh Does
từ số it/ danh từ từ số it/ danh từ
không đếm No, không đếm Does not/
được được doesn’t
Ví dụ:
Do you often go to the cinema? (Bạn có thường đi xem phim vào cuối tuần không?)
Yes, I do / No, I don’t
Does he play soccer in the afternoon? (Có phải anh ấy chơi bóng đá vào cuối buổi chiều không?)
 Yes, he does / No, he doesn’t
Do they often go swimming? (Họ thường đi bơi phải không?)
Yes, they do/ No, they don’t
c. Wh-questions.
Khi đặt câu hỏi có chứa Wh-word (từ để hỏi) như: Who, When, Where, Why, Which, How ta đặt chúng lên
đầu câu. Tuy nhiên, khi trả lời cho dạng câu hỏi này, ta không dùng Yes/No mà cần đưa ra câu trả lời trực tiếp.
Cấu trúc:
Wh-word + am/is/are + S ? Wh-word + do/does + S + V?
Ví dụ: Ví dụ:
Who is he? (Anh ấy là ai?) What do you do? (Bạn làm nghề gì?)
He is my brother (Anh ấy là anh trai tôi) I am a student. (Tôi là một học sinh)
Where are they? (Họ ở đâu?) Why does he cry? (Tại sao anh ấy khóc?)
They are in the playground. (Họ ở trong sân Because he is sad. (Bởi vì anh ấy buồn)
chơi)
3. Dấu hiệu nhận biết
Trong câu ở thì hiện tại đơn thường có sự xuất hiện của các trạng từ chỉ tần suất và chúng được chia thành 2
nhóm:
 Nhóm trạng từ đứng ở trong câu:
- Always (luôn luôn), usually (thường thường), often (thường), sometimes (thỉnh thoảng), rarely (hiếm
khi), seldom (hiếm khi), frequently (thường xuyên), hardly (hiếm khi), never (không bao giờ), regularly
(thường xuyên)…
- Các trạng từ này thường đứng trước động từ thường, sau động từ “to be” và trợ động từ.
Ví dụ:
- He rarely goes to school by bus. (Anh ta hiếm khi đi học bằng xe buýt)
- She is usually at home in the evening (Cô ấy thường ở nhà vào buổi tối)
- I don’t often go out with my friends (Tôi không thường đi ra ngoài với bạn bè)
 Nhóm trạng ngữ đứng cuối câu:
- Everyday/week/month/ year (hàng ngày/hàng tháng/hàng tuần/hàng năm)
- Once (một lần), twice (hai lần), three times (ba lần), four times (bốn lần)…
- * Lưu ý: từ ba lần trở lên ta sử dụng: số đếm + times
Ví dụ:
- He phones home every week (Anh ấy điện thoại về nhà mỗi tuần)
- They go on holiday to the seaside once a year (Họ đi nghỉ hè ở bãi biển mỗi năm một lần)
4. Cách thêm s/es vào sau động từ
Trong câu ở thì hiện tại đơn, nếu chủ ngữ là ngôi thứ ba số ít (she,he,it,danh từ số ít) thì động từ phải thêm đuôi
s/es. Dưới đây là các quy tắc khi chia động từ.
Thêm “s” vào đằng sau hầu hết các động từ Ví dụ: Work – works Read – reads
Love – loves See – sees
Thêm “es” vào các động từ kết thúc bằng Ví dụ: Miss – misses Watch – watches
“ch,sh,x,s,z,o” Mix – mixes Go – goes
Đối với động từ tận cùng bằng “y” Ví dụ: Play – plays Fly – flies
+ Nếu trước “y” là một nguyên âm
(u,e,o,a,i) ta nguyên “y + s” Buy – buys Cry – cries
+ Nếu trước “y” là một phụ âm ta đổi “y” Pay – pays Fry – fries
thành “I + es”
Trường hợp ngoại lệ Ví dụ:

3
  BÀI TẬP VẬN DỤNG CƠ BẢN
Bài 1: Hoàn thành bảng sau, thêm đuôi s/es vào sau các động từ sao cho đúng.
V V-s/es V V-s/es
Begin (bắt đầu) Say (nói)
Believe (tin tưởng) See(nhìn)
Build (xây) Sleep (ngủ)
Come (đến) Spend (dành)
Do (làm) Study(học)
Eat (ăn) Taste (nếm, có vị)
Finish (kết thúc) Tell (nói)
Get (được) Think (nghĩ)
Go (đi) Travel (đi)
Have (có) Use (dùng)
Meet (gặp) Wash (rửa)
Play (chơi) Watch (xem)
Put (đặt, để) Work (làm việc)
Rise (mọc lên) Write (viết)
Bài 2: Viết lại các câu sau ở thể khẳng định (+), thể phủ định (-), thể nghi vấn (?) của thì hiện tại đơn.
1. (+) He goes to the cinema.
(-) ___________________________________
(?) ___________________________________
2. (+)___________________________________
(-) James doesn’t like strawberry
(?) ___________________________________
3. (+)___________________________________
(-) ___________________________________
(?) Do they work in this software company?
4. (+) His new trousers are black
(-) ___________________________________
(?) ___________________________________
5. (+)___________________________________
(-) ___________________________________
(?) Does she want to quit the job?
Bài 3: Khoanh tròn vào câu trả lời đúng
1. My sister (go/goes) ice skating every winter
2. They seldom (have/has) dinner with each other.
3. I (come/ comes) from Ha Noi, Viet Nam.
4. Jim and I (don’t/ doesn’t ) go to school by bus.
5. His hobby (is/are) collecting stamps
6. Jane and I (am/ are) best friends.
7. My cat doesn’t (eat/eats) vegetables.
8. (Does/ Do) your mother finish her work at 4 o’clock?
9. We (watch/watches) Tv everyday.
10. Peter never (forgets/ forget) to do his homework.
11. Tom always (win/ wins) when he plays chess
12. (Do/ Are) you a student?
13. Mice (is/are) afraid of cats.
14. How does your father (travel/ travels) to work everyday?
15. They sometimes (go/goes) sightseeing in rural areas.
Bài 4: Cho dạng đúng của động từ trong ngoặc ở thì hiện tại đơn.
1. Nurses and doctors (work)___________ in hospitals.
2. This schoolbag (belong) ___________to Jim.
3. ___________the performance (begin) ___________at 7pm?
4. Sometimes, I (get) ___________up before the sun (rise) ___________
4
 5. Whenever she (be) ___________in trouble, she (call) ___________me for help.
6. Dogs (have) ___________eyyesight than human.
7. She (speak) ___________four different languages.
8. The Garage Sale (open) ___________on 2nd of August and (finish) ___________on 4th of October.
9. She (be) ___________ a great teacher.
10. Who ___________ this umbrella (belong) ___________to?
11. Who (go) ___________to the theater once a month?
12. James often (skip) ___________breakfast.
13. I rarely (do) ___________morning exercises.
14. My cousin (have) ___________a driving lesson once a week.
15. My father and I often (play) ___________football with each other.
Bài 5: Hãy chọn câu trả lời đúng cho các câu sau:
1. My father ___________a teacher. He works in a hospital.
A. Is B. isn’t C. are D. aren’t
2. I ___________rock music but my brothers don’t like it.
A. Likes B. likes C. don’t like D. doesn’t like
3. Workers always ___________helmet for safety reason.
A. Wears B. wear C. don’t wear D. doesn’t wear
4. I don’t like chocolate. I ___________eat it.
A. Never B. often C. always D. usually
5. My classmates ___________lazy. They always do their homework.
A. Are B. is C. aren’t D. isn’t
6. My grandfather___________fishing very often
A. Goes B. go C. don’t go D. is
7. ___________tidy your room?
A. How often are you?
B. How often do you?
C. How often you
D. How often does you
8. Ms Thuy water the trees ___________a week.
A. Once B. one C. two D. one time
9. What ___________your nationality? I am Vietnamese.
A. Is B. are C. do D. does
10. I really love making models and my brother ___________it too.
A. Love B. loves C. don’t love D. doesn’t love
11. The Smiths never___________to their neighbors
A. Talk B. talks C. don’t talk D. doesn’t talk
12. My sister ___________ how to swim.
A. Don’t know B. doesn’t know C.don’t knows D. not know.
13. My teacher ___________ very kind. We really like her.
A. Is B. isn’t C. are D. aren’t
14. Sometimes a rainbow___________ after the rain.
A. AppearB.appears C. not appear D. doesn’t appears
15. The train ___________at 6 am tomorrow.
A. Leaves B. leave C. is leave D. don’t leave
Bài 6: Hoàn thành các câu sau.
1. How often/ you/ go/skating?
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2. What time/ your sister/ wake up/ in the morning?
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. Charlie/ carve/ eggshells/ in his free time.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. I/ often/ not go/ the cinema.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5. Harry/ be/ always/ late/ for school.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6. He/ a photographer. / He/ take/ beautiful photos.
5
 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7. My sister/ rarely/ drink/ orange juice.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8. She/ arrange/ flowers/ beautifully?
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9. What/ your hobby?---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10. Mr. Ha/ teach/ many students.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Bài 7: Tìm lỗi sai và viết lại câu đúng.
1. My brother and my sister doesn’t like playing board games.
2. Does Mr. and Mrs. Parker make pottery everyday?
3. Does bird-watching is Tom’s hobby?
4. How often you polish your car?
5. My friend don’t work in this company.
6. James live in Australia.
7. Are you get up early in the morning?
8. Does Sarah drives to work everyday?
9. Elena haves a beautiful smile.
10. What does the children do in their free time?
II. THÌ TƯƠNG LAI ĐƠN (FUTURE SIMPLE)
1. Cách dùng
Cách dùng Ví dụ
Dùng để diễn tả một hành động hay sự việc sẽ She’ll be back at 6 p.m tonight (tối nay cô ấy sẽ
xảy ra trong tương lai trở về vào lúc 6 giờ)
They will help me do exercise (họ sẽ giúp tôi
làm bài tập này)
Dùng để diễn tả một suy nghĩ, quyết định ngay I will drink water instead of milk (tôi sẽ uống
lúc nói nước thay cho sữa)
I think I will teach here (tôi nghĩ tôi sẽ ở đây)
Dùng để diễn tả một lời hứa I promise I will come here tomorrow (tôi hứa
tôi sẽ đến đây vào ngày mai)
He promises he will marry me (anh ấy hứa anh
ấy sẽ cưới tôi)
Dùng để diễn tả một lời đề nghị, gợi ý Will we go for a walk tonight? (tối nay chúng
ta sẽ đi dạo nhe)
What will we do now? (chúng ta sẽ làm gì bây
giờ nhỉ)
2. Dạng thức của thì tương lai đơn.
Thể khẳng định Thể phủ định
I/you/we/they/Danh từ + will + V nguyên I/you/we/they/Danh từ + will not + V nguyên
số nhiều mẫu số nhiều mẫu
He/she/it/Danh từ số ít (will = ‘ll) He/she/it/Danh từ số ít (will not = won’t)

Ví dụ:
- I will visit Hue city (Tôi sẽ đến thăm
thành phố Huế)
- She will be fourteen years old on hẻ
next birthday (cô ấy sẽ 14 tuổi vào sinh
nhật kế tiếp)
- They will come to the party next
Sunday (chủ nhật tuần sau họ sẽ đến
bữa tiệc)
Ví dụ:
- She won’t forget him (cô ấy sẽ không
quên anh ấy)
- Hung will not go camping next week
(Tuần tới Hùng sẽ không đi cắm trại)
- We won’t do some shopping tomorrow.
(Ngày mai chúng tôi sẽ không đi mua
sắm)

Thể nghi vấn Câu trả lời ngắn

Will I/you/we/they/Danh từ số + V nguyên mẫu? Yes I/you/we/they/Danh từ số will
nhiều No nhiều won’t
6
 He/she/it/Danh từ số ít He/she/it/Danh từ số ít
Ví dụ:
- Will you go to Ha noi city next month? (tháng sau bạn sẽ đi thành phố Hà Nội à?)
 Yes, I will / No, I won’t
- Will she meet her boy friend tonight? (Tối nay cô ấy sẽ gặp bạn trai phải không?)
 Yes, she does/ No, she doesn’t
- Will they arrive here next week? (Tuần sau họ sẽ đến đây phải không?)
 Yes, they will / No, they won’t.
3. Dấu hiệu nhận biết.
- Trong câu thì tương lai thường xuất hiện các từ sau: tonight (tối nay), tomorrow (ngày mai); next week/
month/ year…(tuần/tháng/năm sau); someday (một ngày nào đó); soon (chẳng bao lâu); …
- Ngoài ra các từ và cụm từ như I think, I promise, perhaps = probably (có lẽ, có thể), ….cũng được dùng
trong thì tương lai đơn.
BÀI TẬP VẬN DỤNG CƠ BẢN.
Bài 8: Dựa vào từ cho sẵn , viết câu ở thể khẳng định (+), thể phủ định (-), thể nghi vấn (?) của thì tương
lai đơn.
1. He/ be/ back/ before 10 pm.
(+)___________________________________
(-) ___________________________________
(?) ___________________________________
2. James/ go shopping/ with you.
(+)___________________________________
(-) ___________________________________
(?) ___________________________________
3. You/ go out/ with me.
(+)___________________________________
(-) ___________________________________
(?) ___________________________________
4. I/ bring/ you/ some apples
(+)___________________________________
(-) ___________________________________
(?) ___________________________________
5. Tomorrow/ be/ a good day.
(+)___________________________________
(-) ___________________________________
(?) ___________________________________
6. They/ buy/ new house.
(+)___________________________________
(-) ___________________________________
(?) ___________________________________
7. Your family/ travel/ by car.
(+)___________________________________
(-) ___________________________________
(?) ___________________________________
8. Jim/ learn/ how to cook.
(+)___________________________________
(-) ___________________________________
(?) ___________________________________
Bài 9: Điền “will ” hoặc “shall” vào chỗ trống để tạo thành câu hoàn chỉnh.
1. My parents ________come home today.
2. I think I ________pass the entrance exam.
3. Perhaps Janet________participate in this competition.
4. ________we go out for a walk?
5. She promises me she ________land me her book.
6. ________I help you wash the dishes?
7. I believe Alisa ________be a wonderful teacher in the future.
7
 8. Mr.Vu ________probably bring his son to work today.
9. ________we go to the beach and sinbathe?
10. What ________Tom give you on your next birthday?
11. ________I give you the book?
12. They ________help you when you ask them.
13. ________you help me with this exercise?
14. I don’t think It________rain today.
15. ________you lift this box for me?
16. When I grow up, I ________take care of my parents.
17. In the future, there ________be more cars on the streets.
18. My teacher ________be there in the next five minutes.
19. I hope she ________ get better.
20. ________they prepare dinner tonight?
Bài 10: Chia động từ trong ngoặc ở thì tương lai đơn.
1. I am hot. I (turn) ________ on the air-conditioner.
2. You (meet) ________many interesting people.
3. ________(you/come) to her birthday party?
4. He wishes he (earn) ________ a lot of money in the future.
5. My sister (turn) ________sixteen tomorrow.
6. Ava (not be) ________with one hour.
7. What ________(you/do) tonight?
8. My father believe that this year the weather (be) ________fine.
9. The restaurant (serve) ________Thai food in the next few weeks.
10. How long ________(he/stay) in Hanoi?
11. I study very hard. I think I (get) ________ good marks.
12. Tomorrow is my sister’s graduation. I (buy) ________some flowers for her.
13. She thinks she (not stop) ________playing violin in the future.
14. I am sure Mr. Parker (come) ________
15. Don’t run so fast. You (fall) ________
16. Are you sick? I (phone) ________the doctor.
17. Don’t worry. Everything (be) ________alright.
18. There (not be) ________any magazines tomorrow.
19. I suppose my father (take) ________me to the theater tomorrow.
20. How long ________ (you voyage/ take)?
21. (there/ be) a lot of people at the concert.
22. Your boss (agree) ________to your brilliant ideas.
23. You (never see) ________this beautiful thing again.
24. ________(your parents/be) at home tomorrow?
25. ________(you/ accept) my invitation?
Bài 11: Nối câu hỏi ở cột A với câu trả lời ở cột B sao cho thích hợp.
A B
1. What will you do tonight? a. No, he won’t
2. Will you come to our party next week? b. No, they won’t
3. Will he manage to persuade Tom? c. Yes, I will
4. Will Mrs. Smith visit her son tomorrow? d. Probably before 6 o’clock
5. Will Mary and Ann meet each other today? e. Japan
6. When will he arrive here? f. I will watch my favorite movie
7. Where will Sarah visit this summer? g. By train
8. Will thay be late? h. Yes, she will
9. Will two of you leave soon? i. Yes, they will. They are in the
same class
10. How will you get there tomorrow? j. No, we won’t
Bài 12: Sắp xếp các từ sau theo thứ tự đúng để tạo thành câu hoàn chỉnh.
1. Promise/ I / never/ lies/ tell/ will/ again/ I.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2. Busy/ The/ be/ will/ doctor/ today/ probably/ very.
8
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. She/ Perhaps/ forgive/ you/ will
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. morning/windy/ tomorrow/ I / will/ think/ be/ it/ not/
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5. this/do/ will/ afternoon/ What/ you?
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6. we/ out/ dinner/ go/ Shall/ for/ tonight?
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7. come/ I / will/ not/ he/ will/ back/ but/ now.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8. bride/ a/ tomorrow/ charming/ will/ become/ She.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9. you/ do/ me/ Will/ a/ favor?
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10. think/ We/ he/ propose to/ girlfriend/ will/ his/ tonight.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
II. ĐỘNG TỪ CHỈ SỰ THÍCH VÀ GHÉT (VERBS OF LIKING AND DISLIKING)
1. Các động từ chỉ sự yêu, thích phổ biến
Các động từ phổ biến Like (thích), love (yêu thích), enjoy (thích thú), fancy (mến, thích),
adore (mê, thích)
Cấu trúc Like/love/enjoy/fancy/adore + V-ing
Ví dụ - Do you like watching TV? (Cậu có thích xem TV không?)
- My mother loves watering flowers in the garden.
(Mẹ tớ thích tưới hoa trong vườn)
- My parents really enjoy surfing at the beach. (Bố mẹ tớ rất
thích lướt sóng bãi biển)
- Do you fancy riding a bike now? (Cậu có muốn đi xe đạp bây
giờ không?)
- My brother and I adore playing badminton. (Anh em tớ rất thích
chơi cầu lông)
Chú ý 1. Có thể dùng dạng phủ định của các động từ “like, fancy” để
diễn đạt ý không thích
Ví dụ:
She doesn’t like drawing (Cô ấy không thích vẽ)
He doesn’t fancy climbing a tree (Anh ấy không thích trèo cây)
2. “very much” và “a lot” (rất nhiều) thường đứng cuối câu chỉ sự
yêu thích.
Ví dụ:
I love singing very much/ a lot
2. Các động từ chỉ sự ghét, không thích.
Các động từ phổ biến Dislike (không thích), hate (ghét), detest (ghét cay, ghét đắng)
Cấu trúc Dislike/hate/ detest + V-ing
Ví dụ Rose dislikes studying Maths. (Rose không thích học Toán)
I hate having a bath in winter (Tôi ghét tắm ở mùa đông.)
Laura detests cooking (Laura rất ghét nấu ăn)
Adults don’t like eating sweets (Người lớn không thích ăn kẹo)
I don’t fancy swimming in this cold weather (Tớ không thích bơi trong thời
tiết này)
BÀI TẬP VẬN DỤNG CƠ BẢN
Bài 13: Viết các động từ trong bảng dưới đây ở dạng V-ing
V V-ing V V-ing
paint cook
write make
read drink

9
listen watch
play see
sit eat
hit drive
keep sleep
Bài 14: Chọn và cho đáp án đúng của các động từ trong hộp dưới đây vào chỗ trống.
Get – tidy – do – brush – make – go – go – have – meet - eat
1. She doesn’t like ________ her room everyday.
2. Do you like ________to bad at eleven o’clock?
3. My mother dislikes ________up at 7.
4. Does your sister hate________ cold food?
5. Anne’s father loves ________to work by car.
6. I always like ________my homework before 7 o’clock.
7. John likes ________his teeth at noon.
8. Your grandmother hates ________ bread.
9. Does she like________a shower after dinner?
10. Hannah loves________ her friends once a week.
Bài 15: Sắp xếp các từ sau để tạo thành câu hoàn chỉnh.
1. classical/ My/ likes/ mother/ to/ music/ . / Listening
2. his/ dad/ car/ . / Ana’s/ washing/ hates
3. traveling/ friend/ by/ loves/ My/ plane/ . / father’s
4. emails/ . / writing/ I/ long/ hate
5. watching/ dislike/ films/horror/ She/ TV/ . / on
6. in/ Tommy/ dancing/ the/ loves/ disco/ .
7. Englihs/ . / My / speaking/ Maths/ loves/ teacher/
8. doesn’t/ early/ . / friend’s/ sister/ My/ like/ getting/ up
9. the/ I/ getting/ dressed/ mornings/ . / like/ in
10. a/ at/ bath/ aunt/ having/ nights/ . / loves/ James’
Bài 16: Cho dạng đúng của động từ trong ngoặc trong các câu dưới đây
1. I don’t fancy ________(go) out tonight
2. He enjoys ________(have) a bath in the evening
3. I dislike ________(wait).
4. She doesn’t like ________(be) on the computer
5. He likes ________(read) magazines.
6. He doesn't like____(talk) on the phone.
7. They like ____ (go) to restaurants.
8. They don’t like________ (cook).
9. She likes_______(watch) films.
10. I like_____(get) up early in summer.
Bài 17: Khoanh tròn vào câu trả lời đúng
1. Tom (likes / hates) doing homework. He is lazy.
2. She (fancies / doesn't fancy) the idea of staying out too late. It's too dangerous.
3. Most girls (detest / like) cockroaches.
4. Tom (likes/ doesn't like) making models. He never do It
5. We (enjoy/ hate) spending time with Jane. She is very Interesting.
6. Many people (dislike/enjoy) doing morning exercises. It is good for health.
7. Mary always (adores/dislikes) her brother. She often plays with him.
8. I (hate/like) drinking coffee. It is too bitter.
9. I don't (fancy/hate) collecting stamps. I think it's boring.
10. They really (enjoy/dislike) talking with others. They are best friends.
BÀITẬP TỐNG HỢP NÂNG CAO
Bài 18. Dựa vào bảng dưới đây và hoàn thành câu sao cho đúng

arrange flowers make pottery climb mountains

Megan like love dislike

10
Alex and Peter hate detest fancy
My mother love adore hate

1. Megan_____flowers
2. Alex and Peter____ pottery
3. My mother______mountains.
4. Megan_____ pottery
5. Alex and Peter_____flowers
6. My mother______pottery
7. Megan______mountains.
8. Alex and Peter___________mountains.
Bài 19. Cho dạng đủng cùa động từ trong ngoặc ở thì hiện tại đơn hoặc tương lai đơn.
1. I (promise)-----I (not do)_____that silly thing again.
2. My hobby (be)_____reading book. I (continue)_____ reading in the future.
3. Peter really (enjoy)_____music. He (not stop)_____listening to music in thefuture.
4. The train (leave)_____at 6 o'clock tomorrow morning.
5. ________(I/bring) you a glass of water?
6. Ann (go)____________to the museum tomorrow. The museum (open)____at 7am and(close)______at 5 pm.
7. _____(you/help) me carry this luggage. It (be)_________so heavy.
8. You (look)_____tired. I (bring)_____you something to drink.
9. He always (try)_____his best. He (be)_____successful in the future.
10. ___________(the airplane/take off) at 6am tomorrow?
Bài 20. Chọn và cho dạng đúng của các động từ trong hộp dưới đây vào chỗ trống. Một từ có thể được
dùng hơn một lần.
go be detest like take lend pass listen

1. Tomorrow I_____sightseeing with my friends. I think it_____ beautiful day.

2. They______each other. They never talk to each other.
3. My mother doesn't like arranging flowers but I ______doing it.
4. Does Mr. Nam like______photos?
5. _______(you) me your book?
6. I seldom_to______the beach but I______to Sam Son this summer.
7. My teacher thinks that all of us______the test.
8. Does your sister adore_______to music?______(she) to the music festival tomorrow?
Bài 21. Cho dạng đúng của động từ trong ngoặc ở thì hiện tại đơn hoặc tương lai đơn.
Jim and Jane (1. be)____best friends and they have the same hobby. Both of them
(2. enjoy/read)____book in their free time. Jim (3. love/read)______ science books because there are
many interesting things. Jim (4. learn)_____------------a lot from his books. Jane (5.like)______a different type
of book. She usually (6. spend)____hours reading about famous people in history. Jane (7. think)____they are
very inspiring. Jim and Jane often (8.talk)_____with each other about the books. Their talk sometimes (9.
last)_____for several hours. They (10. agree)_____that reading is very relaxing.
Tomorrow the two friends (11. go)_____to a book fair. There (12. be)____a lot
of books. Jim and Jane think they (13. buy)_____some books. There (14. be)_____also a meeting of the local
reading club. Jane (15. probably join)_____in and (16. have)_____small talks with the book lovers. After the
fair, Jim and Jane (17. go)______home and (18. enjoy)________their books.
Trả lời các câu hỏi dưới đây:
a. Do Jim and Jane share the same hobby?
________________________________
b. Why does Jim enjoy reading science books?
___________________________________
c. What do Jim and Jane talk about?
_______________________________
d. When will Jim and Jane go to the book fair?
__________________________________
e. What will Jim and Jane do after the fair?
11
 _________________________________

C.EXERCISES UNIT 1
I.Find the word which has a different sound in the part underline.
1.A. prefer B. better C. teacher D. worker
2.A. bear B. hear C. dear D. near
3.A. collect B. concern C. concert D. combine
4.A. absent B. government C. dependent D.enjoy
5.A. future B. return C. picture D. culture
II.Match the noun from the box with the correct.
athletics basketball cycling football
karate skating swimming tennis
computer games photos TV films
judo cartoons bottles aerobics
stamps gardening camping dolls
music videos coins table tennis gymnastics
1.go:________________________________________________________________________________
2.do:________________________________________________________________________________
3.collect:_____________________________________________________________________________
4.play:_______________________________________________________________________________
5.take:_______________________________________________________________________________
6.watch:_____________________________________________________________________________
III.Put one of the verbs from the box in each blank with the correct form.
play read go do listen collect

1. The children are a play at the end of term.

2. When did you start antique glass?
3. What kind of music do you to?
4. Irene won’t be able in the match on Saturday.
5. I’ve never skiing.
6. He spent a pleasant afternoon the book.
IV. Complete the sentences with the words in the box.
basketball books chess films
music photography skating swimming
1. I really like - especially in the sea.
2. I’m interested in . My favourite band is T-ara from Korea.
3. I love . I go to the cinema every weekend.
4. I really like . I don’t play it, but I watch matches on TV.
5. My hobby is . I have a new camera.
6. I love . My favourite writer is To Hoai.
7. I really love in the park with my friends.
8. I like . I play against my dad. I also play against other people on the Internet.
V. Put the verbs in brackets in the correct verb form.
1. Nam’s friends often (give) him stamps from other countries.
2. My sister (practise) the guitar twice a week.
3. I (see) a film this Sunday evening. (you/ go) with me?
4. They (give) a party next week.
5. The members of the stamp collectors’ club (meet) at the library next Friday.
6. (you/ be) free next Sunday.
12
7. We (live) near Nam’s house, but we (not see) him very often.
8. Don’t worry. I (go) fishing with you next Saturday morning.
VI.Complete the text with the verbs in the box in the correct form. Maybe some verbs can be used more
than once.
go play watch listen
John has a lot of hobbies. He (1) chess at school and he also (2)
skating. After dinner, he (3) for a walk and he (4) to music every evening in
his room. John loves sports. He (5) athletics at school, and he (6) football after
school. On Saturdays, John and his friends (7) swimming. On Sundays, they (8)
basketball in the park. On Sunday evenings, they sometimes (9) a film.
VII. Complete the questions, using the verbs from the box in the correct form.
do go listen eat
1. your father like rock music?
2. your parents like on holiday?
3. you enjoy ice-cream?
4. your friends hate their homework?
VIII. Choose the correct answer A, B, c or D to fill each blank in the following passage.
Coin collecting is one of the most popular hobbies in the world. Most coin (1) enjoytrying
to have a complete set of a country’s coins. Some people collect coins for pleasure;(2) collect coins
in order to sell them later. From coins, we can also (3) somethingabout certain famous people and events
in a country’s (4)______.Many beginning collector go tothe bank and buy coins. Then they (5) coins
for their collection.
1.A. collectors B. collecting C. collected D. collections
2.A. another B. other C. others D. the other
3.A. teach B. learn C. give D. offer
4.A. history B. nature C. science D. geography
5.A. look B. see C. watch D. find
IX. Read the article and then decide whether the statements are true (T) or false (F).
After school Susan goes home to do her model-making. She loves making models. She started about a
year ago. She needs about two weeks to make a model. Then she puts it on the shelf in her bedroom. She has
about twenty models now. She thinks she will need to get another shelf soon. Last term she tried to start a club
for model-making at school but the teachers and other children weren’t interested. She thinks she has a lot of
fun anyway.
True False
1.Susan makes models when she stays at school.  
2.She has made her models for about one year.  
3.It takes her two weeks to make two models.  
4.She will need another shelf for her models soon.  
5.Susan tried to start a club for model making and the teachers and other  
children were interested in it very much.
X. Read the passage, and then choose the best answer.
Along with jogging and swimming, cycling is the best all-round forms of exercise. It canhelp to increase
your strength and energy, giving you a stronger heart. You don’t carry the weight of your body on your feet
when cycling. It is also a good form for people with a pain in your feet or your back. You should start your
hobby slowly. Doing too quickly can have bad effects.
You should cycle twice or three times a week. If you find you are in pain, you will stop and take a rest.
1. Why is cycling a good form of exercise?
_____________________________________________________________________________________
2.Why might people with a pain in the back go cycling?
_____________________________________________________________________________________
3.What will happen if you do too quickly?
13
 _____________________________________________________________________________________
4.How often should you go cycling?
_____________________________________________________________________________________
5.What will you do if you find you are in pain
_____________________________________________________________________________________
XI. Use the words or phrases given to write meaningful sentences. Then, write a paragraph about your
hobby or your classmate’s hobby.
1. Name of the hobby:
I/ unusual hobby/ collect/ buttons.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
2.When I started the hobby:
When/ I/ ten/ I/ lose/ a cute button/ shirt.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
I/ have to/ find/ another/ to replace.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
3.Why I like it:
Buttons/ long history.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
Buttons/ be made/ different materials.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
They/ various sizes/ shapes/ designs/ colours.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
4.Feelings about the hobby:
Button collecting/ not expensive/ it/ useful/ many ways
_____________________________________________________________________________________
5. Future:
I/ collect/ rare buttons/ other countries.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
TEST 1 UNIT 1
I. Find the word which has different sound in the underlined part.
1. A. bird B. girl C. first D. sister
2. A. burn B. sun C. hurt D. turn
3. A. nurse B. picture C. surf D. return
4. A. neighbor B. favorite C. culture D. tourist
5. A. hobby B. hour C. hotel D. hot
II. Find the word which has a different sound in the underlined part.
1. A. prefer B. better C. teacher D. worker
2. A. bear B. hear C. dear D. near
3. A. collect B. concern C. concert D. combine
4. A. absent B. government C. dependent D. enjoy
5. A. future B. return C. picture D. culture
III.Put the word into the correct column according the underlined part.
camera bird learn first final
culture natural heard sir girl
signal birthday again word world
yesterday neighbor turn third assistant

14
 /ə/ /ɜː/

IV. Read the dialogue and fill the correct words in the blanks, use the words in the box.
are from enjoy climb
show collecting expensive about

Nick: Hi Mi, welcome to our house!

Elena: Come upstairs! I’ll (1) you my room.
Mi: Wow! You have so many dolls.
Elena: Yes. My hobby is (2) dolls. Do you have a hobby?
Mi: I like collecting glass bottles.
Elena: Really? That’s very unusual. Is it (3) ?
Mi: Not at all, I just keep the bottles after we use them. What (4) doll collecting? Is it
expensive?
Elena: I guess so, but all of my dolls (5) presents. My aunt and uncle always give
me dolls on special occasions.
Mi: Your dolls are all very different.
Elena: Yes, they’re (6) all over the world!
Nick: I don’t know why girls collect things. It’s a piece of cake.
Mi: Do you have a difficult hobby, Nick?
Nick: Yes, I (7) mountain climbing.
Mi: But Nick, there are no mountains around here!
Nick: I know. I’m in a mountain climbing club. We travel to mountains around Viet Nam. In the
future, I’ll (8) mountains in other countries too.
V. Complete the sentences with the correct prepositions.
1. Mr. Porter is nice everyone.
2. Kathy was absent class yesterday.
3. Are you ready the test?
4. I’m angry Greg.
5. I’m mad Peter.
6. Are you afraid dogs?
7. Sometimes people aren’t kind animals.
8. One inch is equal 2.54 centimeters.
9. I’m thirsty a big glass of ice water.
10. Joe has good manners. He’s always polite everyone.
11. I'm not familiar that book. Whose is it?
12. John’s thermos bottle is full coffee.
VI. Choose the correct answer in each sentence.
1. Are you interested for/ in photography.
2. This is my best/ favourite book. It’s David Copperfield, by Dickens.
3. I’ve decided to make/ join the local swimming club.
4. Kate usually passes/ spends most of her time reading.
5. Tim has a very interesting fun/ hobby. He builds small boats.
15
 6. What do you like doing in your empty/ spare time?
7. Wendy is a member/ team of the drama club.
8. Anna likes going to the cinema/ cinema.
VII. Complete the sentences with the correct form of the verbs in brackets.
1. Sally and her family love (go) to the park in the summer.
2. Her mum likes (lie) on the blanket and loves (read) her favourite
magazines.
3. Anna’s family (like) the park because they love (be) outdoors.
4. I enjoy (collect) dolls and it becomes my pleasure.
5. We love (watch) new films, and we (go) to watch a new
Hollywood film next weekend.
6. My brother hates (do) the same things day after day.
7. Our uncle (play) badminton once a week.
8. I (collect) a lot of stamps from foreign countries so far.
9. In 2100, people (travel) in flying cars.
10. I’m so hungry, Mum.
- I (make) you some sandwiches.
VIII. Put the verb in the parentheses into correct tenses.
1. The sun always (rise) in the east.
2. In my country, it (not, rain) much in winter.
3. The moon (move) around the earth.
4. Mai (be) very happy because she has 3 good marks today.
5. I like (play) tennis.
6. My brother (enjoy) playing football. He usually (play) football every
afternoon.
7. My brothers (be, not) engineers.
8. Well, he is 40 years old, bald with a moustache. He (have) large ears and he
(wear) glasses.
9. They (have, not) any money.
10. Hoa (visit) her parents once a year.
IX. Read the text and choose the correct answer.
If you enjoy cycling for pleasure, doing it in London can be a shock. There are not enough lanes especially
for bikes, and making your way through the traffic can be very risky. But if you have great passion, cycling in
London can be exciting, and it is an inexpensive way of keeping fit if you live there. Some cyclists don’t mind
spending a lot of money on expensive bikes. However, if you just want a basic bike that is only for occasional
use, there are many cheap choices. Several markets have cheap bikes on sale which may not be impressive to
look at but should be satisfactory. You should buy a cycling helmet if you want to cycle in London. Wearing a
cycling helmet is not compulsory in Britain, but it is a good idea to wear one for protection.
1. What is the main idea of the passage?
A. Cycling helmets B. Cheap bicycles
C. Bicycle markets D. Cycling in London
2. According to the passage, cycling in London is
A. easy B. difficult C. tiring D. boring
3. The word “it” in line 3 refers to
A. cycling B. passion C. excitement D. doing exercise
4. The difficulty of cycling in London is described in lines
A. 2 B. 5 C. 5-6 D. 8-9
5. According to the passage, all the followings are true EXCEPT that
A. It is compulsory to wear a helmet when cycling in Britain.
B. Some bikes in London are cheap.
C. There are not many lanes especially for bikes.
D. Some cyclists don’t want to buy expensive bikes.
16
X. Choose the most suitable word for each space.
What do you like doing best (1) your spare time? My cousin Paul likes going (2) in the
country and (3) photos. Sometimes he (4) with his friends, and they (5) at the
park or at the beach. They always (6) a good time. His brother Chris isn’t (7) on walking.
He spends most of the (8) at home.
1. A. for B. when C. in D. at
2. A. for walks B. walks C. a walk D. to walk
3. A. making B. having C. taking D. doing
4. A. travels B. gets up C. sees D. goes out
5. A. enjoy B. have fun C. hobby D. go
6. A. have B. make C. do D. like
7. A. interested B. out C. decided D. keen
8. A. other B. time C. people D. money
XI. Choose the correct answer A, B, C. or D to fill each blank in the following passage.
I have a very interesting and (1) hobby. I make short video clips with my digital camera. It
was my birthday present from my parents last year. Since then, I have (2) three short films. It’s great
fun! I started asking my friends and relatives to take (3) in the films. I have tried to write the story
for my video clips. When I have finished the script, I make copies for the “actors”. Each scene is small and they
can look at the words just (4) we start filming. We film at the weekend in my neighborhood, (5)
no one has to travel far. When the video clip is finished, I invite all the “actors” and we watch the film at
my house.
1. A. enjoyable B. enjoyed C. enjoying D. enjoy
2. A. done B. made C. played D. watched
3. A. scene B. role C. part D. film
4. A. until B. after C. only D. before
5. A. so B. because C. but D. although
XII. Use the words and phrases to write a passage.
1. Stamp collection/ be/ interesting hobby.
2. You/ can learn many things, such/ the geography/ a country/ stamps.
3. Postal stamps/ be a source/ interesting facts/ important dates/ every country/ the world.
4. It/ make stamp collecting/ become very popular.
5. As you look at the pages/ a stamp album, you/ can learn interesting details/ foreign customs/ arts/
literature/ history/ culture.
6. Their colors/ can make/ you feel relaxed/ happy.
7. Collecting stamps/ can become/ a business.
8. If you are lucky/ finding/ special stamp, it/ will bring/ you some money besides knowledge/ pleasure.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
TEST 2 (UNIT 1)
I.Find the word which has a different sound in the part underlined.
1.A. bird B. girl C. first D. sister
2.A. burn B. sun C. hurt D. turn
3.A. nurse B. picture C. surf D. return
4.A. neighbour B. favourite C. culture D. tourist
17
5.A.hobby B.hour C.hotel D.hot
II.Choose the word which has a different stress pattern from the others.
6.A. reporter B. collector C. gardener D. newspaper
7.A. stamps B. album C. collector D. mountain
8.A. skating B. climbing C. gardening D. horse-riding
9.A. hate B. enjoy C. love D. like
10.A. unusual B. favourite C. popular D. common
III. Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences.
11.There are many why it is important to have a hobby.
A. answers B.reasons C.details D.facts
12.Will you making models in the future?
A.pick up B.look for C.take up D.find
13.Do you think that hobby is and boring?
A.easy B.difficult C.danger D. interesting
14.I love my sister’s paintings because she is very in using colours.
A.careless B.care C.creative D.imagine
15.A hobby helps you to connect with people.
A.other B.others C.another D.the other
16.I join a photography club, and all the members love a lot of beautiful photos.
A.take B.taking C.make D.making
17.What does your father do his free time?
A. in B. at C. on D. while
18.I think a hobby will always give you and help you .
A. pleased - relax B. pleasure - relaxed C.pleased - relaxing D.pleasure - relax
19.You can share your stamps other collectors a stamp club.
A. with - at B. to - at C. with - in D. to - in
20.I think this hobby does not cost you much, and you need is time.
A. most B. all C. some D. all of
21.Nowadays people hours sitting in front of computers.
A. take B. last C. set D. spend
22.I think you should take up swimming it is suitable for your health condition.
A. so B. because C. although D. but
23.My family enjoys because we can sell vegetables and flowers money.
A. garden - to B. gardening - for C. gardening - with D. garden - of
24.If your hobby is greeting card making, you can give your to your friends as presents.
A. hobby B. money C. greetings D. products
25.My sister’s hobby is sewing, and she can get the sewing patterns from the magazines.
A. fashion B. cooking C. sports D. science
26.My brother doesn’t like ice-skating because he thinks it is .
A. danger B. in danger C. dangerous D. endangered
27.My sister is very keen on swimming, and she goes swimming three a week.
A. time B. a time C. times D. timings
28.We often read the instructions carefully in order to make of the things we like best.
A. meanings B. models C. copies D. uses
29.You need to be to follow eggshell carving because it may take two weeks to complete one shell.
A. careful B. interested C. fit D. patient
30.If you choose sewing as your hobby, you will your own clothes.
A. do B. make C. take D. get
IV. Fill in each blank with a suitable hobby.

18
 jogging photography gardening basketball gymnastics
cycling bird-watching chess dancing ice skating
1.___________ : a game played by two people on a square board, in which each player has 16 pieces
thay can be moved on the board in different ways.
2.___________ : the job or activity of working in a garden, growing and taking care of the plants, and
keeping it attractive.
3.___________ : a game played by two teams of five men or six women who score points by throwing a
large ball through an open net hanging from a metal ring.
4.___________ : the sport or activity of riding a bicycle.
5.___________ : the art of moving your body to music.
6.___________ : moving across ice using special shoes with a thin metal bar fixed to the bottom that you
wear to move quickly on ice.
7.___________ : the activity of running at a slow regular speed, especially as a form of exercise.
8.___________ : the hobby of studying wild birds in their natural environment.
9.___________ : the hobby of studying wild birds in their natural environment, physical exercises and
activities performed inside, often using equipment such as bars and ropes which are intended to increase the
body’s strength and the ability to move and bend easily.
10.__________ : the activity or job of taking photographs or films.
V. Complete the sentences with the correct form of the verbs in brackets.
1. I enjoy (collect) dolls and it becomes my pleasure.
2. We love (watch) new films, and we (go) to watch a new
Hollywood film next weekend.
3. My brother hates (do) the same things day after day.
4. Our uncle (play) badminton once a week.
5. I (collect) a lot of stamps from foreign countries so far.
VI. Choose the correct answer A, B, C or D to fill each blank in the following passage.
I have a very interesting and (1) hobby. I make short video clips with my digitalcamera. It
was my birthday present from my parents last year. Since then, I have (2) three short films. It’s great
fun! I started asking my friends and relatives to take (3) inthe films. I have tried to write the story
for my video clips. When I have finished the script, 1 make copies for the “actors”. Each scene is small and
they can look at the words just(4) we start filming. We film at the weekend in my neighbourhood, (5)
noone has to travel far. When the video clip is finished, I invite all the “actors” and we watch the film at
my house.
1.A. enjoy B. enjoyed C. enjoying D. enjoyable
2.A. done B. played C. made D. watched
3.A. part B. role C. scene D. film
4.A. before B. after C. only D. until
5.A. although B. because C. but D. so
IX. Read the passage carefully, and decide whether the sentences are True or False.
Our school has a model club. The members of the club try to make water rockets. The students taking
part in the club love discovering new things and learning science subjects. A water rocket doesn’t cost you
much. You can use the things you have used such as empty bottles, old tyres of bicycles. The model has two
main parts: the base and the rocket. The pump in the base is made up of water pipes and it can increase the
pressure of water. The rocket made from empty bottles should have blades in its tail and a pointed head. These
parts help the water go in the correct path as the members have planned. When we use the pump to increase the
pressure of water, the rocket will take off and fly into the air. Our school club has just won the first prize on
making water rockets.
1.The members of the model club have a love of science. _____________
2.You can use old things to make water rockets. _____________
3.It is expensive to make water rockets. _____________
4.The high pressure of water can make the models fly. _____________
19
5.We cannot control the water rockets at all. _____________
VIII. Read the passage, and then choose the correct answer.
Stamp collecting is an interesting hobby. You can learn many things, such as the geography of a country
from stamps. Postal stamps are a source of interesting facts and important dates about every country in the
world. It makes stamp collecting become very popular.
As you look at the pages of a stamp album, you can learn interesting details of foreign customs, arts,
literature, history and culture. Their colours can make you feel relaxed and happy.
Collecting stamps can become a business. If you are lucky in finding a special stamp, it will bring you
some money besides knowledge and pleasure.
1.Stamp collecting is an interesting hobby because .
A. you can learn many things such as the geography of a country from stamps
B. stamps give you interesting facts and important dates about a country
C. it is very important to collect stamps
D. A and B are correct
2.All of the following are true EXCEPT .
A. stamps can make you relaxed and happy
B. stamps can make you know more
C. stamp collecting can make you famous
D. you can earn money from your collection if you are lucky
3.According to the passage, it is true to say that .
A. stamp collecting helps you become rich and famous
B. stamp collecting is a very popular hobby
C. stamp collectors can earn a lot of money from stamp collecting
D. stamp collecting is a hobby that costs you a lot of money
4.The word “business” in the last paragraph is closest in meaning to .
A. the activity of collecting stamps
B. the activity of selling stamps from other countries
C. the activity of buying stamps from other countries
D. the activity of buying or selling something
5.The main idea of the passage is .
A. the history of stamp collecting B. good things from stamp collecting
C. the ways of stamp collecting D. famous stamp collectors
IX. Make correct sentences from the words and phrases given.
1.When/ you/ start/ hobby?
_____________________________________________________________________________________
2.We/ find/ make/ models/ very interesting/ because/ we/ should/ creative.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
3.I/ think/ future/ people/ take up/ more/ outdoor activities.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
4.My best friend/ not/ like/ mountain climbing/ because/ he/ afraid/ heights.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
5.My sister/ enjoy/ cook/ and/ make/ new dishes/ her own.

TEST 3 UNIT 1
I. Choose the word that has the underlined part pronounced differently from the others.
1. a. pottery b. flower c. silent d. service
2. a. girl b. expert c. open d. burn
3. a. sentence b. world c. picture d. dangerous
4. a. surfing b. collect c. concert d. melody
5. a. worst b. learn c. control d. dessert
II. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from the others.
1. a. exciting b. excellent c. experience d. expensive

20
2. a. hobby b. cycle c. bye d. why
3. a. pottery b. collect c. melody d. monopoly
4. a. heard b. bird c. world d. picture
5. a. bird-watching b. children c. school d. challenge
III.Choose the best answer a, b, c, or d to complete the sentence.
1. My father can make beautiful pieces of art ________ empty eggshells.
a. of b. from c. in d. into
2. Why don’t you take ________ a new hobby?
a. up b. in c. over d. after
3. Collecting cars is a(n) ________ hobby. It costs a lot of money.
a. interesting b. cheap c. expensive d. unusual
4. More people are ________ birds today than ever before.
a. seeing b. looking c. hearing d. watching
5. Do you enjoy ________ board games?
a. play b. to play c. playing d. played
6. Be careful not to drop it; it’s very ________.
a. unique b. fragile c. difficult d. unusual
7. Sam and I ________ the same hobby. We both like playing computer games.
a. share b. play c. do d. work
8. I hope he’ll teach me ________ to do eggshell carving.
a. what b. where c. how d. when
9. ________ have you had your hobby? ~ For three years.
a. How much b. How long c. How often d. When
10. ‘I think model making is an expensive hobby.’ ‘________ it’s incredibly cheap.’
a. You’re right b. Certainly c. No matter d. Not at all
IV. Choose the correct verb form or tense.
1. I’m told you are ill. I hope you ________ better again.
a. will feel b. feel c. are feeling d. don’t feel
2. We were getting tired, so we stopped ________ lunch.
a. have b. having c. to have d. for having
3. ______ you ______ to school every morning?
a. Does ... walk b. Do ... walk c. Will... walk D. Are ... walking
4. He enjoys ________ cycling at the weekend.
a. to go b. going c. goes d. go
5. You needn’t wear your coat. It ________ cold today.
a. will be b. won’t be c. doesn’t be d. is
6. We ________ swimming because it’s fun and good exercise.
a. like b. are liking c. will like d. liked
7. My grandparents don’t like ________ in the city because it’s noisy and crowded.
a. live b. lived c. living d. to living
8. Fire needs oxygen to burn. It ________ without oxygen.
a. burn b. burns c. don’t burn d. doesn’t burn
9. How much time do you spend ________ the Internet per day?
a. surf b. to surf c. surfing d. to be surfing
10. I don’t mind ________ a DVD, but I prefer ________ to the cinema.
a. to watch - to go b. watching – go c. to watch – going d. watching – to go
V. Put the words into the correct column.

21
 skating camping football swimming stamps badges
gymnastics chess gardening books cartoons crossword
sports judo aerobics jogging dolls board games
coins films tennis television cycling game shows

PLAY:_________________________________________________________________________
GO: ___________________________________________________________________________
DO:___________________________________________________________________________
COLLECT:_____________________________________________________________________
WATCH:
VI. Complete the sentences with the correct form or tense of the verb play, go, do or collect.
1. He ________ tennis with his father every Sunday.
2. We ________ camping in Dam Sen Park next Saturday.
3. ________ you ________ coins some day in the future?
4. Do you want ________ a jigsaw puzzle with me?
5. I enjoy________ cycling at the weekend.
6. My uncle ________ karate when he was young.
7. The children ________ volleyball on the beach at the moment.
8. When I’m waiting for the train, I usually ________ crosswords.
9. She dislikes ________ chess because she finds it boring.
10. I ________ books since I was ten years old.
VII. Complete the sentences with the words from the box.
photos fishing eggshells music
gardening painting model cars swimming

1. She usually goes _____________ with her friends in the pool near her school.
2. Sarah likes _____________. She plants lots of flowers and vegetables in her home garden.
3. Every weekend, I go _____________ in my uncle’s boat, or just off the shoreline.
4. In later years, he took up _____________ as a hobby. He drew watercolour landscapes.
5. My hobby is listening to _____________. It can help relax my mind.
6. I have recently started a new hobby – collecting _____________.
7. Most people take _____________ and post them on their social networking accounts.
8. Carving _____________ is a great hobby that can make you happier.
VIII. Put the verbs in brackets into the Present Simple.
1. I _____________ (not visit) my parents very often.
2. ____________________ (Mai/ go) to school every day? ~ No, she (go) _____________ to school from
Monday to Friday.
3. The teachers at our school _____________ (give) us lots of homework.
4. My brother _____________ (play) tennis, but he _____________ (not like) it.
5. How often _____________ (they/ go) jogging?
6. We (not study) _____________ chemistry because it _____________ (be) difficult.
7. _____________ (your parents/ watch) TV every night?
8. Mark’s class _____________ (do) sport on Monday and Wednesday.
9. Children often _____________ (use) a computer for school work.
10. Mike _____________ (usually/ not play) computer games during the week.
10. I think people ______________ CDs in 20 years’ time.
IX. Put the verbs in brackets into the Present Simple or Future Simple.
1. I ______________ (listen) to music in my free time.
2. It often (rain) ______________ in the summer.

22
3. Do you think that he ______________ (recognise) me?
4. We ______________ (not want) to see that film because it looks boring.
5. What time __________ the film __________ (begin)?
6. I promise that I ______________ (not be) late for school again.
7. Simon usually ______________ (do) his homework and ______________ (watch) TV at the same time.
8. The students ______________ (plant) some flowers in the schoolyard tomorrow.
9. Nam and Vinh______________ (play) volleyball three times a week.
10. The train ______________ (leave) at 6 o’clock in the morning.
X. Complete the sentences with the correct form of the verbs in brackets.
1. Would you mind _____________ (watch) my bag for a few minutes?
2. I enjoy _____________ (listen) to music while I’m doing the cooking.
3. He wants _____________ (buy) a new computer game.
4. I’d like _____________ (speak) to Mr Davis, please. Is he there?
5. Please avoid _____________ (make) silly mistakes in this exercise.
6. The children would love _____________ (eat) French fries.
7. She really loves _____________ (work) with children.
8. We tried _____________ (call) you but your mobile was off.
9. They intend _____________ (build) houses on the school playing fields.
10. I can’t stand _____________ (do) the washing up.
XI. Supply the correct form of the words in brackets.
1. Rossie has a large ______________ of dolls. (collect)
2. A______________ is someone who enjoys watching birds. (birdwatch)
3. My sister’s hobby is ______________.She took a lot of nice photos. (photo)
4. I find woodcarving ______________ because it’s a creative activity. (interest)
5. ______________ eggshells are unique gifts for family and friends. (carve)
6. A hobby is an ______________ that you do for pleasure. (act)
7. I think collecting glass bottles is ______________. (usual)
8. Susan is very ______________ and she paints very well. (create)

XII. Read the text carefully, then answer the questions.

My name’s Susan. I have two favourite hobbies. My first hobby is reading. I started to do it when I was four
years old. The first time I did it, I felt interested. So I kept reading. I enjoy reading because it can make me
relaxed and calm. Moreover, it can give me an imagination, so I can write books in the future. I can learn the
different cultures and customs of other countries in the world, too.
My second hobby is gardening. I have made a small garden and planted many beds of flowers. In the spring
season, my garden is full of beautiful flowers. I have a separate plot for vegetables – carrots, potatoes, etc. In
the evening, I water the plants and remove the weeds. I love sitting in my garden and reading my books. It is
very pleasant to be there!
1. What are Susan’s hobbies?
___________________________________________________________________________
2. When did she start reading?
___________________________________________________________________________
3. How did she feel when she first read a book?
___________________________________________________________________________
4. Why does she enjoy reading?
___________________________________________________________________________
5. What has she planted in her garden?
___________________________________________________________________________
6. When does she water plants?
___________________________________________________________________________
XIII. Fill in each blank with a word from the box.

23
 kinds classify books near
name collection clean immediately

Collecting (1) ____________ is my favourite hobby. I started my hobby five years ago. Thefirst item in my (2)
____________ is a book about Doraemon. And now I have a lot of books of all (3) ____________ comics,
children’s, history, science, detective, adventure, etc.
Whenever I find an interesting book I buy it (4) ____________. I usually buy books in the bookstores (5)
____________ my school and my house. Sometimes my relatives and my friends give me books as a gift. I (6)
____________ my books into different categories and put each category in one corner of my bookshelf with a
(7) ____________ tag on it. It takes all my free time to keep everything (8) ____________ and dusted. It keeps
me amused for hours, too.
XIV. Read the text carefully, then decide whether the following statements are true (T) or false (F).
Our life would be hard without rest and recreation. And people have many different ideas of how to spend
their free time. If you enjoy doing a thing or activity in your free time, then you have a hobby. A hobby is an
activity, interest, enthusiasm, or pastime that is undertaken for pleasure or relaxation, done during one’s own
time. A person’s hobbies depend on his age, character and personal interests. An interesting thing to one person
can be boring to another. That’s why some people prefer reading, cooking, knitting, collecting, playing a
musical instrument, photography or playing computer games while others prefer dancing, travelling, camping
or sports.
1. A hobby is anything that you enjoy doing in your free time.
2. Different people have the same hobbies.
3. A hobby can provide us with relaxation.
4. Your hobby may be changed as you get older.
5. One person’s hobby may be a boring thing to another person.
6. Playing sports is not a hobby.
XV. Write sentences, using the cues given.
1. I/ enjoy/ play / sports/ because/ it/ good/ health
___________________________________________________________________________
2. your children/ go/ camp/every summer holiday?
___________________________________________________________________________
3. I/ think/ photography/ can/ expensive hobby
___________________________________________________________________________
4. my cousin/ give/ me/ book/ gift/ next birthday
___________________________________________________________________________
5. he/ find/ mountain climbing/ dangerous/ so/ he/ not take/ it
___________________________________________________________________________
6. I/ hope/ the future/ he/ teach/ me/ how/ do/ eggshell carving
___________________________________________________________________________
XVI. Arrange the words to make sentences.
1. hobby/ you/ have/ any / do/?
___________________________________________________________________________
2. his/ do/ what/ your/ brother/ free/ does/ in/ time/?
___________________________________________________________________________
3. he/ summer/ in/ climbing/ goes/ mountain/ the/ usually/.
___________________________________________________________________________
4. friends/ monopoly/ enjoy/ I/ with/ playing/ my/?
___________________________________________________________________________
5. it/ boring/ because/ finds/ time/ models/ Jim/ takes/ lots of/ making/.
___________________________________________________________________________
6. you/ up/ will/ ice-skating/ future/ in/ take/ the/?
___________________________________________________________________________
XVII. Complete the second sentence so that it has the same meaning as the first one.

24
1. What is your hobby?
→ What hobby _________________________________________________________________

2. We all find painting interesting because it’s a creative activity.

→ We all think _________________________________________________________________
3. It took me three hours to make this pottery jug.
→ I spent ______________________________________________________________________
4. My father likes to do gardening at the weekend.
→ My father enjoys _____________________________________________________________
5. Why don’t we go swimming this afternoon?
→ What about __________________________________________________________________
UNIT 2: HEALTH
A.VOCABULARY
1. allergy (n) /'ælədʒi/   dị ứng
2. calorie(n) /'kæləri/   Calo
3. compound (n) /'kɒmpaʊnd/   ghép, phức
4. concentrate(v) /'kɒnsəntreɪt/   tập trung
5. conjunction (n) /kən'dʒʌŋkʃən/   liên từ
6. coordinate (v) /kəʊˈɔːdɪneɪt/   kết hợp
7. cough (n) /kɒf/   Ho
8. depression (n) /dɪˈpreʃən/   chán nản, buồn rầu
9. diet (adj) /'daɪət/   ăn kiêng
10. essential (n) /ɪˈsenʃəl/   cần thiết
11. expert (n) /'ekspɜːt/   chuyên gia
12. independent (v) /'ɪndɪˈpendənt/   độc lập, không phụ thuộc
13. itchy (adj) /'ɪtʃi/   ngứa, gây ngứa
14. junk food (n) /dʒʌŋk fu:d/   đồ ăn nhanh, quà vặt
15. myth (n) /mɪθ/   việc hoang đường
16. obesity (adj) /əʊˈbi:sɪti/   béo phì
17. pay attention /peɪ ə'tenʃən/   chú ý, lưu ý đến
18. put on weight (n) /pʊt ɒn weɪt/   lên cân
19. sickness (n) /'sɪknəs/   đau yếu, ốm yếu
20. spot (n) /spɒt/   mụn nhọt
21. stay in shape /steɪ ɪn ʃeɪp/   giữ dáng, giữ cơ thể khoẻ mạnh
22. sunburn (n) /'sʌnbɜːn/   cháy nắng
23. triathlon (n) /traɪˈæθlɒn/   cuộc thi thể thao ba môn phối hợp
24. vegetarian (n) /,vedʒi’teəriən/   người ăn chay

25
 B.GRAMMAR
I. CÂU GHÉP (COMPOUN SENTENCES)
1. Định nghĩa và cấu trúc câu ghép.
Định nghĩa - Là câu có 2 hay nhiều mệnh đề độc lập về ý nghĩa
- Được kết nối với nhau bởi một liên từ kết hợp hay còn gọi là liên từ đẳng lập như
and, or, but, so, …
Cấu trúc Mệnh đề 1 + (,) + mệnh đề 2
Ví dụ:
You should eat less fast food or you can put on weight (Bạn nên ăn ít đồ ăn nhanh hơn
hoặc bạn có thể tăng cân đấy)
I wasn’t very hungry, but I ate a lot (tớ không đói lắm, nhưng tớ đã ăn rất nhiều)
My mother does exercise everyday, so she looks very young and fit (Mẹ tớ tập thể dục
hằng ngày,vì vậy mà trông mẹ rất trẻ và khỏe)
Lưu ý Chúng ta cần phải sử dụng dấu phẩy trước liên từ “so”, còn với các liên từ “and, so, but”
thì có thể có dấu phẩy hoặc không.

2. Các liên từ kết hợp phổ biến.

Liên từ
And (và): dùng để bổ sung thêm thông tin
Or (hoặc): dùng khi có sự lựa chọn
But (nhưng): dùng để nối 2 mệnh đề mang ý nghĩa
trái ngược, đối lập nhau.
So (nên/vì vậy mà/vì thế mà/ vậy nên): dùng để nói
về một kết quả của sự việc được nhắc đến trước đó
Ví dụ
The Japanese eat a lot of fish, and they eat a lot of
tofu too.
(Người Nhật ăn rất nhiều cá, và họ cũng ăn rất nhiều
đậu phụ nữa)
You can take this medicine, or you can drink hot
ginger tea (Con có thể uống thuốc này hoặc con có
thể uống trà gừng nóng)
She doesn’t eat much, but she’s still fat (cô ấy không
ăn nhiều, nhưng cô ấy vẫn béo)
My mother eats healthily, so she is very strong
(Mẹ tớ ăn uống rất lành mạnh, nên bà ấy rất khỏe)

BÀI TẬP VẬN DỤNG CƠ BẢN

Bài 1: Khoanh tròn vào đáp án đúng.
1. My sister is a nurse (and/ but) she works in a dental clinic.
2. My teeth hurt, (so/ or) I make an appointment with the dentist.
3. The couple want to go to the musical, (but/ so) there aren't any tickets left.
4. Stop listening to rock music through earphones (or/ and) you will have earache.
5. Eating too much sugar is bad for your teeth, (so/ and) it causes obesity.
6. The laptop suddenly stops working, (but/ so) I cannot finish my work on time.
7. There are many people passing by (and/ but) only few people drop in the restaurant.
8. The doctor advises people to drink enough water, (and/ so) do exercises regularly.
9. My neighborhood is peaceful, (but/ so) sometimes there are several cases of petty crime.
10. My boyfriend asked me out (and/ but) I was sick.
11. There are many wonderful things in Thailand, (so/ but) I decide to stay here for another couple of days.
12. I want to eat sushi, (so/ but) I am going to a Japanese restaurant tonight.
13. I will go to the park tomorrow, (and/ so) Jim will take me there.
14. My friend is studying abroad (but/ or) we still keep in touch with each other.
15. My father is under a lot of pressure from work, (so/ but) I am trying to make him laugh.

Bài 2: Điển liên từ"and/but/or/so" vào chỗ trống để tạo thành câu ghép.
1. I am very thirsty_______I don't have any money to buy drinks.
2. It's late_______I'm still wide awake.
3. We live in a small house_______we like it very much.
4. My friend looks wea_______k he's really strong.
5. The entrance test is very difficult_______I hope I will pass it.
6. You go home now_______ your mother will punish you for staying out too late.
7. Fruits taste good_______ they are healthy for your body.
26
 8. I like small dogs_______ I hate big ones.
9. My brother is having the flu_______ I think he won't be absent from school today.
10. Our project is successful _______all of us are happy about it.
11. He performs very well, _______he deserves the reward.
12. Take care of yourself_______ you will go down with disease.
13. My mother usually gets home at 5pm_______then she prepares dinner.
14. Stop eating raw food_______ you will have stomachache.
15. Janet thinks Chemistry is a difficult subject_______ she is interested in it.
16. The phone doesn't work well, _______Ana sells it and buys new one.
17. There is a need for a new fridge in Tom's kitchen_______ he lacks money now.
18. He is very good-looking_______ he seems to lack personality.
19. Will you speak to him_______ I speak?
20. I have an allergy to seafood, _______ I can't taste it.
21. This exercise is challenging_______it is helpful.
22. I am going to the beach, _______I buy some sunscreen.
23. My little brother dreams of becoming a pilot_______he wants to travel around the world.
24. The singer is suffering from sore throat, _______ he won’t perform tomorrow.
25. Tomorrow is my sister's birthday, _______ I am making a cake for her.
BÀI 3: Chọn đáp án đúng.
1. I love going to the beach but I_______of sunburnam
A. am afraid B. am not afraid
2. My brother doesn't want to suffer from toothache, so he his teeth twice y
A. brushes B. doesn't brush
3. My friend wishes to become a doctor one day, so _______.
A. he studies very hard B. he wants to work in his hometown's hospital
4. My friend wishes to become a doctor one day, _______he wants to work in his hometowns
hospital.
A. and B. so
5. My father is angry with me, so_______.
A. he doesn't say a word to me B. he still takes me to the park
6. I will go shopping with my mom tomorrow but .
A. I will buy some new clothes B. I won't buy anything
7. Louis is my closest friend and _______.
A. he is my co-worker B. I don't want to talk to him now
8. _______or you will be frozen.
A. Wear thick clothes B. The weather is cold outside
9. Tim is in hospital, so_______ .
A. the doctor is taking his temperature B. he can't go to school today
10. Tim is in hospital_______the doctor is taking his temperature.
A. and B.but
11. My father is having a sore throat, so_______.
A. he needs to avoid cold drinks B. he has high temperature.
12. It is chilly outside but_______.
A. we can go out and build a snowman B. we should stay in and keep warm
13. They need to repair the rooftop or_______.
A. raindrops will leak in B. their house will look better
14. I never want anyone to wait for me, so_______.
A. I try not to be late B. I keep being late
15. Last week he got a severe car accident but now
A. he is still weak. B. he recovers quickly
Bài 4: Đánh dấu [V] trước câu đúng. Đánh dấu [x] trước câu có lỗi sai và viết lại cho đúng
1. My mother loves eating traditional dishes but she likes local restaurants.

2. There are many hairdressers in my hometown so my teacher only goes to one

place to cut her hair.

27
 3. Stop smoking or you will suffer from lung cancer.

4. 1 want to meet my friends so 1 call them for a date.

5. There are numerous big and modern hospitals in the city so they are always
overcrowded.

6. I need to finish my homework before 5pm and my mother won't let me hang out
with friends.

7. My brother has to stop drinking ice water so he will have sore throat.

8. It is hard to win this contest and 1 still think my daughter will be the champion.

9. 1 have to admit that 1 love eating fast food and 1 like drinking beer.

10. My grandmother is old so she is strong.

Bài 5: Nối hai câu dưới đây, dùng liên từ "and/ but/ or/ so" để tạo thành một câu ghép
1. It takes a lot of time to cure this disease. You need to be extremely patient
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2. Anne is a gorgeous girl. She has a pleasant personality.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. It is raining hard. We postpone our boat trip.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. He dreams of being the best student. He never studies hard.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5. My bicycle is broken. I have to take the bus to school.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6. He is a brilliant doctor. He is a loving father.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7. I need to tidy my room. My mom will be angry with me.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8. My house is quite old. Living in it is comfortable.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
II. MỆNH LỆNH CÁCH VỚI MORE VÀ LESS (IMPERATIVES WITH MORE AND LESS)
Mệnh lệnh cách
Định nghĩa - Là câu có tính chất sai khiến, được dùng khi chúng ta muốn yêu cẩu, ra
lệnh, hướng dẫn hay gợi ý cho người khác làm một việc gì đó.
- Được hình thành bắt đầu bằng một động từ nguyên thể không có "to".
Stand up! (Đứng lên đi.)
Ví dụ
Come in. (Vào đi.)

2. Mệnh lệnh với more và less

a. Chức năng và cấu trúc
Chức năng Khi muốn yêu cẩu ai đó hãy
làm gì đó nhiều hơn hoặc ít
hơn, các em có thể thêm từ
more và less sau động từ.
V + more/less
Câu trúc
Ví dụ Sleep more. (Hãy ngủ nhiều
Để nội dung mệnh lệnh cách
cụ thể hơn, các em cũng có thể
thêm danh từ vào phía sau
more hoặc less.
V+ more + danh từ đếm được
và danh từ không đếm được
V+ less + danh từ không đêm
được
Do more exercise. (Hãy tập thể

28
 hơn.)
Sunbathe less. (Hãy tắm nắng
ít hơn.)
Talk less, listen more. (Hãy nói
ít đi, hãy lắng nghe nhiều hơn.)
Spend less, save more. (Hãy
tiêu ít hơn, tiết kiệm nhiều
hơn.)
dục nhiều hơn.)
Eat more fruit. (Hãy ăn nhiều
trái cây hơn.)
Eat less salt and sugar. (Hãy ăn
ít muối và đường hơn.)
Drink less beer and wine. (Hãy
uống ít bia và rượu hơn.)

b. Một số cách dùng phổ biến của mệnh lệnh cách với more và less

Cách dùng Ví dụ
Ra lệnh trực Play less! (Chơi ít thôi!)
tiếp Bring more books here! (Mang thêm sách lại đây!)
Hướng dẫn Please provide more details in this form. (Vui lòng điển thêm chi tiết vào lá đơn
này.)
Eat less salt when taking this medicine. (Hãy ăn nhạt hơn khi uống loại thuốc
này.)
Gợi ý Wear more clothes and you'll be warmer. (Hãy mặc nhiều quần áo hơn và bạn sẽ
thấy ấm hơn.)
Spend less time surfing the Internet and you'll have more time for exercise. (Hãy
dành ít thời gian cho việc lướt mạng hơn và bạn sẽ có nhiều thời gian hơn cho
việc tập thể dục.)

■ BÀI TẬP VẬN DỤNG CƠ BẢN

Bài 6: Điền "more" hoặc "less" để hoàn thành những câu sau:
1. Eat_______fruits and vegetables.
2. Stay outdoor and do_______exercises to be healthier.
3. Drink_______alcohol or you will be weak.
4. Sleep_______and don't go to bed too late.
5. Practice_______and you will improve your skills.
6. Spend_______time on smartphone and laptop or you will ruin your eyes.
7. Go out_______and make some new friends, so you won't be lonely.
8. Drink_______coffee. It's not good for your brain.
9. Read_______books to broaden your knowledge.
10. Play_______computer games and study_______
11. Take_______vitamin A to strengthen your immune system.
12. Put_______wood into the campfire to keep warm
13. Smoke_______ or you will have lung cancer.
14. Eat_______raw food or you will have stomachache.
15. Spend_______time on TV and pay_______attention to your siblings.
16. Sunbathe_______if you don't want to have skin cancer.
17. Take_______ photos of this beautiful mountainous area.
18. Wear_______warm clothes or you'll be cold.
19. Put_______more effort in your work to achieve best result.
20. Watch_______documentaries about Nile River and write a report.
Bài 7: Hoàn thành các câu sau bằng cách đỉền cụm từ thích hợp dưới đây vào chỗ trống.
Prepare more Talk less Drink more Study more
Drink less Talk more Plant more Go out more
1. ____________cakes because many people will come to our party.
2. You are so talkative. ____________and listen more.
3.It is a difficult subject. ____________or you may fail.
4.Why are you so quiet? ____________. Everyone here is friendly.
5.____________pure water and your body will function better.
6.____________with friends and you won't be bored.
7.____________ trees to make your neighborhood greener.
29
 8.____________ wine or you will have a headache.
Bài 8: Dùng câu mệnh lệnh với “more/less” để đưa ra lời khuyên về sức khỏe.
Jim is getting fat. He eats a lot of fast food every day.
Eat less fast food.
1. Your father smokes several cigarettes a day. It is very harmful to his lungs.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2. Jane stays up too late. She is always sleepy.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. Maria takes in a lot of sugar every day. She may suffer from diabetes
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. He spends too much time on computer. He will soon be very short-sighted
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5. Mary likes drinking cold water. She may have sore throat.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6. Your friend always eat raw food. She will have an upset stomach.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7. Louis works too much. He doesn't relax much. He is very weak and tired.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8. Jay always look tired. He doesn't exercise enough.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Bài 9: Khoanh tròn vào đáp án đúng
1. (Spend more/ do more) time doing morning exercises.
2. (Play more/ do more) sports like biking, swimming or yoga.
3. Give up junk food and (eat less/ eat more) food high in fat, salt, and cholesterol.
4. (Take in more/ Eat less) healthy foods like fruits, vegetables, fish or nuts in your daily meals.
5. If you get fat, (eat less/ sleep more) and (exercise more/ sleep less).
6. Don't (take in more/ take in less) calories than you burn.
7. (Spend more/ Spend less) time with family and friends.
8. (Pay more/ Pay less) attention to your health.
9. If you want to be taller, (drink more/ drink less) coca and (take in more/ take in less) calcium.
10. If you want to avoid obesity, (eat more/take in less) sugar.
11. (Wear less/ Put on more) clothes or you will have the flu.
12. (Go out more/ Go out less) on sunny days to avoid sunburn and skin cancer
Bài 10. Gạch chân lỗi sai trong câu và viết lại câu đúng.
1. Studies more or you won't pass the test.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2. Exercise less during daytime and you will have a decent night sleep.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. Read less books and you can learn new things.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Don't drink less beer or you will have a big belly.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5. Don't smoke more and you will have poor health condition.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6. Talk more and keep quiet. I need to concentrate on my homework.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7. Spend more time on computer and hang out more with friend.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8. Eat less carrots because they are good for your eyes.

C. EXERCISES
TEST 1 UNIT 2
I. Find the word which has a different sound in the underlined part.
1. A. put B. adult C. junk D. sun
2. A. itchy B. riding C. sick D. swimming
3. A. chemical B. children C. headache D. architect

30
 4. A. regularly B. identify C. really D. healthy
5. A. cycling B. doctor C. aerobics D. calories
II. Find the word which has a different sound in the underlined part.
1. A. coordinate B. triathlon C. allergy D. calorie
2. A. leaf B. life C. knife D. of
3. A. monopoly B. melody C. compound D. concentrate
4. A. paragraph B. cough C. although D. enough
5. A. vegetarian B. depression C. essential D. attention
III.Choose the best one (A, B, C or D) to complete the sentence.
1. You should eat a lot of fruits and vegetables because they vitamin A, which is good for the
eyes.
A. run B. take C. provide D. get
2. The health from that diet expert is that you should eat less junk food and count your calories
if you are becoming fat.
A. advices B. ideas C. tip D. tips
3. The seafood I ate this morning makes me feel all over.
A. itchy B. weak C. running D. well
4. If you want to be fit, stay outdoors more and do more activities.
A. physics B. physic C. physical D. physically
5. Do more exercise eat more fruit and vegetables.
A. and B. so C. but D. although
6. After working in computer for long hours, you should your eyes and relax.
A. wake B. rest C. sleep D. sleep in
7. Eat less high-fat foods to keep you from fat.
A. gaining B. reducing C. getting D. rising
8. We should follow the advice from doctors and health in order to keep fit.
A. managers B. experts C. people D. workers
9. Have a healthy and you can enjoy your life.
A. lifeline B. lively C. lives D. lifestyle
10. They go swims outside even when it’s cold.
A. B. swiming C. swimming D. swam
11. Rob eats a lot of fast food and he on a lot of weight.
A. spends B. brings C. takes D. puts
12. We need to spend less time computer games.
A. playing B. to playing C. play D. to play
13. To prevent , you should eat a lot of garlic and keep your body warm.
A. cold B. Mumps C. flu D. headache
14. Be careful with you eat and drink.
A. who B. this C. what D. that
15. Eating a lot of junk food may lead to your .
A. pain B. stomachache C. obesity D. fitness

IV. Fill in the blank with a suitable word in the box.

allergy toothache suffer worse
tired bad flu sick
1. Some people have a very habit in littering in public.
2. People who live in a dusty area often on diseases.
3. Julia has a headache, and she feels .
4. I have an , so I choose food and drink very carefully.
5. You should spend less time playing computer games, or your eyes will be .
6. Tom feel , but he doesn’t go to bed early.
31
 7. Trung eats too many sweets so he has .
8. In prevent , we should keep our hands clean, our feet warm.
V. Look at the advice for a healthy lifestyle, and complete the sentences using more or less.
1. You have toothache. Eat candy.
2 .Get up early and do exercise.
3. The examination is coming. Watch TV.
4. Watch television and you can protect your eyes.
5. You look tired, sleep .
6. She should eat fast food.
7. You are putting on weight. Eat fast food.
8. I will spend time on computer games.
9. You have a cough. Drink warm water.
10. We should eat junk food and eat fruit and vegetables.
VI. Fill in each blank with the correct conjunction: if, so, and, but, or, when.
1. Do more exercise you want to lose weight.
2. I have a lot of homework to do this evening, I don’t have time to watch the football
match.
3. Eat more vegetables, you will feel healthier.
4. Take up a new hobby you’ll have some new friends.
5. Eat more fish, you will be smarter.
6. He has toothache he still eats a lot of sweets and cakes.
7. Try to talk less you have a sore throat.
8. Smoke less give it up.
9. Sunbathe less, you’ll get sunburnt.
10. If you spend less time on computer games television programmes, you will have more time
for outdoor activities.
VII. Choose the word or phrase among A, B, C or D that best fits the blank space in the following
passage.
It’s important to (1) well, especially when you are studying. If you are at primary (2)
, you may not go home for lunch and have a cooked meal of meat or (3) and
vegetables. A chicken and lettuce sandwich, with some (4) fruit would be a light but (5) lunch.
Many people around the world eat plain, boiled (6) two or three times a day. Pupils and students often
don’t eat (7) when they’re revising for an exam – they eat chocolate and (8) lots of black
coffee! And by the way, doctors say everybody should start the day with healthy (9) . It’s also
good for you to drink a lot of (10) through the day.
1. A. launching B. emitting C. eat D. peaking
2. A. school B. weapons C. spaceships D. rockets
3. A. to B. towards C. with D. fish
4. A. as soon as B. fresh C. as well as D. such as
5. A. burnt B. explored C. went off D. healthy
6. A. rice B. audience C. observatories D. watcher
7. A. sent back B. returned to C. well D. except for
8. A. weightlessness B. drink C. wavelengths D. length
9. A. space B. atmosphere C. vacant D. breakfast
10. A. scientists B. drivers C. water D. astronauts
VIII. Fill in the blank with a suitable word in the box.
spend from exercise fit ride
for tired energy in calorie
We need calories or (1) to do the things every day. For example, when we walk or (2)
a bike to school, we spend a certain amount of (3) and even when we sleep, we also use them.
But how many calories should we (4) a day to stay in shape? It’s difficult (5) us to calculate. If
32
people want to keep (6) , they should remember that everyone should have between 1600 and
2500 calories a day.
We get calories (7) the food we eat. If we get too much food and don’t take part (8)
any activities, we can get fat quickly. So besides studying, we should do some (9) , play
sports or do the housework, such as cleaning the floor, cooking etc., if we don’t eat enough, we feel (10)
and weak.
IX. Read the following passage and write T (true) or F (false) for each statement.
How many calories can you burn in one hour? Well, it all depends on the activity. You use calories all the
time, even when you are resting. Reading, sleeping, sitting and sunbathing all use about 60 calories an hour.
Very light activities use 75 calories. Examples are eating, writing, knitting, shaving, driving and washing up.
Light activities which use about 100 calories an hour include playing the piano, getting dressed and having a
shower. Under moderate activities which use between 100 and 200 calories an hour we can put walking, doing
housework, shopping and skating. Energetic activities use 200-400 calories. Those activities include horse
riding, cycling, swimming, skipping and dancing. Finally there are strenuous activities which use up to 600
calories an hour. These activities include climbing stairs, jogging, digging the garden and playing football.
1. Horse riding uses the most amount of calories.
2. Reading uses as many calories as writing.
3. The calories we burn for eating and washing up are the same.
4. Walking is a very light activity.
5. Sunbathing uses more calories than driving.
6. When we are resting, we don’t burn calories.
7. Having a shower uses only 100 calories an hour.
8. Cycling and dancing use the same amount of calories
9. Playing football uses fewer calories than swimming.
10. The amount of calories we use an hour depends on the activity we do.
X. Write complete sentences, using the words/ phrases given in their correct forms.
1. Nick/ wash/ hands a lot/ he/ not/ have the flu.
_________________________________________________________________________

2. David/ eat/ lots of junk food/ he/ not do exercise.

_________________________________________________________________________
3. doctor/ told Elena that she/ sleep more/ she/ try to relax more.
_________________________________________________________________________
4. My sister/ play/ computer games/ she does exercise too.
_________________________________________________________________________
5. Eating/ carrots help/ you see objects / more clearly/ at night.
_________________________________________________________________________
6. Going outside/ wet hair /give/ you a cold or flu.
XI. Make correct sentences from the words and phrases given.
1. We/ keep/ our bodies/ warm/ avoid/ flu/ a cold.
_________________________________________________________________________
2. Getting/ enough/ rest/ help/ you/ concentrate/ school.
_________________________________________________________________________
3. Vitamins/ play/ important/ role/ our diet.
_________________________________________________________________________
4. You/ not/ play/ more/ computer games/ free time.
_________________________________________________________________________
5. Doctor/ asking/ Mai/ questions/ about/ health problems.
TEST 2 (UNIT 2)
I.Find the word which has a different sound in the part underlined.
1.A. knife B. of C. leaf D. life
2.A. although B. enough C. paragraph D. cough
3.A. junk B. sun C. put D. adult
33
4.A. headache B. architect C.chemical D.children
5.A. aerobics B.calories C.cycling D. doctor
II.Choose the correct answer.
1.You can avoid some diseases by yourself clean.
A.keeping B.taking C.looking D.bringing
2.The Japanese eat a lot of fish instead of meat they stay more healthy.
A.but B.because C.although D.so
3.Rob eats a lot of fast food and he on a lot of weight.
A.takes B.puts C.spends D.brings
4.We need to spend less time computer games.
A.play B.to play C.playing D.to playing
5.Do more exercise eat more fruit and vegetables.
A.but B.or C.and D.so
6.After working on computers for long hours, you should your eyes and relax.
A.sleep B.sleep in C.wake D.rest
7.Watching too much television is not good you or your eyes.
A.with B.to C.at D.for
8.When you have flu, you may have a cough and a nose.
A.runny B.running C.flowing D.noisy
9.When you have a temperature, you should drink more water and rest .
A.most B.more C.most D.less
10.I forgot to wear a sun hat today and I got a .
A.stomachache B.earache C.backache D.headache
11.We should play sports or do exercise in order to stay in .
A.look B.shape C.fit D.health
12.Don’t eat that type of fish: you may have a/an .
A.sick B.sore C.energy D. allergy
13.Do you believe that eating carrots helps you see at night?
A.much more B.less C.most D.the most
14.We should try to keep everything around US clean and then flu will find it to spread.
A.difficult B.difficulty C.difficultly D.difficulties
15.Be careful with you eat and drink.
A.what B.that C.who D.this
16.Eating a lot of junk food may lead to your .
A.obesity B.fitness C.pain D.stomachache
17.We should follow the advice from doctors and health in order to keep fit.
A.people B.workers C.managers D.experts
18.Have a healthy and you can enjoy your life.
A.lives B.lifestyle C.lifeline D.lively
19.The health from that diet expert is that you should eat less junk food and count your calories if you
are becoming fat.
A.tip B.tips C.advices D.ideas
20.The seafood I ate this morning makes me feel all over.
A.running B.well C.itchy D.weak
III. Complete the words for the health problems.
1. st _ _ _ _ _ ache
2. e _ _ ache
3. s _ _ _ th _ _ _ _
4. c___
5. t _ _ _ _ che
IV. Fill in each blank the correct health problem from the box according to the description.

34
 earache flu toothache backache
headache sore throat cough stomachache
1.___________ : a pain caused by something being wrong with one of your teeth.
2.___________ : a pain in your back.
3.___________ : a very severe pain that you feel in your head.
4.___________ : pain in your stomach.
5.___________ : a pain in the inside part of your ear.
6.___________ : a problem which is like a very bad cold, but which causes atemperature.
7.___________ : a pain in your throat.
8.___________ : a health problem that you make a lot of loud sounds.
V. Look at the advice for a healthy lifestyle, and complete the sentences using more or less.
1. Eat sweet food.
2. Get exercise.
3. Drink coffee.
4. Eat fast food.
5. Eat fruit and vegetables.
6. Drink water.
7. Smoke and give it up.
8. Relax .
9. Worry about things
10. Spend time on computer games.
VI. Fill in each blank with the correct conjunction.
1. Get up early do more exercise.
2. Eat less junk food eat more fruit and vegetables.
3. The weather is very cold today I should put on a coat.
4. Watch less television ____________ you can protect your eyes.
5. If you spend less time on computer games television programmes, you will have more
time for outdoor activities.
6. I have a lot of homework to do this evening I don’t have time to watch the football match.
7. Take up a new hobby you’ll have some new friends.
8. He has toothache he still eats a lot of sweets and cakes.
VII. Complete the sentences with the words from the box.
cough headache burn hurts pain
sick stomachache temperature toothache well
1. Is she enough to run one kilometer?
2. “Ow! Be careful with that coffee.” - “Look, now I have a on my arm.”
3. Rob has a of 39.5 C.
0

4. Don’t eat so quickly. You’ll get a .

5. I have a in my back. I’m going to lie down.
6. That’s a bad . Why don’t you have a glass of water?
7. “I have .” - “Why don’t you telephone the dentist?”
8. I feel . Quick, I must get to the bathroom!
9. My arm after that game of table tennis.
10. “I have a ___________.” - “That’s because you watch too much TV.”
VIII. Read the passage, and then answer the questions.
Everyone suffers from the common cold at some time or other. It isn’t a serious illness, but people
spend a lot of money on medicine. The medicine can only relieve the symptoms. That is, it can make you cough
less, make you feel better, and stop your nose running for a while. So far, there is no cure for the common cold
and no medicine to prevent it. People also drink a lot of hot water with sugar, lemon juice. It helps provide them
with a lot of vitamin C.

35
1Why is the common cold very popular?
_____________________________________________________________________________________
2.Is the common cold a serious illness?
_____________________________________________________________________________________
3.What does the medicine help people with the common cold?
_____________________________________________________________________________________
4.Besides medicine, what do people do to make them feel better?
_____________________________________________________________________________________
5.Why is it useful?
____________________________________________________________________________________
IX. Choose the correct answer A, B, c or D to fill each blank in the following passage.
My friend, Ben, has had a few problems with his health. He didn’t feel well, (1) he told his parents
about that. His mum said, “You should eat (2) vegetables. You shouldn’t eat (3) every
day.” His dad said, “You should go to bed (4) . You (5) stay up so late at night.” He phoned me and
told me about the problems. I said, “Don’t play so (6) computer games. Go outside (7)
play football.”
He didn’t go to school last week. He went to (8) the doctor. The doctor said, “You should stay at
home for a week. Don’t go out and don’t turn on your computer.”
At school today, he looked sad. We asked him, “What’s (9) ? You should be happy. You weren’t
here last week.”
Ben is (10) his homework from last week. He’s not happy at all.
1.A. because B. or C. and D. but
2.A. more B. less C. most D. the more
3.A. ready food B. fresh food C. junk food D. traditional food
4.A. late B. lately C. earlier D. more earlier
5.A. should B. shouldn’t C. must D. needn’t
6.A. many B. much C. lot D. lots
7.A. or B. so C. and D. but
8.A. look B. look at C. find D. see
9.A. bad B. trouble C. problem D. wrong
10.A. doing B. making C. playing D. taking
X. Make correct sentences from the words and phrases given.
1.You/ not/ play/ more/ computer games/ free time.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
2.Doctor/ asking/ Mai/ questions/ about/ health problems.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
3.Vitamins/ play/ important/ role/ our diet.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
4.We/ keep/ our bodies/ warm/ avoid/ flu/ a cold.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
5.Getting/ enough/ rest/ help/ you/ concentrate/ school.
_____________________________________________________________________________________

TEST 3 UNIT 2
I. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from the others.
1. a. myth b. cycling c. itchy d. allergy
2. a. headache b. spread c. health d. weak
3. a. fat b. leaf c. of d. safe
4. a. flu b. sunburn c. junk d. much
5. a. wash b. wear c. wake d. wrap
II. Choose the best answer a, b, c, or d to complete the sentence.
1. Please wake me ________ at 5 and we will leave at 6 in the morning.
a. up b. on c. over d. in
36
2. If you want to ________ weight, you should follow a low-fat diet.
a. lose b. gain c. put on d. take
3. Junk foods are high in fat, sodium and sugar, which can lead to ________.
a. fever b. allergy c. obesity d. stomachache
4. He looks so ________. He can’t keep his eyes open!
a. happy b. tired c. healthy d. fit
5. If you want to stay healthy, eat ________ vegetables, wholegrains, fruit and fish.
a. much b. fewer c. more d. less
6. Fruit tastes good ________ it’s healthy for your body.
a. so b.but c. or d. and
7. You are ________ you eat, so don’t eat unhealthy foods.
a. what b.who c. which d. that
8. She looks very tired. She should work ________ or she will get sick.
a. well b. less c. more d. enough
9. She stays in ________ by exercising daily and eating well.
a. health b. fit b. size d. shape
10. Don’t sit too close to the screen, ________.
a. and you’ll hurt your eyes b. so you can see more clearly
c. or you’ll get a headache d. but it’s bad for your health
III.Complete the sentences with the correct form of the verb have or feel. Add a or an where necessary.
1. I __________ flu. I __________ tired and weak.
2. Jane __________ sick, so she stays at home today.
3. Maybe she __________ fever. Her face is red and she tells me that she __________ very hot.
4. I __________ terrible headache yesterday, but I __________ better now.
5. What’s wrong with Sarah? Does she __________ toothache?
6. ‘Have you ever __________ allergy to seafood?’ ‘Yes, I __________ ill when I ate some lobsters two
months ago.
7. My friend __________ sunburn after a day at the beach. Her skin becomes red and sore.
8. I __________ itchy and I __________ runny nose. Do I __________ cold?
IV. Put the words into the correct column.

flu, playing sports, cough, walking, sore throat, watching TV fever, gardening,
allergy, swimming, runny nose, doing aerobics, headache, exercising,
sneezing, cycling, red skin, relaxing, stomachache, sleeping

Illnesses and symptoms Activities

V. Underline the correct words.

1. Your eyes look very tired. Let your eyes rest more / less and watch more / less TV.
2. If you want to stay in shape, eat more / less healthy food like fruits, vegetables or fish.
3. Drink more / less water when you have a high fever.
4. If you want to lose weight, eat more / less junk food.
5. Sunbathe more / less to avoid getting sunburnt.
6. The popular thing to lose weight is “eat more / less and exercise more / less”.
7. Stay outdoors and do more / less physical activities. You will be more healthy.
8. Spend more / less time in front of screens, such as the phone, TV or computer. It’s not good for your eyes.

37
VI. Complete the imperatives with more or less, using the verbs in the box.

play drink eat read sleep spend watch do

1. ____________video games or your eyes will be hurt.

2. ____________ fruit, vegetables or nuts because they are healthy.
3. ____________ if you want to be more active.
4. If you want to improve your knowledge, ____________ books.
5. ____________ TV because too much TV is really bad for your eyes.
6. If you’re outside on a hot day, ____________ water.
7. ____________ exercise, and you will feel fitter and healthier.
8. ____________ time on social media, so you can focus on your tasks.
VII.Fill in the blanks with and,so, but, or.
1. We stayed at home ________ watched a film.
2. I want to buy a new car, ________ I don’t have enough money.
3. She had a terrible headache last night, ________ she couldn’t go out.
4. I eat cake, ________ I never eat biscuits; I don’t like them.
5. Would you like cake ________ biscuits with your coffee?
6. My job is very interesting, ________ it doesn’t pay very well.
7. We can go by bus, ________ we can walk.
8. My classmate studies very hard, ________ she always gets good marks.
9. You had better hurry up, ________ you’ll be late for work.
10. The Japanese eat healthily, ________ they have high life expectancy.

VIII. Fill in each blank with a suitable preposition.

1. Would you like to go out? - No, thanks. I’d rather stay ________ home.
2. If you’re going to watch the football, you can count me ________. I don’t like football.
3. I’ve put ________ 2kg in the last month.
4. The Japanese eat healthily, so they live ________ a long time.
5. Sitting too close ________ the TV hurts your eyes.
6. Be careful ________ what you eat and drink.
7. She runs six miles every day to help keep herself ________ shape.
8. Watching TV too much isn’t good ________ your eyes.

IX. Write the correct form or tense of the verbs in brackets.

1. ______________ (you/ eat) fried chicken last night?
2. He ______________ (put) on a lot of weight recently.
3. I often ______________ (drink) coca cola when I was a child.
4. Joana ______________ (wash) her face regularly to prevent spots.
5. I think he ______________ (not pass) the exam. He hasn’t studied at all.
6. She ______________ (have) a sore throat, and she ______________ (cough) terribly now.
7. You should try ______________ (exercise) a couple times a week.

8. He keeps ______________ (sneeze), so I think he’s got a cold.

9. What ______________ (you/ do) tomorrow evening?
10. My mother doesn’t like ______________(eat) fast food.
X. Supply the correct form of the words in brackets.
1. The Japanese eat ______________, so they have high life expectancy. (health)
2. Drinking unclean water can cause ______________. (sick)
3. My uncle is a ______________. He doesn’t eat meat or fish. (vegetable)
4. ______________ can increase the risk of heart disease and diabetes. (obese)
5. I’m ______________ to shellfish, so I can’t eat lobster and shrimp. (allergy)
6. I got ______________ during my beach vacation. (sunburn)
38
7. Lack of vitamin E can cause skin diseases and ______________. (tired)
8. The symptoms of the disease include fever and ______________. (head)
XI. Choose the word which best fits each gap.
Breakfast is the (1) ______ important meal of the day. It provides the nutrients your body needs for good
health, the calories it needs for (2) ______ and helps to maintain your blood sugar level. Studies have shown
that people who don’t have breakfast have a low blood sugar level and are often slow, tired, hungry and (3)
______ to concentrate. Surprisingly, breakfast actually plays a part in weight control. It's easier to (4) ______
weight if you eat in the morning rather than later in the day. Dividing the day’s calories (5) ______ three meals
helps take off weight more efficiently than (6) ______ breakfast and having two larger meals a day does.
1. a. healthy b. tasty c. main d. most
2. a. strenght b. power c. energy d. effort
3. a. able b. enable c. unable d. capable
4. a. lose b. put c. gain d. drop
5. a. in b. into c. up d. for
6. a. skipping b. making c. buying d. serving
XII. Read the text carefully then choose the correct answers.
The island of Okinawa in Japan has some of the oldest people in the world. It’s famous for its high number
of centenarians – men and women who live beyond 100 years of age. There have been many scientific studies
of their lifestyle and you can even buy cookery books based on their diets. Some of the reasons for their good
health are that they ...
go fishing and eat what they catch.
regularly do gardening and grow their own fruit and vegetables.
go cycling and never drive when they can walk.
often spend time with friends. They meet at people’s houses and play games.
rarely buy food from a supermarket.
do regular exercise, go swimming and lead active lives.
1. According to the passage, Okinawa is well known for .
a. its beauty b. its centenarians c. its subtropical climate d. its cuisine
2. The people of Okinawa _______.
a. cook very well b. eat a lot of meat
c. have an unhealthy diet d. have the longest lifespan
3. Which of the followings is NOT true about the Okinawans?
a. They eat what they fish and grow. b. They often buy food at the supermarket.
c. They do exercise regularly. d. They enjoy socializing with friends.
4. A centenarian is a person who _______.
a. is 100 years old b. is almost 100 years old
c. is 100 years old or more d. is 100 years old or less
5. The Okinawans live a long life because _______.
a. they have healthy diets and living habits. b. they walk as much as they can.
c. they love gardening and going fishing. d. they only eat fruit and vegetables.
XIII. Write sentences, using the words given.
1. Phong/ eat/ lots of/ junk food/ so/ he/ putting/ weight.
___________________________________________________________________________
2. I/ exercise/ daily/ because/ I/ want/ stay/ healthy.
___________________________________________________________________________
3. Sitting/ too/ close/ the TV/ hurt/ your eyes.
___________________________________________________________________________
4. She/ often/ take/ paracetamol/ if/ she/ get / bad/ headache.
___________________________________________________________________________
5. how many calories/ you/ bum/ do/ aerobics/ 2 hours?
___________________________________________________________________________
6. getting/ enough/ sleep/ help/ students/ do/ their best/ the classroom.

39
 ___________________________________________________________________________
XIV. Join each pair of sentences by using a suitable conjunction: and, but, or, so.
1. The bus stopped. The man got off.
___________________________________________________________________________
2. Junk food tastes so good. It is bad for your health.
___________________________________________________________________________
3. You should eat less junk food. You will put on weight.
___________________________________________________________________________
4. He is a vegetarian. He doesn’t eat any meat.
___________________________________________________________________________
5. Would you likemeat for lunch? Would you like vegetables for lunch?
___________________________________________________________________________
6. Susan went to the park. She had a ride on the swing.
___________________________________________________________________________
7. I love fruit. I am allergic to strawberries.
___________________________________________________________________________
8. There was a heavy rain. The roads were flooded.
___________________________________________________________________________

XV. Arrange the words to make sentences.

1. cold/ I/ sore throat/ love/ a/ drinks/ but/ have/ I.
___________________________________________________________________________
2. Jim/ overweight/ so/ eats/ is/ fast food/ too much/ he.
___________________________________________________________________________
3. too much/ bad/ television/ watching/ for/ health/ your/ is?
___________________________________________________________________________
4. the flu/ should/ you/ a cold/ if/ have/ or/ you/ home/ stay.
___________________________________________________________________________
5. Alex/ usually/ fishing/ so/ loves/ goes/ in/ near/ he/ his house/ fishing/ the lake.
___________________________________________________________________________
6. you/ some/ clean/ yourself/ avoid/ diseases/ by/ can/ keeping.

UNIT 3: COMMUNITY SERVICE

A.VOCABULARY

1. benefit (n) /'benɪfɪt/   lợi ích

2. blanket (n) /'blæŋkɪt/   chăn
3. charitable (adj) /'tʃærɪtəbl/   từ thiện
4. clean up (n, v) /kli:n ʌp/   dọn sạch
5. community service (n) /kə'mju:nəti 'sɜːvɪs/   dịch vụ công cộng
6. disabled people (n) /dɪˈseɪbld ̩ 'pi:pl/   người tàn tật
7. donate (v) /dəʊˈneɪt/   hiến tặng, đóng góp
8. elderly people (n) /'eldəli 'pi:pl/   người cao tuổi
9. graffiti /ɡrə'fi:ti/   hình hoặc chữ vẽ trên tường
10 homeless people /'həʊmləs 'pi:pl/   người vô gia cư
11 interview (n, v) /'ɪntərvju:/   cuộc phỏng vấn, phỏng vấn
12 make a difference /meɪk ə 'dɪfərəns/   làm thay đổi (cho tốt đẹp hơn)
13 mentor (n) /'mentɔːr/   thầy hướng dẫn

40
14 mural (n) /'mjʊərəl/   tranh khổ lớn
15 non-profit organization (n) /nɒn-'prɒfɪt ,ɔːɡəna   tổ chức phi lợi nhuận
ɪˈzeɪʃən/
16 nursing home /'nɜːsɪŋ həʊm/   nhà dưỡng lão
17 organisation (n) /,ɔ:gənai'zeiʃn/   tổ chức
18 service (n) /'sɜːrvɪs/   dịch vụ
19 shelter (n) /'ʃeltər/   mái ấm, nhà tình thương, nhà cứu trợ
20 sort (n) /sɔ:t/   thứ, loại, hạng
21 street children (n) /stri:t 'tʃɪldrən/   trẻ em (lang thang) đường phố
22 to be forced /tu: bi: fɔːst/   bị ép buộc
23 traffic jam (n) /"træfɪk dʒæm/   ùn tắc giao thông
24 tutor (n, v) /'tju:tər/   thầy dạy kèm, dạy kèm
25 volunteer (n, v) /,vɒlən'tɪər/   người tình nguyện, đi tình nguyện
26 use public transport (bus, tube,…     dùng các phương tiện giao thông công cộn
g
27 start a clean-up campaign     phát động một chiến dịch làm sạch
28 plant trees     trồng cây
29 punish people who make graffiti     phạt những người vẽ bậy
30 raise people’s awareness     nâng cao ý thức của mọi người

B.GRAMMAR
I. THÌ QUÁ KHỨ ĐƠN (PAST SIMPLE TENSE)
1. Cách dùng
- Diễn tả hành động hay sự việc đã xảy ra và kết thúc tại một thời điểm trong quá khứ.
E.g.I met her last summer. (Tôi đã gặp cô ấy vào mùa hè năm ngoái.)
- Diễn tả hành động thường làm hay quen làm trong quá khứ.
E.g.She often went swimming every day last year. (Cô ấy thường đi bơi mỗi ngày vào năm ngoái.)
2. Dạng thức của thì quá khứ đơn
a. Với động từ to be (was/ were)
Thể khẳng định Thể phủ định
I/ He/ She/ It/ was I/ He/ She/ It/ was not/
Danh từ số ít Danh từ số ít wasn’t
You/ We/ were + danh từ/ tính You/ We/ They/ were not/ + danh từ/ tính
They/ Danh từ từ Danh từ số nhiều weren’t từ
số nhiều
Examples: Examples:
1. He was tired. (Anh ấy đã rất mệt.) 1. He wasn’t at school yesterday.
2. They were in the room. (Anh ấy đã không ở trường ngày hôm qua.)
(Họ đã ở trong phòng.) 2. They weren’t in the park.
(Họ đã không ở trong công viên.)

Thể nghi vấn Câu trả lời ngắn

Was I/ He/ She/ It/ Danh từ số ít Yes. was.
+ danh từ/ I/ He/ She/ It/ Danh từ số ít
Were You/ We/ They/ Danh từ số No. wasn't.
tính từ
nhiều Yes. You/ We/ They/ Danh từ số were.
No. nhiều weren't.

41
Examples:
1. Were they tired yesterday? (Hôm qua họ đã mệt phải không?)
=> Yes, they were./ No, they weren’t.
2. Was he at home? (Anh ấy đã ở nhà phải không?)
=> Yes, he was./ No, he wasn’t.
* Lưu ý: Khi chủ ngữ trong câu hỏi là “you” (bạn) thì câu trả lời phải dùng I (tôi) để đáp lại.
b. Với động từ thường (Verb/ V)
Thể khẳng định Thể phủ định
I/ You/ We/ They/ I/ You/ We/ They/
Danh từ số nhiều Danh từ số nhiều
He/ She/ It/ Danh + V-ed He/ She/ It/ Danh + did not/ didn’t + V (nguyên mẫu)
từ số ít từ số ít
Examples: Examples:
1. She went to school yesterday. 1. My mother didn’t buy me a new computer last year.
(Hôm qua cô ấy đã đi học.) (Năm ngoái mẹ tôi đã không mua cho tôi một chiếc máy tính
2. He worked in this bank last year. mới.)
(Năm ngoái anh ấy đã làm việc ở ngân 2. He didn’t meet me last night.
hàng này.) (Anh ấy đã không gặp tôi tối qua.)
3. Mr Nam disn’t watch TV with me.
(Ông Nam đã không xem TV với tôi.)

Thể nghi vấn Câu trả lời ngắn

Did I/ You/ We/ They/ Danh từ + V (nguyên Yes, I/ You/ We/ They/ Danh did.
số nhiều mẫu) No, từ số nhiều didn't.
He/ She/ It/ Danh từ số ít He/ She/ It/ Danh từ số ít
Examples:
1. Did she work there? (Có phải cô ấy đã làm việc ở đó không?)
Yes, she did./ No, she didn’t.
2. Did you go to Ha Noi last month? (Có phải bạn đã đi Hà Nội tháng trước không?)
Yes, I did./ No, I didn’t.
II. WH- QUESTION
Khi đặt câu hỏi có chứa Wh-word (từ để hỏi) như Who, What, When, Where, Why, Which, How, ta đặt
chúng lên đầu câu. Tuy nhiên, khi trả lời cho dạng câu hỏi này, ta không dùng Yes/ No mà cần đưa ra câu trả lời
trực tiếp.
Cấu trúc:

Wh- word + was/ were + S? Wh – word + did + S + V?

Examples: Examples:
1. Where were they? 1. What did Ba do at the weekend?
(Họ đã ở đâu thế?) (Ba đã làm gì vào ngày cuối tuần vậy?)
=> They were in the playground. => He studied English.
(Họ đã ở trong sân chơi.) (Anh ấy đã học Tiếng Anh.)

3. Dấu hiệu nhận biết

Trong câu ở thì quá khứ đơn thường có sự xuất hiện của các trang từ chỉ thời gian như:
- yesterday (hôm qua)
- last night/ week/ month/… (tối qua/ tuần trước/ tháng trước/ …)
- ago (cách đây), (two hours ago: cách đây 2 giờ; two weeks ago: cách đây 2 ngày, …)
- in + thời gian trong quá khứ (e.g. in 1990)
- when: khi (trong câu kể)
4. Cách thêm –ed vào sau động từ
a. Trong câu ở thì quá khứ đơn, động từ bắt buộc phải thêm đuôi –ed. Dưới đây là các quy tắc khi thêm
đuôi – ed vào sau động từ.
Thêm –ed vào đằng sau hầu hết các động từ Examples: want – wanted want – wanted
look – looked look – looked

42
Động từ kết thúc bằng đuôi “e” hoặc “ee”, live – lived live – lived
chúng ta chỉ việc thêm “d” vào cuối động từ Examples:
love – loved love – loved
Đối với những động từ tận cùng là “y” play – played play – played
+ Nếu trước “y” là một nguyên âm (a, e, u,
i, o), ta thêm “ed” bình thường.
+ Nếu trước “y” là một phụ âm, ta đổi “y”
thành “i” + “ed” Examples: stay - stayed stay - stayed

enjoy - enjoyed enjoy - enjoyed

Động từ một âm tiết, tận cùng bằng một
nguyên âm + một phụ âm (trừ những từ kết stop – stopped stop – stopped
thúc bằng h, w, x, y), ta phải gấp đôi phụ âm
trước khi thêm “ed” Examples: plan – planned plan – planned
Động từ bất quy tắc:
- Là những động từ được chia ở cột 2 trong “Bảng động từ bất quy tắc” (học thuộc lòng)
Examples:
V V- ed Nghĩa
go went đi
have had có
teach taught dạy
buy bought mua
drink drank uống
BÀI TẬP VẬN DỤNG CƠ BẢN
EX1: Cho dạng đúng của động từ ở dạng quá khứ (V2) và quá khứ phân từ (V3), dùng bảng động từ bất
quy tắc nếu cần.
V V2 V3
be (là)
bring (mang đến)
buy (mua)
cut (cắt)
do (làm)
eat (ăn)
find (tìm)
found (thành lập)
go (đi)
have (có)
keep (giữ)
lie (nằm)
lie (nói dối)
lose (mất)
make (làm)
move (di chuyển)
play (chơi)
provide (cung cấp)
put (đặt)
read (đọc)
see (nhìn)
sleep (ngủ)
spend (dành)
study (học)
take (mang đi)

43
think (nghĩ)
travel (du lịch)
visit (thăm)
work (làm việc)
write (viết)
EX2: Viết các câu sau ở thể khẳng định (+), thể phủ định (-), thể nghi vấn (?) ở thì quá khứ đơn.
1. (+) They decided to leave soon.
(-) ________________________________________________________________.
(?) ________________________________________________________________?
2. (+) ________________________________________________________________.
(-) There were not many homeless people here ten years ago.
(?) ________________________________________________________________?
3. (+) ________________________________________________________________.
(-) _________________________________________________________________.
(?) Did Tom’s grandfather use to be a soldier?
4. (+) My teacher started teaching here 6 years ago.
(-)_________________________________________________________________.
(?) _________________________________________________________________?
5. (+) Jane often went to school on foot 3 years ago.
(-) _________________________________________________________________.
(?) _________________________________________________________________?
6. (+) _________________________________________________________________.
(-) The cat didn’t want to eat yesterday.
(?) _________________________________________________________________?
7. (+) _________________________________________________________________.
(-) __________________________________________________________________.
(?) Did the train arrive late yesterday?
8. (+) _________________________________________________________________.
(-) There wasn’t anything left in the fridge.
(?) _________________________________________________________________?
EX3. Chia các động từ trong ngoặc ở thì quá khứ đơn.
1. Last week, my mother (take) _____________ me to the zoo.
2. When we (arrive) _____________ at the party, there (not be) _____________ many people there.
3. My mother (say) _____________ that she (buy) _____________ me a new dress.
4. Last summer, my father (teach) _____________ me to drive.
5. I (start) _____________ doing charity when I (be) _____________ a first year student.
6. Many rich people (donate) _____________ money for this volunteer program.
7. My friend (ring) _____________ me yesterday and (invite) _____________ me to his party.
8. What (you/ watch) _____________ on TV last night?
9. When my father (be) _____________ young, he (use to) _____________ be the most handsome boy in the
village.
10. _____________ (you/ go) to see the concert yesterday?
11. My performance (not be) _____________ really good. I (not feel) _____________ happy about it.
12. Jim (spend) _____________ the whole day taking after his brother.
13. I (write) _____________ a letter to my foreign friend but he (not write) _____________ back.
14. _____________ (they/ be) students of our school?
15. Yesterday, I (see) _____________ Jim at a bookstore.
EX4. Gạch lỗi sai trong các câu sau rồi sửa lại cho đúng.
1. My friend and I was at the hairdresser’s yesterday.
________________________________________________________________________
2. My sister in law used to had long hair but now she has short hair.
________________________________________________________________________
3. Did your father worked in a tobacco factory before he retired?
________________________________________________________________________
4. Why you didn’t come to the meeting last week?
________________________________________________________________________
44
5. My best friend and I use to hated each other when we first met.
________________________________________________________________________
6. Was Anna be successful with her project last week?
________________________________________________________________________
7. Yesterday morning I readed several chapters of the book “The little prince”.
________________________________________________________________________
8. Last summer we involved in community service in our neighborhood, so we did go on holiday.
________________________________________________________________________
EX5. Hoàn thành câu với những động từ cho sẵn ở thì quá khứ đơn (thể khẳng định hoặc phủ định).
disturb put like be hold
have decide sleep stay cost
1. It was freezing outside, so I ___________ on my coat.
2. My mother was very busy yesterday, so I ___________ her.
3. Yesterday was Mary’s birthday but she ___________ a party.
4. We were exhausted, so we ___________ to leave the party early.
5. The bed was very uncomfortable. Tim ___________ well.
6. The musical wasn’t very good. I ___________ it much.
7. The restaurant wasn’t very expensive. It ___________ much to have dinner there.
8. I had to look after my little sister yesterday, so I ___________ time to call you.
9. It ___________ hard to lift the boxes. They weren’t very heavy.
10. It was raining heavily, so I ___________ in.
EX6. Sắp xếp các từ cho sẵn thành câu hoàn chỉnh.
1. many/ went/ to/ volunteer/ ,/ Last year/ the/ and/ flooded area/ free food/ people/ gave to/./
________________________________________________________________________
2. rebuild/ helped/ houses/ They/ trees/ also/ plant/ and/ people/./
________________________________________________________________________
3. people/ donated/ generous/ for/ people/ Many/ poor/ money/./
________________________________________________________________________
4. I/ joined/ a student/ ,/ was/ When/ charitable work/ I/ often/ in/./
________________________________________________________________________
5. my friends/ used to/ remoted areas/ travel/ help/ to/ to/ people there/ I/ with/./
________________________________________________________________________
6. mountainous/ for/ areas/ weeks/ We/ in/ stayed/ the/./
________________________________________________________________________
7. the chidren/ read/ there/ We/ taught/ and/ write/ to/./
________________________________________________________________________
8. a volunteer/ was/ a/ experience/ wonderful/ Being/./
________________________________________________________________________
9. I/ busy/ graduated/ was/ After/ ,/ I/ very/./
________________________________________________________________________
10. I/ Now/ do/ still/ charity/ my/ in/ hometown/./
________________________________________________________________________
III. THÌ HIỆN TẠI HOÀN THÀNH (PRESENT PERFECT)
1. Cách dùng
Cách dùng Ví dụ
Dùng để diễn tả hành động đã bắt đầu trong quá - I have learned English for 15 years.
khứ, kéo dài đến hiện tại và có thể tiếp tục ở tương (Tôi đã học Tiếng Anh được 15 năm rồi. => hiện tại
lai tôi vẫn đang học)
- Mr Nam has taught French here since 1990. (Ông
Nam đã dạy tiếng Pháp ở đây từ năm 1990. =>
hiện tại ông ấy vẫn còn dạy ở đây)
Dùng để diễn tả hành động vừa mới xảy ra - I have just taught English here.
(Tôi vừa mới dạy tiếng Anh ở đây.)
- Lan has learned French recently.
(Gần đây Lan đã học tiếng Pháp.)
Dùng để diễn tả hành động đã xảy ra trong quá khứ - I have seen this film. I like it so much.

45
nhưng không biết rõ thời gian hoặc không đề cập (Tôi đã xem bộ phim này. Tôi rất thích nó.)
đến thời gian - She has visited Ha Long Bay.
(Cô ấy đã đến thăm vịnh Hạ Long.)
Dùng để diễn tả hành động đã xảy ra nhưng kết quả - Lan has cleaned the floor. => It is clean now.
còn ở hiện tại (Lan đã lau sàn nhà.)
- He has had a serious accident. => He is in hospital
now.
(Anh ấy đã gặp tai nạn nghiêm trọng.)
2. Dạng thức của thì hiện tại hoàn thành
Thể khẳng định Thể phủ định
He/ She/ It/ has He/ She/ It/ has not/ hasn’t
Danh từ số ít Danh từ số ít
I/ You/ We/ have + V (p.II) I/ You/ We/ have not/ + V (p.II)
They/ Danh từ They/ Danh từ haven’t
số nhiều số nhiều
Ví dụ: Ví dụ:
- She has just bought a house. - My mother hasn’t lived here since Christmas. (Mẹ
(Cô ấy vừa mới mua một ngôi nhà.) tôi đã không sống ở đây kể từ Giáng Sinh.)
- They have gone to Ho Chi Minh city. - I haven’t been to Ha Noi.
(Họ đã đi tới thành phố Hồ Chí Minh.) (Tôi chưa tới Hà Nội.)
- Mr Nam has taught English since last month. - We haven’t finished our homework.
(Ông Nam đã dạy tiếng Anh từ tháng trước.) (Chúng tôi chưa hoàn thành bài tập về nhà.)
- I have known Nam for ages.
(Tôi đã biết Nam lâu rồi).

Thể nghi vấn Câu trả lời ngắn

Has he/ She/ It/ Danh từ số ít Yes, he/ She/ It/ Danh từ số has.
No, ít hasn't.
Have I/ You/ We/ They/ Danh + V (p.II) Yes, I/ You/ We/ They/ have.
từ số nhiều No, Danh từ số nhiều haven't.
Ví dụ:
- Have you done your homework? (Bạn đã làm bài tập về nhà chưa?)
=> Yes, I have./ No, I haven’t.
- Has you taught here since last month? (Cô ấy đã dạy ở đây từ tháng trước phải không?)
=> Yes, she has./ No, she hasn’t.
- Have they gone to Hue? (Họ đã đi Huế chưa?)
=> Yes, they have./ No, they haven’t.
3. Dấu hiệu nhận biết
Trong câu ở thì hiện tại hoàn thành, thường có các từ/ cụm từ sau:
- Never (chưa bao giờ), ever (đã từng), just (vừa mới), already (đã rồi), yet (chưa), how long (bao lâu), before
(trước đây), recently/ lately/ so far (gần đây), up to now/ up the present (cho tới bây giờ), …..
- in the past (ten) years: trong (mười) năm qua
- in the last (years): những (năm) gần đây
- this is the first time/ the second time: đây là lần đầu tiên/ lần thứ hai
- since + mốc thời gian (since 2000/ last summer, …)
- for + khoảng thời gian (for ages/ two years ,…), for a long time = for ages (trong một khoảng thời gian dài),
…
4. Cách chia động từ ở thì Hiện tại hoàn thành
Động từ ở thì Hiện tại hoàn thành được chia theo 1 trong 2 cách sau:
- Nếu là động từ có quy tắc thì thêm đuôi “ed”: áp dụng quy tắc thêm đuôi “ed” vào sau động từ ở Unit 8.
- Nếu là động từ bất quy tắc thì xem cột 3 bảng động từ bất quy tắc
Ví dụ:
- He has just bought a new house. (Anh ấy vừa mới mua một ngôi nhà mới.)
46
- I’ve known her for ten years. (Tôi đã biết cô ấy 10 năm rồi.)
- Nga has ever eaten this kind of food. (Nga đã từng ăn loại thức ăn này rồi.)
- She has waited for him for 30 minutes. (Cô ấy đã chờ anh ấy được 30 phút rồi.)
5. So sánh thì hiện tại hoàn thành và thì quá khứ đơn
Thì hiện tại hoàn thành Thì quá khứ đơn
Cách dùng - Dùng để diễn tả hành động đã bắt đầu trong quá - Dùng để diễn tả hành động đã
khứ, kéo dài đến hiện tại và có thể tiếp tục ở tương lai hoàn toàn kết thúc trong quá khứ
- Dùng để diễn tả hành động đã xảy ra trong quá khứ - Dùng để diễn tả hành động đã
nhưng không biết rõ thời gian hoặc không đề cập đến xảy ra tại một thời gian trong quá
thời gian khứ
Ví dụ - She has lived in Ho Chi Minh city for 8 years. - She lived in Ho Chi Minh city 8
(Cô ấy đã sống ở thành phố Hồ Chí Minh được 8 năm years ago.
rồi.) (Cô ấy đã sống ở thành phố Hồ
=> Bây giờ cô ấy vẫn sống ở thành phố Hồ Chí Minh Chí Minh cách đây 8 năm.)
- Someone has stolen my computer. => Bây giờ cô ấy không sống ở
(Ai đó đã ăn trộm máy tính của tôi.) thành phố Hồ Chí Minh nữa.
- Someone stole my computer
yesterday.
(Hôm qua ai đó đã ăn trộm máy
tính của tôi.)
BÀI TẬP VẬN DỤNG CƠ BẢN
EX7. Viết các câu sau ở thể khẳng định (+), thể phủ định (-), thể nghi vấn (?) ở thì hiện tại hoàn thành.
1. (+) I have finished my homework.
(-) ________________________________________________________________.
(?) ________________________________________________________________?
2. (+) ________________________________________________________________.
(-) My uncle hasn’t been to Singapore before.
(?) ________________________________________________________________?
3. (+) ________________________________________________________________.
(-) ________________________________________________________________.
(?) Have they found their keys?
4. (+) Jim has just played video games with his brother.
(-) ________________________________________________________________.
(?) ________________________________________________________________?
5. (+) ________________________________________________________________.
(-) My grandmother hasn’t visited me since November.
(?) ________________________________________________________________?
6. (+) ________________________________________________________________.
(-) ________________________________________________________________.
(?) Has your sister studied Medicine for 2 years?
7. (+) It has been long since our last encounter.
(-) ________________________________________________________________.
(?) ________________________________________________________________?
8. (+) ________________________________________________________________.
(-) We haven’t graduated yet.
(?) ________________________________________________________________?
EX8: Đặt những trạng từ trong ngoặc vào đúng vị trí của nó trong các câu sau đây:
1. I have had dinner with my family. (already)
2. Have you finished your report? You need to bring it to me before 9 a.m. (yet)
3. I haven’t done my homework. (yet)
4. My sister has left the party. (just)
5. Your mother has told you to come home early. (already)
6. Has the mouse gone? (already)
7. I have met her. (just)
8. The paiter hasn’t finished his work. (yet)
EX9. Điền “for” hoặc “since” vào chỗ trống sao cho thích hợp.
47
1. I have learned Japanese _________ 3 months.
2. May has been working for a non-profit organization _________ I graduated.
3. Kim has been unemployed _________ half a year.
4. I miss my friend. I haven’t seen her _________ months.
5. We have lived in the dorm _________ our first year at university.
6. Jim and Jane have known each other _________ quite a long time.
7. The baby’s hungry. He hasn’t eaten anything _________ the morning.
8. Have you used this laptop _________ 4 years?
9. They’ve been close friends _________ they started college.
10. My grandmother has been a vegetarian _________ several years.
EX10. Chia động từ trong ngoặc ở thì hiện tại hoàn thành.
Jim: Hi, Jane. How are you? What (1. you/ do) ______________recently?
Jane: Oh, hi Jim. It (2. be)______________quite a long time since we last talked. Well, I (3.
work)______________for a non-profit organization. We are carrying out a project to help homeless people in
our neighborhood.
Jim: That sounds very interesting. (4. You/ have)______________any difficulties?
Jane: Of course! Basically my colleagues and I are doing charitable work, so we rarely receive any financial
support. We (5. provide)______________free food for the homeless people since last week. Moreover, the
organization (6. recently offer)______________ jobs for those people.
Jim: It is a meaningful job. I really admire you! How long (7. you/ work)______________there?
Jane: Since the start of our summer holoiday. How about you? What (8. you/ do)__________ this summer?
Jim: Not much. I spend my whole day reading and reading. So far, I (9. already finish)______________three
books. My mother (10. tell)______________me several times to go out and try something new but I (11. not
find)______________anything that suits me.
Jane: Uhm, let’s see. How about joining our organization? We (12. look)______________for new volunteers
for weeks. The organization (13. also plan)______________to have some voluntary programs to help disabled
children. You can join and read books for the kids.I think it’s quite suitable for you.
Jjm: That’s a nice idea. I will definitely consider it. By the way, I (14. plan)__________to have a party with
friends. Would you like to come?
Jane: I’d love to. When will you hold the party?
Jim: I (15. not decide)______________yet. But I will call you soon.
EX11. Dựa vào những từ cho sẵn, hãy viết thành những câu hoàn chỉnh.
1. I/ think/ I/ hear/ that song/ before/./
________________________________________________________________.
2. They/ not/ come/ yet/./
________________________________________________________________.
3. Jim/ already/ invite/Shirley/ his party/./
________________________________________________________________.
4. John and Julie/ have/ their house/ about two years/./
________________________________________________________________.
5. She/ not take/ her driving test/ yet/./
________________________________________________________________.
6. Mary/ be/a translator/ since/ she/ leave/ university/./
________________________________________________________________.
7. You/ ride/ your new car/ yet/?/
________________________________________________________________?
8. Paul/ ever/ meet/ a famous person/?/
________________________________________________________________?
9. Up to now/ Peter/ receive/ 5 awards/./
________________________________________________________________.
10. It/ be/ ages/ we/ last/ talk/./
________________________________________________________________.
EX12. Khoanh tròn đáp án đúng.
1. His mother hasn’t prepared the meal (already/ yet).
2. Tommy (worked/ has worked) for this company for 10 months but now he doesn’t work here.
3. This machine (has worked/ worked) for ten years so far.

48
4. Mr Vu (have found/ founded) this non-profit organization to benefit the local community.
5. Jame’s (not been/not) a member of the volunteer club since he left school.
6. Her husband (has given up/ gave up) smoking when they had their first child.
7. (Have you read/ Did you read) this book yet?
8. I lost my key on my way home last night. Up to now I (didn’t find/ haven’t found) it.
9. You (have lied/ have lain) in bed since the morning. Get up and find something else to do.
10. They (were/ have been) close friends for 3 months but now they hate each other.
11. (Have you ever tried/ Did you ever try) ice skating when you were a kid?
12. How long (have you taught/ did you teach) in this primary school?
13. The last time we met (has been/ was) ten days ago.
14. You (have eaten/ haven’t eaten) anything since yesterday. You must be very hungry now.
15. We (have been/ have never been) to this place before. This is the first time.
BÀI TẬP TỔNG HỢP NÂNG CAO
EX13. Chọn câu có cùng ý nghĩa với câu cho sẵn.
1. The last time I ate sushi was the last summer.
A. I have eaten sushi since the last summer.
B. I haven’t eaten sushi since the last summer.
2. I last saw her on Monday.
A. I haven’t seen her since Monday.
B. I have seen her since Monday.
3. I haven’t watered this tree for a week.
A. The last time I watered this tree was a week ago.
B. The last time I didn’t water this tree was a week ago.
4. I started collecting stamps last winter.
A. I have collected stamps since last summer.
B. I have started collecting stamps since last summer.
5. How long have you worked as a volunteer?
A. When did you start working as a volunteer?
B. When have you worked as a volunteer?
6. This singer’s last performance was in Jly 20th.
A. This singer has performed since July 20th.
B. This singer hasn’t performed since July 20th.
7. They began playing tennis in the spring of 2012.
A. They have played tennis since the spring of 2012.
B. They haven’t played tennis since the spring of 2012.
8. I last went to the zoo when I was 10.
A. I haven’t gone to the zoo since I was 10.
B. I have gone to the zoo since I was 10.
EX14. Chuyển các câu sau từ thì quá khứ đơn sang thì hiện tại hoàn thành sao cho nghĩa của câu không
thay đổi.
1. The last time I played the violin was 2 years ago.
=> ____________________________________________________________________.
2. The last time the team won the prize was a long time ago.
=> ____________________________________________________________________.
3. She last did charity work 2 years ago.
=> ____________________________________________________________________.
4. The last time I wrote a letter was 5 years ago.
=> ____________________________________________________________________.
5. My father stopped smoking in 2014.
=> ____________________________________________________________________.
6. I last donated my blood 7 months ago.
=> ____________________________________________________________________.
7. When did you start doing charitable work?
=> ____________________________________________________________________.
8. The last time she involved in community service was 2 months ago.
=> ____________________________________________________________________.

49
9. She said: “I began working as an activist when I was 20 years old.”
=> ____________________________________________________________________.
10. My best friend gave up eating fast food last year.
=> ____________________________________________________________________.
EX15. Chuyển các câu sau từ thì hiện tại hoàn thành sang thì quá khứ đơn sao cho nghĩa của câu không thay
đổi.
1. We have learned English for 10 years.
=> ____________________________________________________________________.
2. It has been a long time since we last met.
=> ____________________________________________________________________.
3. Ms. Ann hasn’t taken part in any voluntary programs for 4 years.
=> ____________________________________________________________________.
4. I haven’t mer my family since last Christmas.
=> ____________________________________________________________________.
5. How long have you lived here?
=> ____________________________________________________________________.
6. The volunteers have provided free food and fresh water to homeless people since yesterday.
=> ____________________________________________________________________.
7. The doctor has quitted his job in the local hospital and moved to the central hospital for 2 days.
=> ____________________________________________________________________.
8. The children haven’t had a long vacation since last year.
=> ____________________________________________________________________.
9. They haven’t visited their parents for 3 months.
=> ____________________________________________________________________.
10. It has been 2 years since we broke up.
=> ____________________________________________________________________.
EX16. Chia động từ trong ngoặc về thì quá khứ đơn hoặc hiện tại hoàn thành (thể khẳng định hoặc phủ
định) sao cho phù hợp.
1. Last month our class (go) ____________ on a field trip with our teacher. We (not have) ____________
another field trip since then.
2. I (use to/ live) ____________ with my grandmother until I (be) ____________ 18. Since then, I (meet)
____________ my grandmother again.
3. My mother (work) ____________ as a teacher in the local high school for 20 years before her retirement.
4. The last time we (have) ____________ dinner together was 2 weeks ago.
5. My uncle (meet) ____________ his family since he (go) ____________ on a business trip last month.
6. Your friend Sarah (just/ phone) ____________ you. She (say) ____________ sorry because she (can/ come)
____________ to your party.
7. So far, I (already/ read) ____________ 11 different books. My most favourite book is “Paper towns” by John
Green. I (finish) ____________ reading it last weekend.
8. Last night I (feel) ____________ well, so my father (take) ____________ me to hospital. I (be)
____________ out of hospital yet.
EX17. Khoanh tròn đáp án đúng.
My first voluntary experience
It was a sunny day (1) _______ I first involved in community service. I (2) _______ a group of more
than 20 students to do voluntary work in a school of (3) _______ children. Soon after we came there, the leader
divided us into several teams with different duties. My job was to play with the children there. To be honest, I
was a bit confused at first. There were many children and all of them had health problems. However, most of
them were (4) _______ and friendly. They seemed to enjoy the volunteer’s visit and they played joyously with
us. We (5) _______ the kids with paper and pencils and instructed them to draw. We maintained a cozy
atmosphere until the volunteer group had to leave. It was such an amazing experience to me that I could (6)
_______ forget it. I have involved in many other charitable projects (7) _______ my first voluntary experience.
I think I will continue doing charity in the future (8) _______ I have time.
1. A. when B. since C. for D. before
2. A. was B. came C. joined D. made
3. A. small B. strong C. disabled D. cute
4. A. badly-behaved B. naughty C. mischief D. well-behaved

50
5. A. provided B. bought C. lent D. borrowed
6. A. always B. often C. never D. just
7. A. since B. for C. when D. before
8. A. since B. for C. if D. unless

EX18. Đọc đoạn văn dưới đây và trả lời câu hỏi.
When Henry Gates III was born on October 28, 1955. Almost everyone knows that he is one of the
world’s richest people and perhaps the most successul businessman ever. He is the co-founder of Microsoft and
successully made it into the world’s biggest software company. Moreover, he is renowed as a generous and
kind man who started his own charity with his wife. They named it “Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation”, also
known as the “Gates Foundation”.
The main purpose of the foundation are to improve healthcare and reduce poverty globally. In America,
it also helps to open up educational opportunities and provide access to information technology. So far, the
Gates Foundation has received many awards. President Barack Obama honored Bill and Melinda Gates with the
Presidential Medal of Freedom on November 22, 2016. “Time” magazine voted Gates as one of the biggest
influences of the 20th century.
1. When was William Henry Gates III born?
________________________________________________________________
2. What is the name of Bill and Melinda’s charity foundation?
________________________________________________________________
3. What are the main purposes of the foundation on global scale?
________________________________________________________________
4. What does the foundation help in America?
________________________________________________________________
5. When did President Barack Obama honor Bill and Melinda Gates with a medal?
________________________________________________________________

C.EXERCISES UNIT 3

I.Find the word which has a different sound in the part underlined.
1A. architect B. church C.children D. armchair
2.A.general B.garden C.go D.get
3.A.cancel B.ceiling C.calling D.cupboard
4.A.calorie B.carve C.collage D.centre
5.A. unique B. mosquito C. mosque D.question

II.Match one verb in column A with words in column B to make meaningful expressions, writing the
answer in each blank.
Answer A B
_________________________ 1. fix a. a bike
_________________________ 2. tidy b. in a form
_________________________ 3. care c. meals
_________________________ 4. fill d. funds
_________________________ 5. raise e. a room
_________________________ 6. plant f. part in sports
_________________________ 7. cook g. for old people
_________________________ 8. take h. flowers
III.Fill in the blanks with the correct words or phrases matching with the verbs. Maybe some verbs can
be used more than once.

51
 elderly people books fresh water school yard
old clothes blood homeless people English lessons
neighbourhood food notebooks opportunities
money street children local people Internet
streets evening classes dirty tables poor children
1.clean:______________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
2.donate:_____________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
3.help:_______________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
4.provide:____________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
IV. Complete the following letter, using the words in the box.
save letter do plant earn
keep collect participate plans hear
Dear Linh,
Thank you for your (1) . I’m happy to (2) you’ve just won the
race. I’m going to (3) in our school program thismonth. “Be a Buddy” is having some new (4)
to help the community.All the members have to (5) glass, waste
paper and empty cans andsend them for recycling. We do this to help (6) natural
resources and(7) some money for the organization. We also (8)
some frees and flowers along the sidewalks near our school. We (9)
thestreets clean by collecting and emptying all the garbage. We have a lot of things to (10)
, but they are really interesting, aren’t they?
Write to me soon and tell me all your news.
Love
Your friend
Nga
V. Put the verbs in brackets in the correct verb tense: the Present Perfect or Past Simple.
1. They (not see) the film Titanic yet.
2. Tom (call) his boss yesterday.
3. John (read) the letter from Mary already.
4. We (not begin) to learn for the test yet.
5. I (meet) Robert at the supermarket this morning.
6. Nancy (be) to Viet Nam several times.
7. I (not see) your brother yet.
8. When (your father/ give up) smoking?
9. My pen isn’t here any more. Someone (take) it already.
10. The motorbike looks clean, (you/ wash) it?
VI. Put the verbs in brackets in the correct verb tense: the Present Perfect or Past Simple,
1. My uncle (move) to Da Lat in 2005.
2. The Greens (be) to many countries in the world so far.
3. We (go) to that village to do volunteer work several times.
4. We (spend) our summer vacation in Ha Long Bay last July.
5. Our teacher (explain) to US how to use the printer already.
6. The postman (deliver) the letter half an hour ago.
7. Mai (not finish) her homework yet.
8. I (visit) our form teacher in the hospital already.

52
9. I (hear) the good news from Mary a few minutes ago.
10. They (not start) the project yet.
VII.Complete the sentences with the verbs given in the correct form.
1.I hundreds of e-mail in my life. I ten last night. (write)
2.I my homework when I came home, but I (not) the washing-up yet. (do)
3.We Chinese food last week, but we (never) Japanese food.
(have)
4.My brother two CDs already. He the first one two years ago. (make)
5.My parents me lots of nice presents. Last year, they me a DVD player.
(give)
6.My friend to lots of countries. Last summer, she to India. (go)
7.“ you the tennis match yesterday?” - “No. I (never)
a match against Jack.” (win)
8. you a concert last weekend? you ever in the USA? (play)
VIII. Complete the sentences with the verbs in the box in the correct form.
send buy pass finish spend lose start win
1. She a lot of money and is going to spend it on a holiday.
2. He his homework and he can relax now.
3. He his mobile phone and he doesn’t know where it is.
4. They a lot of clothes and don’t have any money left.
5. He all his exams and his parents are very pleased with him.
6. They all their money on computer games.
7. She an e-mail to her friend and is waiting for her friend to write back.
8. My uncle a new job. It’s hard work but he likes it.
IX. Choose the correct answer A, B, C or D to fill each blank in the following passage.
Mr. Brown and some (1) are on a very dirty beach now. Today they are ready to (2)
the beach a clean and beautiful place again. After listening to Mr. Brown’sinstructions, they are divided
into three groups. Group 1 needs to walk along the beach. Group 2 should check the sand, (3) group 3 has
to check among the rocks. Garbage must be put into plastic bags, and the bags will be collected by Mr. Brown.
He will take the bags to the garbage (4) . They all are (5) to work hard to refresh this area.
1.A. voluntary B. volunteers C. volunteering D. volunteer
2.A. make B. get C. do D. change
3.A. so B. but C. although D. and
4.A. dump B. yard C. area D. place
5.A. exciting B. interesting C. eager D. bored
X.Read the conversation between the interviewer (I) and the head of the village (HoV), and then choose
the correct answers.
I: When did the volunteers come to your village?
HoV:_________________Well, they came last month.
I:____________________How many of them came?
HoV: A group of about twelve.
I: What did they do on the first day?
HoV: They held a meeting with me and some elderly villagers in the first evening to talk about their
plans while they were staying in the village.
I: What did they do in the following days?
HoV: They repaired old cottages, taught the children how to have a healthy and clean life.
I: What did the villagers think of them?
HoV: Well, they loved them because they were very helpful, active, and polite.
I: Was there any change in the village after they came?
HoV: Yes, a lot. But they should come to help US more next year. I hope so.
I: What do you think of the community service?

53
 HoV:_________________Well, it is very helpful, and it makes US believe in the young generation.
1.The volunteers came to the village .
A. last week B. last month C. last year D. last weekend
2.On the first day the volunteers had a meeting with .
A. all the villagers
B. all the children
C. the head of the village and some of the villagers
D. all the children and the head of the village
3.They talked about .
A. staying in the village B. having a holiday in the village
C. what they would do D. what they would help the children
4.The villagers like them because they have .
A. appearance
B. hard working habit
C. hard working habit and good behavior
D. a healthy and clean life all the time
5.The head of the village thinks that .
A. the community service is very helpful
B. he doesn’t believe in the young generation
C. he doesn’t want the volunteers to come back next year
D. the community service is not very helpful
III.Read the text carefully, and then decide whether the statements are true (T), or false (F).
A volunteer group came to our little village last month. When they arrived at the end of the path leading
to the village, the village children ran after them and we heard their loud songs. On the first day, they had a talk
with the head of the village in the morning, and later on with the villagers in the evening.
They brought lots of things with them such as clothes, food, and school things. During the day, they did
a lot of different and helpful things for US. They repaired the furniture in our village school and also fixed the
houses for elderly people, they dug some new wells so that we could get more fresh water. They gave
notebooks and pencils to the school children. In the evening, they taught the village children songs and games.
Life in our village became newer and more exciting. Everyone had a good time.
1.The volunteer group brought the happy atmosphere to the small village. _____________
2.They gave talks to all the villagers on the first morning. _____________
3.Clothes, food, school things and so on were given to the villagers. _____________
4.They repaired chairs and tables in the village school. _____________
6.Children were taught songs and games. _____________
XII. Read the passage, and then choose the correct answer.
Each country has many good people who take care of others. For example, some ofstudents in the
United States often spend many hours as volunteers in hospitals, orphanages or homes for the elderly. They
read books to the people in these places, or they just visit them and play games with them or listen to their
problems.
Other young volunteers go and work in the homes of people who are sick or old. They paint, clean up,
or repair their houses, do the shopping. For boys who don t have fathers, there is an organization called Big
Brothers. College students and other men take these boys to basketball games or on fishing trips and help them
to get to know things that boys usually learn from their fathers.
Each city has a number of clubs where boys and girls can go and play games. Some of these clubs show
movies or hold short trips to the mountains, the beaches, museums, or other places of interest. Most of these
clubs use a lot of students as volunteers because they are young enough to understand the problems of younger
boys and girls.
1.What do volunteers usually do to help those who are sick or old in their homes?
A. They tell them stories and sing and dance for them.
B. They do shopping, and repair or clean up their houses.
C. They cook, sew, and wash their clothes.
54
D. They take them to basketball games.
2.What do they help boys whose father do not live with them?
A. To learn things that boys usually learn from their fathers.
B. To get to know things about their fathers.
C. To get to know things that boys want from their fathers.
D. To learn things about their fathers.
3.Which activity is NOT available for the students at the clubs?
A. playing games B. watching films
C. going to interest places D. learning photography
4.Why do they use many students as volunteers? – Because .
A. they know how to do the work
B. they have a lot of free time
C. they can understand the problems of younger boys and girls
D. they are good at playing games and learning new things
5.Where don’t students often do volunteer work?
A. hospitals B. orphanages C. homes for the elderly D. clubs
E.WRITING
I. Use the cues to make sentences in the present perfect.
1.I/ buy/ a laptop/ but I/ not use/ it.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
2.I/ write/ a blog/ but I/ not upload/ any photos to it.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
3.We/ start/ the game/ half an hour ago/ but we/ not finish/ it.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
4.My dad/ be/ to London/ but he/ not see/ Big Ben.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
5.I/ read/ my English book/ but I/ not do/ my English homework.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
6.They/ have/ lunch/ but they/ not have/ dinner.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
7.I/ download/ some songs/ but I/ not listen/ to them.

TEST 1 UNIT 3
I. Find the word which has different sound in the underlined part.
1. A. near B. learn C. dear D. clear
2. A. knocked B. needed C. founded D. wanted
3. A. volunteer B. collage C. community D. doctor
4. A. provide B. individual C. situation D. children
5. A. tutor B. student C. university D. discuss
6. A. cough B. laugh C. enough D. high
7. A. collect B. clean C. city D. cracker
8. A. blanket B. donate C. calorie D. allergy
II. Choose A, B, C or D for each gap in the following sentences
1. He ate a lot of fried food so he fat quickly.
A. get B. got C. gets D. will get
2. The Japanese eat a lot offish and healthy food, they live for a long time.
A. so B. because C. or D. but
3. Lan English for more than a year but she can speak it very well.
A. learns B. learn C. learned D. has learned
4. You should watch less TV because looking at screens in a long time your eyes.
A. hurt B. hurts C. is hurting D. to hurt
5. Go Green people to recycle rubbish, such as glass, cans and paper.
A. to encourage B. encourage C. encouraged D. has encouraged
55
 6. Be a Buddy has education for street children.
A. given B. spent C. provided D. helped
7. He books for poor children for years.
A. has collected B. collects C. is collecting D. collected
8. Linh often uses her headphones when she listens to music her parents don’t like loud noise.
A. so B. but C. because D. and
9. Ngoc loves outdoors with trees and flowers.
A. to be B. be C. being D. A & C
10. I think 10 years from now more people going to work by bicycle.
A. to enjoy B. will enjoy C. enjoying D. enjoy
III.Put the verbs in brackets into the past simple or the present perfect.
1. A: (you/ ever/ meet) anyone famous?
B: Yes, last summer I (sit) next to Brad Pit on a plane to LA.
2. A: How long ago (you/ start) painting?
B: Ten years ago. I (recently/ complete) a painting that the National Gallery
(ask) me to do a year ago.
3. A: Last night, I (see) the latest James Bond film.
B: Oh, I (already/ see) it twice.
4. A: Do you know that Mrs Janet (work) here for sixteen years?
B: I thought she (start) working here ten years ago.
IV. Put the verbs in brackets into the correct verb form.
1. I (have) dinner when his friend called.
2. Joan (travel) around the world.
3. We (not begin) to study for the test yet.
4. Don’t get on a bus while it (run) .
5. I (invite) them to my birthday party yesterday, however, they (not come) .
6. Look! Somebody (clean) the room.
7. My brother (begin) looking for a job in January.
8. Timson (make) 13 films and I think her latest is the best.
9. She (cook) at the moment. That’s why she can’t answer the phone.
10. She doesn’t mind (go) out in the evening.
11. I (not see) him since we (leave) school.
12. Football (be) my favourite sport. I like (play) it in my free time.
13. Jane (leave) just a few minutes ago.
14. She (be) extremely quiet since her husband died.
V. Put the verbs in brackets in the correct tense form.
1. My hobby is carving eggshells and now I (carve) nearly 100.
2. Going home from school yesterday, I (help) an old man to go across the street.
3. Last Tuesday, I (go) home late because there was a traffic jam near my school.
4. At Tet, my mother and her close friends often go to the hospitals to donate cakes, sweets and toys for the
sick children there. She (do) it for many years.
5. Lan never (eat) Banh tet. She will try some this year.
6. Linh is my close friend. We (know) each other for 5 years.
7. You ever (do) volunteer work?
- Yes. I (do) volunteer work last month.
8. I (collect) hundreds of old books and clothes for street children so far.
9. My sister wants to raise funds for street children so she (make) hundreds of postcards to sell
them.
VI. Fill in: “yet, already, just, ago, yesterday, since, for, always, ever, how long”.
1. have you known Peter and Charlie?
2. Anna woke up at 9 o’clock .
3. She hasn’t telephoned me .
56
 4. I have wanted to travel abroad.
5. Have you been to Disneyland?
6. Is it really a year ______________ we last went on holiday?
7. I have finished my homework. I finished it two minutes ago.
8. Shakespeare was born over four hundred years .
9. We have been to Canada so we are going to USA this summer.
10. John has worked at this company seven years.
VII. Correct the tense in these sentences.
1. I have collected coins when I was a little boy.
_________________________________________________________________________
2. I see a real elephant when I went to Ban Don last year.
_________________________________________________________________________
3. We clean the beach last Sunday.
_________________________________________________________________________
4. I didn’t see her for two weeks.
_________________________________________________________________________
5. Do you do your homework yet?
_________________________________________________________________________
VIII. Choose the correct word A, B or C for each gap to complete the following passage.
(1) January 17th, 1995, a powerful earthquake hit the city of Kobe, Japan. Many buildings (2)
or collapsed.
Soon after the earthquake, people in Kobe (3) working together to save their city. Neighbours
pulled each other out (4) collapsed buildings. Ordinary people (5) out fires even before
the fire trucks arrived. Volunteers in Kobe organized themselves into (6) . They worked out a system
to send (7) to people who needed. Other teams searched for belongings in damaged stores and homes. Some
people (8) food, water, clothes, and electric generators to different part of the city. Some volunteers
took (9) of children who had lost their parents. Teams of volunteers from outside Japan
helped, too.
Today, Kobe has been built. But people there still remember the outpouring of support they (10) from
all over the world back in 1995.
1. A. in B. at C. on D. from
2. A. is burning B. burned C. burning D. burn
3. A. to begin B. are beginning C. begin D. began
4. A. into B. of C. on D. with
5. A. to put B. putting C. puts D. put
6. A. teams B. pair C. group D. friends
7. A. helped B. helping C. help D. to help
8. A. brought B. bringing C. brings D. brought
9. A. part B. care C. caring D. note
10. A. received B. is receiving C. have received D. receiving
IX. Read the passage, and then choose the best answers.
Each country has many good people who take care of others. For example, some of students in the United
States often spend many hours as volunteers in hospitals, orphanages or homes for the elderly. They read books
to the people in these places, or they just visit them and play games with them or listen to their problems.
Other young volunteers go and work in the homes of people who are sick or old. They paint, clean up, or
repair their houses, do the shopping. For boys who don’t have fathers, there is an organization called Big
Brothers. College students and other men take these boys to basketball games or on fishing trips and help them
to get to know things those boys usually learn from their fathers.
Each city has a number of clubs where boys and girls can go and play games. Some of these clubs show
movies or hold short trip to the mountains, the beaches, museums, or other places of interest. Most of these
clubs use a lot of students as volunteers because they are young enough to understand the problems of younger
boys and girls.

57
 1. What do volunteers usually do to help those who are sick or old in their homes?
A. They do the shopping, and repair or clean up their house.
B. They tell them stories and sing dance for them.
C. They cool, sew, and wash their clothes.
D. They take them to basketball games.
2. What do they help boys whose fathers do not live with them?
A. To learn things about their fathers.
B. To get to know thing about their fathers.
C. To get to know things that boys want from their fathers.
D. To learn things that boys usually learn from their fathers.
3 .Which activities are NOT available for the students at the clubs?
A. playing games B. learning photography
C. going to interest places D. watching films
4. Why do they use many students as volunteers? – Because .
A. they can understand the problems of younger boys and girls.
B. they have a lot of free time.
C. they know how to do the work.
D. they are good at playing games and learning new things.
5. Where don’t students often do volunteer work?
A. hospitals B. orphanages C. clubs D. homes for the elderly
X. Use the words and phrases to form the sentences.
1. some/ she / bought / last weekend / interesting book.
_________________________________________________________________________
2. I/ love / basketball / volleyball/ watching/ and.
_________________________________________________________________________
3. teacher/ dances/ English/ gracefully/ my/ very.
_________________________________________________________________________
4. have to/ home/ I/ stay/ at/ because/ is/ raining/ it.
_________________________________________________________________________
5. Vietnam/ because/ beautiful/ I/ it/ is/ love/ very.
_________________________________________________________________________
6. born/ I/ in/ 1990/ was/ Vinh Phuc/ in.
_________________________________________________________________________
7. English lessons/ and/ I/ on/ have/ Monday/ Tuesday.
_________________________________________________________________________
8. passion/ swimming/ favourite/ my/ is.
_________________________________________________________________________
9. family/ here/ in/ moved/ my/ 2004.
_________________________________________________________________________
10. her/ Mary/ that/ are/ is/ those/ and/ students.
_________________________________________________________________________
TEST 2 (UNIT 3)
I.Find the word which has a different sound in the part underlined.
1.A. volunteer B. engineer C. committee D. clear
2.A. population B. volunteer C.offer D. provide
3.A. tutor B. volunteer C. computer D. community
4.A.certain B.compare C. encourage D.community
5.A.charity B.chemistry C.chemical D. mechanic
II.Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences.
11.We came to the remote village and meals for homeless children .
A.cook B.offered C.do D. made
12.You should think of the volunteer activities in your community.
A.taking in B.taking part in C.participating D.making
58
13.Traditional volunteer activities include money for people in need, cooking andgiving food.
A.rising B.raising C.getting D.taking
14.You can help young children by them to do homework before or after school.
A.doing B.offering C.teaching D.helping
15.Let’s collect and warm clothes to homeless children in our city.
A.give away B.give back C.take off D.put on
16.To help people in remote areas, we can transportation, such as giving rides to the elderly.
A.give B.bring C.provide D.donate
17.Let’s help the sweet children because they have bad .
A.live B.living conditions C.ways of life D.earnings
18.They have decided to ride to work it is good for their health and the environment.
A.so B.but C.althoughD.because
19.Our school has a programme to children from poor families in Ho Chi Minh City.
A.ask B.offer C.tutor D.volunteer
20.Americans the tradition of volunteering and helping one another since the early days of the country.
A.have had B.has had C.had D.to have
21.Volunteers can do general such as clean-up projects or home repair.
A.activities B.things C.labour D.jobs
22.My brother and I a white tiger already.
A.have seen B.has seen C.see D.are seeing
23.I blood twice, and presents to sick children in the hospital recently.
A.donate - give B.donated — gave
C.have donated - have given D.have donated - gave
24.Volunteering is special me because I can help others.
A. at B. for C.with D. to
25.How many novels Charles Dickens ?
A.does - write B.have - written C.did - written D.did - write
26.We to Ha Noi several times, but last summer we there by train.
A.flew - went B.has flown - went
C.have flown - have gone D.have flown - went
27.She blood twenty times so far.
A.donates B.has donated C.is donating D.to donate
28.He lectures to foreign tourists about traditional food and games recently .
A.gives B.gave C.have given D.has given
29.They have decided to clean up the neighbourhood it is full of rubbish.
A.so B.but C.althoughD.because
30.“Have you ever to Sa Pa?”
A.gone B.been C.seen D.visited
III. Put the verbs in brackets in the correct verb tense: the Present Perfect or Past Simple.
1. Someone (turn) on the hi-fi. Do you know that song?
2. The match (just start) . Our team is playing very well.
3. My mother (do) all the cleaning. The apartment is really clean now.
4. He (lose) his credit card. He can’t find it anywhere.
5. Prices (go) up. Everything is more expensive nowadays.
6. (you/buy) the laptop yet.
7. I (have) this iPad for three years3. My father (give) it to
me when I was in grade 6.
8. I (watch) the film Titanic already.
9. Miss White (work) in Ha Noi from 2011 and 2014.
10. I (be) to Sa Pa twice since 2000.
IV.Fill in each blank with just' already or yet.
1. I haven’t had lunch .
59
2. I’ve had my exam results.
2. My father has returned from his trip to Australia.
4. I have had three tests this week.
5. Have you played your new computer game ?
V.Choose the correct answer A, B, c or D to fill each blank In the following passage.
Each year volunteers from England work abroad: teachers, nurses, engineers, and people with special
skills. They do not go for money. Volunteers from Voluntary Service Overseas (VSO) receive the (1)
pay as a local colleague.
VSO first (2) in 1958 when 14 young school leavers went away for a year. Onlythree years
later there were 176 volunteers in 25 different countries, and ten years later therewere 15,000 volunteers. At
first, almost everyone (3) young, and without very muchexperience. But in the late 1960s, VSO
reduced the number of young people, and more and more older, experienced people with different skills went
abroad.
Now more than 20,000 people from England have worked abroad as volunteers, some areyoung, (4)
are old. Abroad they live simply with the local people, and they return(5) England with
great understanding of other people in other parts of the world.
1.A. like B. same C. similar D. average
2.A. was starting B. has started C. started D. starts
3.A. was B. is C. were D. are
4.A. other B. another C. the other D. others
5.A. in B. to C. at D. for
VI. Read the passage, and then choose the correct answer.
Scouting began in England in 1907. The Boy Scouts of America started three years later.Today, there
are Boy Scout programmes in more than 140 countries. In the United States alone, there are over 4 million
Scouts. Boy Scouts learn useful skills while having fun. Scouts swim and play sports, go camping and hiking,
and learn how to survive in the outdoors. They also learn how to protect the environment. Other Scout activities
include making arts and crafts, learning first aid, and learning how to use computers or fix cars. Scouts often do
community service and volunteer work. Scouts learn teamwork by working together.
1.Scouting began in the United States in .
A. 1907 B. 1910
C. 1917 D. 1920
2.There are over 4 million Scouts in .
A.England B.the USA
C.the world D.North America
3.Scouts learn many skills except .
A.swimming B.collecting
C.going camping D.playing sports
4.Scouts activities include many except .
A.learning how to make cars B.making arts and crafts
C.learning first aid D.learning how to use computers
5.Scouts learn teamwork by . .
A.working one by one B.working alone
C.working all year round D.working in groups
VII. Arrange these words to make meaningful sentences.
1.you/ have/ finished/ homework/ your/ yet?
_____________________________________________________________________________________
2.printer/ under/ this/ guarantee/ is.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
3.vacation/ since/ we/ haven’t/ last/ had/ a/ year.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
4.Ha Noi/ homeless/ give/ in/ clothes/ away/ they/ warm/ to/ people.
_____________________________________________________________________________________

60
5.our/ a/ in/ makes/ volunteering/ difference/ community
_____________________________________________________________________________________
TEST 3 UNIT 3
I. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from the others.
1. a. centre b. kid c. encourage d. colour
2. a. chemistry b. school c. mechanic d. charity
3. a. tutor b. volunteer c. student d. community
4. a. graffiti b. garage c. general d. globe
5. a. provide b. donate c. program d. clothes
II. Choose the word that has the underlined part pronounced differently.
1. a. collect b. cough c. think d. certain
2. a. girl b. game c. gym d. give
3. a. colour b. face c. city d. recycle
4. a. global b. geography c. green d. big
5. a. charitable b. character c. headache d. school
III.Choose the best answer a, b, c, or d to complete the sentence.
1. We are very excited ________ our 2018 Volunteer Program.
a. about b. for c. in d. with
2. Toys of Hope provide toys, books and clothing ________ needy and homeless children.
a. from b. to c. with d. against
3. Many people donate to the Red Cross, a ________ organization that aids people free of charge.
a. profit-making b. for-profit c. non-profit d. profitable
4. The river is heavily polluted. They should ________.
a. clean it up b. give it away c. pick out d. recycle it
5. ________ people usually live on the streets, under bridges, or in camps.
a. Sick b. Homeless c. Elderly d. Disabled
6. I’ve ________ seen this film. Let’s watch something else.
a. never b. ever c. already d. yet
7. We help families in ________ by providing food, clothing, housing and much more.
a. control b. case c. need d. shape
8. Most people volunteer ________ they want to make a difference in their community.
a. because b. so c. so that d. in order to
9. We can help to reduce ________ by using public transportation, biking and walking.
a. air pollution b. water pollution c. social problems d. community service
10. ________ do you like this charity work? – I really like it.
a. What b. Why c. When d. How
IV. Complete the sentences with the words or phrases from the box.
street children volunteers homeless people elderly people
sick children disabled people donnors

1. Sally often spends her free time helping ________________ at the hospital.
2. They provide housing and other services to ________________.
3. Street Child works to help ________________ off the streets and into school.
4. Most blood ________________ are unpaid volunteers who donate blood for a community supply.
5. Schools need ________________ to help children to read.
6. They help ________________ with housework and gardening.
7. The local authority built a new home for severely ________________.
V. Complete the sentences with the correct verbs in the box.

plant volunteer clean up donate tutor recycle provide organise

1. ______________ your used books to your local library or charities.

61
2. ______________ a fundraising event to raise money for charity.
3. ______________ polluted rivers and lakes.
4. ______________ trees or flowers in your backyard or community garden.
5. ______________ at a nursing home, soup kitchen, or homeless shelter.
6. ______________ plastic and paper for a clean environment.
7. ______________ nutritious meals to the poor and needy people.
8. ______________ homeless children who are unable to attend school.
VI. Underline the correct answers.
1. I saw/ have seen that film already.
2. We went/ have gone to the movies three times last month.
3. Did you ever do/ Have you ever done volunteer work?
4. I had/ have had five tests so far this semester.
5. Linus did/ has done his homework before he went to sleep.
6. This is my grandparents’ house. They lived/ have lived here for more than 50 years.
7. She bought/ has bought a new mobile phone two days ago.
8. Did you see/ Have you seen Peter at the party last night?
9. I read/ have read this book twice and I still find it very interesting.
10. They didn’t play/ haven’t played very well yesterday. They lost the match.
VII. Put the verbs into the correct tense, past simple or present perfect.
1. _____________ (you/ ever/ be) to the United States ? - No, but I _____________ (be) to England and
France.
2. When we were in Canada, we _____________ (go) skiing almost every day.
3. When _____________ (you/ meet) your wife? - 3 years ago.
4. Peter _____________ (not phone) yet. I’m still waiting.
5. I _____________ (know) Helen since we were at school together.
6. My uncle _____________ (live) in Berlin in 1999.
7. We _____________ (not see) Beth at Mike’s house yesterday morning.
8. Do you like this picture? My uncle _____________ (paint) it.
9. Mr. Dass _____________ (leave) for New York late last night.
10. Mr and Mrs Grey _____________ (teach) French here for over five years.
VIII. Write the correct form or tense of the verbs in brackets.
1. Jasmine ______________ (fail) her driver’s test three times!
2. They ______________ (establish) the Viet Nam Red Cross Society in 19‘16.
3. How long ____________ (they/ live) here?~They____________ (move) here two years ago.
4. So far, we ______________ (finish) half of our work.
5. I’m really busy now. I ______________ (study) for the final exam.
6. When ______________(you/ buy) these shirts? ~ I ______________ (buy) them yesterday.
7. __________________ (you/ ever/ be) to Japan? ~ No, I ______________ (not be) to Japan yet.
8. Claire ______________ (volunteer) at the homeless shelter once a week.
9. We volunteer ______________ (help) the elderly in a nursing home.
10. Jane suggested ______________ (donate) old books, and toys to needy children.
IX. Supply the correct form of the words in brackets.
1. Community ______________ have a lot of positive effects on students. (serve)
2. ______________ people find it difficult to have a job. (disable)
3. I’d like to work as a volunteer for a charity ______________. (organise)
4. He made a £5000 ______________ to charity. (donate)
5. The Soup Kitchen is a ______________ organization that provides free meals for needy people. (profit)
6. The homeless shelters are entirely staffed by ______________ worker. (volunteer)
7. The organization is funded by ______________ donations. (charity)
8. We help the ______________ with housework and gardening. (old)
X. Choose the correct answer a, b, c, or d.
1. We ______ very busy last week.
62
 a. was b. am c. were d. will be
2. I ______ her recently. The last time we met was at a party.
a. have seen b. haven’t seen c. didn’t see d. saw
3. In 2012, they ______ their project for street children.
a. start b. are starting c. started d. have started
4. We ______ very early this morning.
a. will leave b. leave c. have left d. left
5. She ______ because she’s late for her class.
a. runs b. ran c. is running d. has ran
6. I ______ that book already. It’s really fantastic.
a. read b. have read c. am reading d. will read
7. He ______ you as soon as he’s on the bus.
a. will call b. calls c. called d. is calling
8. Sometimes I ______ up the streets of my neighborhood for volunteer service.
a. clean b. am cleaning c. have cleaned d. will clean
9. I live in New York, but I ______ the Statue of Liberty.
a. never visit b. have never visited c. never visited d. will never visit
10. I ______ my favourite song when I turned on the radio yesterday.
a. hear b. heard c. am hearing d. will hear
XI. Join each pair of sentences using because, as or since.
1. He stopped the car. The traffic lights turned red. (because)
___________________________________________________________________________
2. Jane didn’t join our programme. She had to take a summer course. (as)
___________________________________________________________________________
3. He behaved very rudely. Everyone dislike him. (since)
___________________________________________________________________________
4. They like doing something useful. They do volunteer work. (because)
___________________________________________________________________________
5. I won’t be able to attend the meeting. I’ll be on holiday with my family. (since)
___________________________________________________________________________
6. It was raining heavily. We decided to stay home and watch TV. (as)
___________________________________________________________________________
7. He wants to get fit. He’s training hard. (because)
___________________________________________________________________________
8. Sally was ill. She didn’t go to school yesterday. (since)
___________________________________________________________________________

XII. Complete the sentences with and, but, so, or, because.
1. Olivia was very happy __________ she passed her examination.
2. He didn’t study __________ he failed the history exam.
3. My mother usually gets home at 5 o’clock __________then she cooks dinner.
4. I was late for class tills morning __________ the bus was late.
5. We went to Jane’s house __________ she was out.
6. We can go to the pool __________ we can go horse-riding, whichever you prefer.
7. She is studying very hard __________ she wants to be a doctor.
8. Carol studied hard for the maths test __________ she couldn’t get a good mark.
9. The floor was wet and slippery __________ Mason almost fell.
10. Mike ate healthy food __________ did regular exercises to keep fit.
XIII. Fill in each blank with a suitable preposition.
1. Tom Holden worked __________ a volunteer at a charity in 2010.
2. They provided housing and other supports __________ homeless people.
3. Some volunteers enjoy helping elderly people living __________ nursing homes.
4. She donated thousands of pounds __________ children’s charities.
63
5. The benefits __________ volunteering are enormous to you, and your community.
6. You can volunteer to help cook and serve a meal __________ a homeless shelter.
7. UNICEF has launched a campaign to help children __________ need.
8. They provided street children __________ food and books.

XIV. Fill In each blank with a word from the box.

service money back but clothing while volunteer together

Many people (1) ___________ in their communities. Some people work with children or the elderly (2)
___________ others clean city parks. Some student clubs require their members to participate in a certain
number of hours of community (3) ___________ every month. One way that communities work (4)
___________ is by raising funds for those in need. A community might raise (5) ___________ for a school to
buy new equipment or uniforms by selling baked goods or holding a yard sale. Many communities provide
places for people in need to receive food, (6)___________, or shelter. Volunteering can help people feel like
they are giving something (7) ___________ to their communities. Sometimes a person may need help at one
time (8) ___________ be able to help others later.
XV. Read the text carefully then answer the questions.
Community service is work done by a person or group of people that benefits others. It is often done near
the area where you live, so your own community gets the benefits of your work. You do not get paid to perform
community service, but get to learn a lot. Community service can help many different groups of people, even
animals and the environment. Community service is often organized through a local group, such as a place of
worship, school, or non-profit organization, or you can start your own community service projects. Community
service can even involve raising funds by donating used goods or selling used goods like clothing.
Many people participate in community service because they enjoy helping others and improving their
community.
1. What is community service?
___________________________________________________________________________
2. Where is community service often done?
___________________________________________________________________________
3. Is community service a paying job?
___________________________________________________________________________
4. What groups of people can community service help?
___________________________________________________________________________
5. Is donation of used goods a community service example?
___________________________________________________________________________
6. Why do many people take part in community service?
___________________________________________________________________________
XVI.Choose the word which best fits each gap.
Doing some form of voluntary work has (1) _________ been more popular with British people. Over 20
million people were engaged (2) _________ voluntary activities in 2013. Volunteering means giving up time to
do work of (3) _________ to the community. It can be based in the UK or overseas. Volunteering can take
many forms, from working with children with (4)_________ difficulties, in an animal hospital, or planting
trees. (5) _________ London won its bid to host the 2012 Olympics, up to 70,000 (6) _________ were needed
to help ensure the games were a success.
1. a. ever b. any c. never d. before
2. a. with b. in c. to d. for
3. a. comfort b. benefit c. contribute d. profit
4. a. learn b. learned c. learning d. learnt
5. a. When b. While c. Where d. What
6. a. donors b. visitors c. foreigners d. volunteers

XVII. Read the text carefully, then decide whether the following statements are true (T) orfalse (F).

64
 The Soup Kitchen, founded in 1986, is a resource for the homeless, elderly, lonely and poor inCentral
London, providing free hot meals, clothes and toiletries, and creating a sense of belonging and community.
Serving around 70 people a day from 10 am -12 noon on Monday, Tuesday, Thursday, Friday and Saturday,
with the Clothes Closet open on alternate Mondays, four to five volunteers are required each morning to carry
out this vital work.
The Soup Kitchen is run by a Board of Trustees, a part-time Director and Kitchen Manager, three more staff
and a team of volunteers. Support for The Soup Kitchen comes from individuals, corporations and trusts.
Volunteers and donations (both financial and in-kind) are vital to support our work and enable us to continue
this service to the community.
1. The Soup Kitchen is a non-profit organization.
2. It provides free meals for people in need.
3. It opens five days a week from 10am to 12pm.
4. Clothing is provided every Monday morning.
5. The organization is funded by donations from individuals, corporations and trusts.
6. People can only donate money to the Soup Kitchen.
XVIII. Arrange the words to make sentences.
1. way/ others/ community/ a/ help/ service/ is/ great/ to/.
___________________________________________________________________________
2. they/community/people/ because/ volunteer/ want/ improve/ to/ their/.
___________________________________________________________________________
3. encouraged/ books/ people/ street children/ we/ to/ donate/ and clothes/ to
___________________________________________________________________________
4. what/ to/ help/ we/ can/ do/ the environment/ clean/?
___________________________________________________________________________
5. work/ done/ you/ ever/ have/ volunteer/ any?
___________________________________________________________________________
6. free time/ Joe/ doing/ work/ spent/ most/ at/ his/ local hospital/ a/ of/ volunteer.
___________________________________________________________________________

TEST YOURSELF 1 (UNIT 1,2,3)

I.Find the word which has a different sound in the part underlined.
1.A. fresh B. diet C. get D. correct
2.A. sunburnt B. turn C. curtain D. temperature
3.A. calories B. natural C. nature D. carrot
4.A. junk B. regular C. dust D. brush
5.A. kitchen B. ketchup C.chips D.champagne
II.Choose the correct answer.
6.We can make postcards and sell them to money to help the homeless.
A.rise B.raise C.get D.own
7.Model making is a wonderful way of time alone or even with other people.
A.spend B.spending C.take D.taking
8.I enjoy reading it develops my imagination.
A.and B.but C.so D.because
9. We can get many from volunteer work.
A.benefit B.benefits C.advantage D.good luck
10.I feel very happy because I can a difference in our community.
A.do B.make C.bring D.take
11.We many toys for street children so far.
A. do B.have done C.make D.has been
12.In the United States, almost everyone, at one time or another, a volunteer.
A. be B. are C. have been D.has been
13. Wear a hat you’ll get sunburnt.

65
 A. and B. or C. but D.so
14.Working hard and doing a lot of exercise helps you bum the calories easily.
A. more B. less C. most D. the most
15.About one-fifth of the American population volunteer work each year.
A. do B. does C. make D. makes
16.To help people with transportation, we can rides to the elderly.
A. ask B. give C. donate D. help
17.Doing volunteer work can you feel more confident.
A. do B. make C. bring D. force
18.Stay outdoors and do physical exercises.
A.more - less B.less - less C.more - more D.less - more
19.There are many reasons it is important to have a hobby.
A. for B. why C. so D. because
20.I don’t think it is difficult to my hobby because I love it very much.
A. take B. go C. have D. follow
21.Don’t read or study when there is not enough light because it is to your eyes.
A.harm B.harmful C.harmless D.unharmed
22.He had a cold he didn’t wear warm clothes in the cold weather.
A.and B.or C.because D.although
23.We should help people , especially the homeless, the elderly and street children .
A.needed B.need C.at need D.in need
24.I think you should jogging because it is very useful for your health.
A.take B.to take C.take up D.take in
25.My aunt often money to charitable organizations to help street children and the homeless.
A.makes B.does C.donates D.send
III.Complete each blank in the sentences with only ONE suitable word.
26. I’ve eaten too many sweets. I have .
27. Do you have a painkiller? I have a .
28. I have . I think that food was bad.
29. I have a in my leg.
30. Ouch! My arm .
31. I got some water in my ear and now I have .
32. I can’t eat any biscuits. I have a sore .
33. That’s a bad . Try some hot lemon tea.
34. When you have flu, you usually have a high .
35. He ate some seafood yesterday. Now he doesn’t feel well. He thinks he has a/an .
IV. Fill in the blanks with “yet” or “already”.
36. Have you done volunteer work ?
37. Most of the students have gone home .
38. Have you seen the newest movie at Thang Long Cinema ?
39. The students have learned the new words in Unit 3 .
40. I have done all my homework.
41. Have you looked up the meaning of this new word ?
42. The Browns have lived here for two years.
43. We haven’t written the letter to thank the volunteers ?
44. Is it right that you have spoken to the bank manager?
45. My pen pal hasn’t come to Viet Nam .
V. Put the verbs in brackets in the correct verb forms.
(Linda and John are on a school camping holiday.)
Linda: Hey, John. (46. you/ put) up your tent yet?
John: Yeah, I (47. just/ done) it. It’s that green tent.

66
 Linda: I (48. not/ start) yet. I (49. borrow) this tent from
David yesterday, but one of the poles is missing.
John:Are you sure? Why don’t you have a look in the bag?
Linda: I (50. already/ look) .
It (51. not/be) there.
John: Calm down. Linda. I (52. find) it. It’s under your bag.
Linda: That’s strange. How (53. it/ get) there?
John: I have no idea. Come one. Let’s put the tent up.
Ten minutes later
John: There you are. It’s ready. It’s not bad, but I think my tent (54. be) better.
Linda: Thanks, John. I owe you one. Oh, no. How terrible!
John: What’s up now?
Linda: I (55. just/ see) a spider.
VI. Choose the correct answer A, B, C or D to fill each blank in the following passage.
Hobbies are activities for entertainment. Hobby can cost you almost nothing.
Music is the most popular. For example, many people play the guitar for (56) in their free time.
Sports provide other (57) hobbies. Cycling, running, tennis, table-tennis are the sports that millions
of people play during their free time.
Some people’s coin collections are wonderful. There are still hundreds of (58) collections, such as
bottle collections, seashell collections, butterfly collections, and so on.
For some people, a hobby is a favourite (59) , like chess. In chess, we need two or more people
(60) .
56.A. fun B. funny C. funnies D. funniest
57.A. strange B. normal C. favourite D. unusual
58.A. another B. other C. others D. the other
59.A. exercise B. game C. interest D. sports
60.A. play B. to play C. playing D. to playing
VII. Read the passage, and then decide whether the statements are true (T) or false (F).
Volunteering is one of the things that are very useful to you. To your future bosses, volunteer work shows that
you are interested in both the world and your future.
Although volunteer work does not bring you money, it gives you a time to learn social skills and make a
difference in our community.
Volunteers have the chance to teach English, arts, and sports for homeless children. They also help children
with health problems, especially children who cannot see, hear and speak.
True False
61.Doing volunteer work is very useful to you.  
62.Volunteering is good for your future job.  
63.You can earn a lot of money from volunteering.  
64.Volunteers can help homeless children to learn English, arts, and learn  
how to play sports.
65.Volunteers only help healthy children.  
VIII. Read the following passage carefully, and then answer the questions.
We send young people of different nationalities on expeditions around the world. Our volunteers get the
chance to work with local people to learn about different cultures.
There are ten expeditions every year. Each expedition lasts for ten weeks and takes 150 volunteers. They go to
countries such as Chile, Namibia, Mongolia and Viet Nam. Some of our volunteers work with local people to
provide facilities, for example, building schools. Others work in national parks or help scientists to do
environmental research.
These adventurous, young people come from all over the world. To become a volunteer, you have to be
between 17 and 25; you have to speak some English and you also have to be enthusiastic, flexible and hard-
working members of a team.
66.Who goes on the expeditions?
67
 ___________________________________________________________________________________
67.How many .expeditions are there every year?
___________________________________________________________________________________
68.How long does each expedition last?
___________________________________________________________________________________
69.What do the volunteers help scientists?
___________________________________________________________________________________
70.Which language must we know to become a volunteer?

TEST YOURSELF 2(UNIT 1,2,3)

I. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from the others.
1. a. laugh b. cough c. bought d. tough
2. a. game b. gym c. girl d. bag
3. a. calorie b. labour c. community d. volunteer
4. a. environmental b. benefit c. service d. sick
5. a. danced b. helped c. watched d. enjoyed
II. Fill in each blank with a suitable word.
1. My friend loves _____________ dolls. She has a large doll collection.
2. Two people wereseverely physically _____________ in the crash.
3. My father carves eggshells as a _____________.
4. He keeps sneezing and coughing. I think he has a _____________.
5. Walking is one of the best ways to stay in _____________.
6. The government should provide housing for _____________ people.
III.Choose the best answer a, b, c, or d to complete the sentence.
1. Have you ever taken part _______ volunteer work?
a.for b. to c. in d.with
2. We have raised money for people in need _______ 2015.
a. in b.at c.since d. for
3. She’s got a high _______ – almost 40°.
a. flu b.headache c.sore throat d. temperature
4. Jane is _______ weight because she eats too much junk food.
a. getting over b. putting on c.taking up d. throwing away
5. The charity _______ facilities for disabled people to take part in sport.
a. provides b.donates c.raises d. collects
6. I can’t fasten my jeans – I’ll have to _______.
a. eat more junk food b. go out regularly
c. see my doctor d. go on a diet
7. My favourite hobby is _______. I spend most of my free time making vases and bowls from clay.
a. woodcarving b. pottery making c. model making d. birdwatching

8. I’ve already done my homework, _______ I am going to watch TV.

a. so b.because c.but d. and
9. They could not afford to buy the house because it was _______.
a. too pretty b.too tight c.too expensive d. too cheap
10. _______ do you do volunteer work? - Every weekend.
a. How long b.How far c.How much d. How often
IV. Write the correct tense or form of the verbs in brackets.
1. I ________________ (already/ read) that book. It’s fantastic.
2. We ________________ (not do) any volunteer work five years ago.
3. James ________________ (do) lots of volunteer work when he was in high school.
4. I think people ________________ (eat) more healthy food in the future.
5. People ________________ (need) about 2,000 calories a day to stay in shape.

68
6. ______________ (Alex/ ever/ be) to Seattle? ~ Yes, he ______________ (be) to Seattle once.
7. Right now, Margaret ________________ (have) a shower. Do you want to ring later?
8. Be a Buddy ________________ (establish) in 2011.
9. We encouraged people ________________ (recycle) bottles, cans and paper.
10. My mother enjoys ________________(do) charitable work.
V. Supply the correct form of the words in brackets.
1. Mike’s hobby is listening to music. He gets a lot ___________ from listening to music. (enjoy)
2. John is a stamp ___________. He has a lot of rare and valuable stamps. (collect)
3. One third of children in the U. S. is ___________ or obese. (weigh)
4. I have ___________ so I must go to a dentist. (tooth)
5. Junk food is ___________, so we shouldn’t eat too much junk food. (health)
6. Blood ___________ give blood for use in hospitals. (donate)
7. They aren’t forced to do charity work. They do it ___________. (volunteer)
8. They opened a shelter to provide housing for the ___________. (home)
VI. Make questions for the underlined parts.
1. A:____________________________________________
B: My favourite hobby is taking photos.
2. A:____________________________________________
B: He spends most of his free time carving eggshells.
3. A:____________________________________________
B: I often share my hobby with my best friend.
4. A:____________________________________________
B: She went to the doctor because she had a high fever.
5. A:____________________________________________
B: People need about 2.000 calories a day to stay in shape.
6. A:____________________________________________
B: I started working as a volunteer in 2015.
7. A:____________________________________________
B: So far, we have provided food and clothes to people in need.
8. A:____________________________________________
B: My mother has done charitable work for five years.
VII. Fill in each blank with a word from the box.

feed disabled helping care parents donating how charitable

It’s not uncommon in America for a person to belong to some kind of volunteer group. (1)____________
one’s time and services is very much a part of the American way of life. Most (2)____________ activities are
organized by churches and groups around the nation and even encouraged by the government. The (3)
____________ hand is extended to the poor, the homeless and the (4) ____________.
Some people work to teach youngsters (5) ____________ to read, others open up soup kitchens to (6)
____________ the homeless. Volunteers also take (7) ____________ of the disabled by making reading tapes
for the blind and working in orphanages to help children without
(8) ____________.
VIII. Read the text carefully then choose the correct answers.
Maintaining a healthy body is not that easy and not so difficult also. Most important tip for a healthy body
is to have healthy food and eat them at proper time. Avoid eating junk food. Your diet should contain food
which has more nutrients. Try to include vegetables, fruits, milk, and fish in your daily diet. Make sure you are
having your breakfast regularly. Skipping your breakfast regularly will definitely affect your health. Make sure
you drink more amount of water daily. Regular exercise will also keep your body in good health. You can go
for running, do cycling, walking faster etc. Apart from these always try to manage your stress. By controlling
your stress you can maintain a healthy body. Your body should get enough time to take rest. Make sure you get
a sleep of 8 hours daily. Sleep is very important for healthy body and also for mental and emotional happiness.
1. To have a healthy body, you should _________.
69
 a.eat junk food b. put on weight
c. have a healthy diet d. not consume nutrients
2. Skipping breakfast is _________ for your health.
a.good b. bad c. necessary d. important
3. Which of the followings is not keep your body in good health?
a.smoking b. cycling c. running d. jogging
4. Managing stress can help people _________.
a.have a good body b. live longer c. sleep enough time d. stay healthy
5. Which of the followings is NOT true?
a.It’s difficult to maintain a healthy body.
b.Water is important for your health.
c.Getting enough sleep can make you happier.
d.Eating healthy and exercising are tips to stay healthy.
IX. Write the second sentence so that it has the same meaning to the first one.
1. My father finds playing board games interesting.
→ My father is__________________________________________________________________
2. He hasn’t smoked cigarettes for a month.
→ The last time_________________________________________________________________
3. That apartment is more modern than any apartments.
→ That apartment_______________________________________________________________
4. There are over two hundred stamps in Nam’s collection.
→ Nam’s collection______________________________________________________________
5. I spend twenty minutes walking to school every morning.
→ It takes _____________________________________________________________________
6. I find losing weight very difficult.
→ It’s ________________________________________________________________________
UNIT 4 MUSIC AND ARTS
A.VOCABULARY

1. anthem (n) /'ænθəm/   quốc ca

2. atmosphere (n) /'ætməsfɪər/   không khí, môi trường
3. compose (v) /kəm'pəʊz/   soạn, biên soạn
4. composer (n) /kəm'pəʊzər/   nhà soạn nhạc, nhạc sĩ
5. control (v) /kən'trəʊl/   điều khiển
6. core subject (n) /kɔːr 'sʌbdʒekt/   môn học cơ bản
7. country music (n) /'kʌntri 'mju:zɪk/   nhạc đồng quê
8. curriculum (n) /kə'rɪkjʊləm/   chương trình học
9. folk music (n) /fəʊk 'mju:zɪk/   nhạc dân gian
10. non-essential (adj) /nɒn-ɪˈsenʃəl/   không cơ bản
11. opera (n) /'ɒpərə/   vở nhạc kịch
12. originate (v) /ə'rɪdʒɪneɪt/   bắt nguồn
13. perform (n) /pə'fɔːm/   biểu diễn
14. performance (n) /pə'fɔːməns/   sự trình diễn, buổi biểu diễn
15. photography (n) /fə'tɒɡrəfi/   nhiếp ảnh
16. puppet (n) /'pʌpɪt/   con rối

70
17. rural (adj) /'rʊərəl/   thuộc nông thôn, thôn quê
18. sculpture (n) /'skʌlptʃər/   điêu khắc, tác phẩm điêu khắc
19. support (v) /sə'pɔ:t/   nâng đỡ
20. Tick Tac Toe (n) /tɪk tæk təʊ/   trò chơi cờ ca-rô
21. water puppetry (n) /'wɔːtər 'pʌpɪtrɪ/   múa rối nước

B. GRAMMAR
I. SO SÁNH (COMPARISONS) VỚI “AS….AS”, “THE SAME AS”, “DIFFERENT FROM”
1. So sánh sự giống nhau: “as…as”, “the same as” (giống như)
- Cấu trúc câu so sánh ngang bằng được dùng để so sánh 2 người, vật, … có tính chất gì đó tương đương nhau.

Cấu trúc S + to be + as + adj + as + noun/ S + V + the same + noun + as + noun/

pronoun/ clause. pronoun.
Ghi chú S: chủ ngữ, adj: tính từ, noun: danh từ, pronoun: đại từ, clause: mệnh đề.
Ví dụ 1. Folk music is as melodic as pop 1. She is the same height as me.
music. (Cô ấy có chiều cao như tôi.)
(Nhạc dân gian thì du dương như là 2. She has the same book as me.
nhạc pop.) (Cô ấy có cuốn sách giống tôi.)
2. My paiting is as expensive as hers.
(Bức họa của tôi thì đắt bằng bức họa
của cô ấy.)
3. This camera is as good as it was
before.
(Cái máy ảnh này vẫn tốt như ngày
nào.)
2. So sánh sự khác nhau: “not as…as” (không bằng), “different from” (khác)
- Cấu trúc câu so sánh không ngang bằng được dùng để so sánh 2 người, vật, … khác nhau ở một mặt nào đó.
Cấu trúc S + to be + not + so/as + adj + as + S+ to be + different from + noun/ pronoun.
noun/ pronoun/ clause.
Ví dụ 1. Black and white movies are not as 1. Life in the city is different from life in the
interesting as colour movies. countryside.
(Những bộ phim đen trắng thì không hấp (Cuộc sống trong thành phố khác cuộc sống
dẫn bằng những bộ phim màu.) ở vùng quê.)
2. My hometown is not as noisy as yours. 2. His house is different from my house.
(Quê tôi không ồn ào như quê bạn.) (Ngôi nhà của anh ấy khác ngôi nhà của tôi.)
3. She is not as famous as she was before.
(Cô ấy không còn nổi tiếng như trước
nữa.)
Lưu ý Ở cấu trúc “not as…as”, ta có thể thay
thế “as” đầu tiên bằng “so”.
BÀI TẬP VẬN DỤNG CƠ BẢN
EX1. Hoàn thành các câu dưới đây, sử dụng cấu trúc so sánh “as…as” và tính từ trong ngoặc.
1. I am not ___________________ you. (tall)
2. This book is not ___________________ that one. (interesting)
3. This summer is ___________________ last summer. (hot)
4. Yesterday is was ___________________ today. (sunny)
5. I think my essay is ___________________ yours. (good)
6. My dog isn’t ___________________ it appears to be. (fierce)
7. Children nowadays are not ___________________ they used to be. (active)
8. Watching movie is not ___________________ reading books. (entertaining)
9. Jane is ___________________ as a doll. (pretty)
10. Cats are not ___________________ dogs. (friendly)
11. My brother said that going abroad was not ___________________ he thought. (amusing)

71
12. She didn’t want to be late, so she run ___________________ she could. (fast)
13. Please call me ___________________ possible. (soon)
14. Sleeping on the sofa is not ___________________ in bed. (comfortable)
15. This hotel is ___________________ the one near the beach but it is much better. (expensive)
16. My grandmother is ___________________ fairy godmother. (warm-hearted)
17. Do you think learning Japanese is ___________________ learning English? (difficult)
18. This musician is not ___________________ that one. (popular)
19. Ann looks ___________________ princess in her new dress. (gorgeous)
20. The river isn’t ___________________ it looks. (deep)
EX2. Dùng cấu trúc so sánh “different from” để hoàn thành những câu dưới đây.
1. My house is small and old. Your house is spacious and modern.
=> My house is ____________________________________________________.
2. My mother’s favourite food is noodle. My favourite food is rice.
=> My mother’s favourite food ________________________________________.
3. My best friend has a powerful personality. I have a weak personality.
=> My best friend’s personality ________________________________________.
4. Life in the countryside is quiet and peaceful. Life in the city is exciting.
=> _______________________________________________________________.
5. Lan’s school is Hai Ba Trung School. Hue goes to Nguyen Hue School.
=> _______________________________________________________________.
6. My hobby is collecting stamps. My brother’s hobby is playing the piano.
=> _______________________________________________________________.
7. My answer for this equation is “4” but Tom thinks it should be “5”.
=> _______________________________________________________________.
8. My sister’s hair is long and wavy. My hair is short and straight.
=> _______________________________________________________________.
EX3. Hoàn thành các câu dưới đây, sử dụng cấu trúc so sánh “the same….as” và danh từ trong ngoặc.
1. My sister has ___________________ me. (height)
2. Jim pursues ___________________ Jane. (hobby)
3. My best friend is at ___________________ me. (age)
4. My friends went to see ___________________ me. (movie)
5. This musician plays ___________________ me. (musical instrument)
6. Critics say that this paiter has ___________________ with that one. (style)
7. My brother is interested in ___________________ me. (subject)
8. This class has ___________________ that one. (number of students)
9. Anne bought ___________________ me yesterday. (dress)
10. She cut her hair ___________________ mine. (length)
11. My best friend likes ___________________ my brother. (books)
12. I bought my car at ___________________ hers. (price).
13. My mother likes ___________________ me. (TV programs)
14. He had ___________________ a famous actor. (appearance)
15. He puts on ___________________ usual. (old coat)
EX4. Gạch chân lỗi sai trong các câu sau và viết lại câu đúng.
1. My boyfriend is as strong like a horse.
_______________________________________________________________.
2. This exercise isn’t hard as I thought.
_______________________________________________________________.
3. Life in foreign countries is different life in home country.
_______________________________________________________________.
4. My parents share the same hobby as.
_______________________________________________________________.
5. His cat isn’t the same pretty as mine.

72
_______________________________________________________________.
6. This art museum is definitely different as the historical museum.
_______________________________________________________________.
7. Roses don’t have the same fragrance like lotuses.
_______________________________________________________________.
8. My essay is as length as yours.
_______________________________________________________________.
9. This island isn’t as beautiful than those I have visited.
_______________________________________________________________.
10. My mother is different appearacne from me.
_______________________________________________________________.
EX5. Sắp xếp những từ cho sẵn thành câu hoàn chỉnh.
1. difficult/ as/ Playing/ is/ piano/ guitar/ playing/ as/./
_______________________________________________________________.
2. horse/ run/ a/ Can/ fast/ as/ a/ as/ train/?/
_______________________________________________________________.
3. try/ as/ can/ you/ hard/ as/ should/ You.
_______________________________________________________________.
4. Tom’s/ totally/ is/ from/ My/ writing style/ different/./
_______________________________________________________________.
5. car/ same/ runs/ the/ speed/ at/ His/ mine/ as/./
_______________________________________________________________.
6. I/ went/ My/ school/ friend/ same/ the/ best/ and/ to/./
_______________________________________________________________.
7. good/ This/ fridge/ modern/ isn’t/ as/ my/ one/ as/ old/./
_______________________________________________________________.
8. Spending time/ isn’t/ with/ as/ computer/ as/ friends/ entertaining/ on/ spending time/./
_______________________________________________________________.
II. CÂU ĐỒNG TÌNH (EXPRESS AGREEMENT)VỚI “TOO/ EITHER”
TOO EITHER
Chức năng Được dùng trong câu khẳng định để diễn tả Được dùng trong câu phủ định để diễn tả ý
ý đồng tình với một điều khẳng định trước đồng tình với một điều phủ định trước đó.
đó.
Vị trí Thường đứng ở cuối câu. Thường đứng ở cuối câu.
Ví dụ 1. A: I love pop music. (Tôi thích nhạc 1. A: My sister doesn’t know the name of
pop.) that singer.
B: I love pop music too./ I love it too. (Chị gái tôi không biết tên của cô ca sĩ đó.)
(Tôi cũng thích nhạc pop.) B: I don’t know either.
2. Tom is interested in dancing, and Kate is Hoặc sử dụng câu rút gọn:
interested in dancing too. I don’t either. (Tôi cũng không biết.)
(Tom thích khiêu vũ và Kate cũng thích
khiêu vũ.)
3. I wactched the concert on TV last night,
and my husband watched it on TV last
night too.
(Tôi đã xem buổi hòa nhạc trên TV tối qua
và chồng tôi cũng xem nó.)
Lưu ý Trong câu rút gọn, chúng ta cần sử dụng các
trợ động từ ở dạng phủ định.
BÀI TẬP VẬN DỤNG CƠ BẢN
EX6. Điền “too/ either” vào chỗ trống để hoàn thành câu.
1. My father is a musician. I am a musician __________.
2. I don’t like the smell of durian. My sister doesn’t like it __________.

3. I can’t wait to meet my parents and my sister can’t__________.

4. My favourite comedian is Rowan Atkinson. His favourite comedian is Rowan Atkinson__________.
73
5. My father loves watching football matches on TV and I love it__________.
6. My mother can’t open the jar and I can’t__________.
7. Jim should go to bed now and you should go to bed __________.
8. Your sister mustn’t skip breakfast and you mustn’t __________.
9. I find action movies so interesting and James finds them interesting __________.
10. Studying Math isn’t easy for me and studying English isn’t __________.
EX7. Viết câu đồng tình với “too/ either” trong những câu cho sẵn sau đây.
0. “I am not hungry now.”
=>“I am not hungry either.”
1. “They are my favourite footballers.”
=> “___________________________________________________________.”
2. “I want to be a good student.”
=> “___________________________________________________________.”
3. “I won’t come to his party.”
=> “___________________________________________________________.”
4. “It is not my pencil.”
=> “___________________________________________________________.”
5. “She will never forgive me.”
=> “___________________________________________________________.”
6. “I really admire him.’
=> “___________________________________________________________.”
7. “Yesterday I couldn’t sleep.”
=> “___________________________________________________________.”
8. ‘I am not working on my project.”

74
=> “___________________________________________________________.”
9. “I didn’t expect her to win the competition.”
=> “___________________________________________________________.”
10. “I should go out now.”
=> “___________________________________________________________.”
EX8. Đánh dấu √ trước câu đúng. Đánh dấu x trước câu sau, gạch chân lỗi sau và sửa.
1. My sister doesn’t want another ice-cream and I do either.
_______________________________________________________________.
2. I will go the park tomorrow and my sister will go to the park too.
_______________________________________________________________.
3. My favourite band is The Beatles and his favourite band is The Beatles either.
_______________________________________________________________.
4. The apples in our garden are ripe and the oranges won’t ripe too.
_______________________________________________________________.
5. My favourite drink is hot cacao. My friend’s favourite drink is beer too.
_______________________________________________________________.
6. My wife doesn’t like doing housework and I don’t either.
_______________________________________________________________.
7. I want to be a musician but my sister wants to be an actor either.
_______________________________________________________________.
8. My essay didn’t get good mark. Tom’s essay doesn’t either.
_______________________________________________________________.
EX9. Dựa vào đoạn văn sau viết câu đồng tình với “too/ either”.
Yesterday Ann and Jane went to the prom together. Both of them dressed up elegantly. They looked
very beautiful. They really enjoyed the music there. Both Ann and Jane didn’t drink much because they weren’t
thirsty. After the prom, they came home by bus. Ann and Jaen will never forget about the prom. They want to
keep this happy memory forever.
0. Yesterday Ann went to the prom and Jane went to the prom too.
1. _______________________________________________________________.
2. _______________________________________________________________.
3. _______________________________________________________________.
4. _______________________________________________________________.
5. _______________________________________________________________.
6. _______________________________________________________________.
7. _______________________________________________________________.
BÀI TẬP NÂNG CAO
EX10. Dùng các từ cho sẵn, viết câu so sánh với “as…as” hoặc “the same…as”.
movies hard tasty valuable origin
fast long songs talent clothes
1. Can I borrow your ladder? My ladder isn’t ______________ yours.
2. Your cake is delicious. My cake isn’t ______________ yours.
3. None of Tom’s friends has ______________ him.
4. Both of us fancy rock music. She listens to ______________ me.
5. Jim likes ______________ Tom, and they often watch together.
6. Life nowadays isn’t ______________ it used to be. People now live more comfortably.
7. Her ring is not ______________ her necklace.
8. My cat has ______________ yours. They both come from Russia.
9. Kim bought ______________ her sister. They want to look like twins.
10. You should go home ______________ you can. Your mom is looking for you everywhere.
EX11. Viết lại câu, sử dụng cấu trúc so sánh “the same…as”.
1. My brother and I both have big brown eyes.
=> _______________________________________________________________.
2. My favourite subject is Math. Tim likes Math too.
=> _______________________________________________________________.
3. I have a problem with this exercise. Peter has a problem with it too.
=> _______________________________________________________________.

75
4. Louis and James are both 18 years old.
=> _______________________________________________________________.
5. I went to my local primary school. Jim went to my local primary school too.
=> _______________________________________________________________.
6. You and I both have dark brown hair.
=> _______________________________________________________________.
7. I left the meeting room at 11 a.m and so did you.
=> _______________________________________________________________.
8. My birthday is 5 April. Tom’s birthday is 5 April too.
=> _______________________________________________________________.
EX12. Viết lại câu, sử dụng cấu trúc so sánh “as…as”.
1. My doll is pretty but her doll is prettier than mine.
=> My doll ________________________________________________________.
2. Travelling by train is quite exciting but travelling by plane is more exciting.
=> Travelling by train => ____________________________________________.
3. My salary is high, but my husband’s is higher.
=>My salary ______________________________________________________.
4. I am disappointed about my team’s score. Ann is disappointed too.
=> I___________________________________________________________.
5. It’s warm today, but it was much warmer yesterday.
=> Today it ________________________________________________________.
6. I still feel a bit tired, but I am better than yesterday.
=> I don’t feel ______________________________________________________.
7. Tom’s essay is very good and mine is good too.
=> Tom’s essay _____________________________________________________.
8. The Smiths have lived here for quite a long time, but we’ve lived here longer.
=> The Smiths haven’t _______________________________________________.
EX13. Hoàn thành câu sử dụng câu đồng tình với “too/ either” sao cho nghĩa của câu không thay đổi.
1. My grandfaher worked for a tobacco company. My father also worked for a tobacco company.
My grandfather worked for a tobacco company and my father ______________________.
2. Both my father and my mother aren’t Vietnamese.
My father isn’t Vietnamese and my mother ______________________________________.
3. I fancy classical music and my brother also fancies classical music.
I fancy classical music _______________________________________________________.
4. Reading books is as relaxing as listening to music.
Reading books is relaxing and listening to music __________________________________.
5. My friend and I didn’t go to the concert last night.
My friend didn’t go to the concert last night and I _________________________________.
6. My parents and my teacher won’t allow me to play truant.
My parents won’t allow me to play truant and my teacher ___________________________.
7. I am never good at singing and paiting.
I am never good at singing and I _______________________________________________.
8. Both my brother and I rarely listen to traditional songs.
I rarely listen to traditional songs and my brother __________________________________.
EX14. Gạch chân đáp án đúng.
1. I can’t go to Berlin with you and your father can’t (either/ too).
2. I hardly skip breakfast and Jim (doesn’t skip breakfast either/ skips breakfast too).
3. We won’t go sailing tomorrow because of the storm and they (don’t/ won’t) either.
4. I want to be a famous actress in the future and my friemd Sarah (wants/ doesn’t want) it too.
5. They haven’t watched the movie yet and I (haven’t/ doesn’t have) either.
6. I will help my mom do the washing and my brother (will do it too/ don’t do it either).
7. My brother’s just got a new bike and I (have got a new bike too/ am got a new bike too).
8. For me, playing the piano is never easy and playing the guitar (is too/ isn’t either).
9. She is a warm-hearted person but her daughter (isn’t either/ isn’t).
10. Drinking alcohol is harmful to your body and eatung fast food (is harmful too/ isn’t harmful either).
EX15. Khoanh tròn đáp án đúng.

76
Nowadays, life is totally different (1) ______ 30 years ago. In the past, there weren’t as many people (2)
______ there are today, so houses were (3) ______spacious than today. Because there weren’t so many cars in
the streets, the air was not as (4) ______as it is today. Our grandparents often earned a living by growing plants
and raising animals. Life at that time depended a lot on the weather. In the present days, people live (5)
______comfortable and independent than before.
Our houses aren’t as large as it (6) ______be but they are all taller and more modern. We don’t grow plants to
make more anymore and we don’t raise animals (7) ______. Instead, we work in big factories and tall
buildings. There are also more ways of entertainment than before. Today’s life is more interesting and
comfortabe (8) ______in the past.
1. A. from B. like C. as D. than
2. A. as B. more C.most D. so
3. A. as B. more C.most D. so
4. A. clean B. fresh C. polluted D. pollution
5. A. as B. more C.most D. so
6. A. have to B. must C. can D. used to
7. A. too B. so C. either D. also
8. A. from B. like C. as D. than
EX16. Đọc đoạn văn sau và điền T (true) trước câu trả lời đúng với nội dung bài đọc, điền F (false) trước
câu trả lời khác nội dung bài đọc.
Ludwig van Beethoven
Ludwig van Beethoven, born in 17 December 1770, was a well-known German composer and pianist. At an
early age, Beethoven showed his musical talents. His father Johann van Beethoven, together with composer and
conductor Christian Gottlob Neefe, taught him about music. When Beethoven was 21 years old, he moved to
Vienna. Here he started studying composition with Joseph Haydn. He soon became popular as a pianist.
Unfortunately, Beethoven had problems with his hearing by his late 20s. In the last ten years of his life, he was
almost deaf. In 1811, he stopped performing in public but he continued to compose. Many of his wonderful
pieces of music came from the last 15 years of hif life. He lived in Vienna until he dies in 26 March 1827. His
best-known compositions include 9 symphonies, 5 piano concertos, 1 violin concerto, and 32 piano sonatas.
The list goes on. Beethoven always remains as one of the most famous and influential composers all over the
world.
______ 1. Beethoven is only famous as a composer.
______ 2. When Beethoven was small, he studied composition with Joseph Haydn.
______ 3. Beethoven had problems with his hearing by his late 20s.
______ 4. In 1811, Beethoven stopped performing and composing.
______ 5. He lived in Vienna until his death.

C.EXERCISES UNIT 4

I.Put the words into the correct column according the underlined part.
special essential vision leisure musician
exhibition fiction sunshine closure social
treasure machine usually sure delicious
pleasure television champagne measure occasion
attention decision discussion collage conclusion

/ʃ/ /ʒ/
………………………………………………. ………………………………………………
………………………………………………. ………………………………………………
………………………………………………. ………………………………………………
………………………………………………. ………………………………………………
II.Complete the following text, using the words in the box.
subject saxophone pop star concert
band singing painting art

77
My friend’s name is Nick and he loves music. He is good at (1) andhe can play the
guitar. He wants to learn the (2) when he is a bitolder. He is already in a (3)
and they hope to play at the school(4) next term. He is also interested in (5)
so hisfavourite (6) at school is (7) . But to be honest,
hecan’t wait to leave school and become a (8) !
III. Fill in each blank with the words from the box.
hands weddings trousers
rap drums India
Bhangra is from (1) and Pakistan.People traditionally played the music at harvest time andalso
to celebrate New Year and (2) .
The most traditional instrument is a type of (3) .
Many modem pop artists mix bhangra with hip hop and (4) .
The dancers in Ayesha’s class learn the dance steps and how to move their (5) .
Women wear colourful clothes including a shirt, (6) and akind of scarf.
IV. Put the verbs in brackets in the correct verb form.
Kevin O’Donnell works in Hollywood. He records sound for films. He (1. work) on his
first film in 1980: Star Wars. He’s now 51 and he (2. help) to make more than 100 films.
In 1983, he (3. do) the sound on the film called Terms of Endearment. The film (4. win)
five Oscars, but O’Donnell (5. not win) one.He (6. be) at the
Oscars in 1983 when he was only 26.
Now, he (7. be) to the Oscars 20 times. He has worked on Top Gun,Terminator 3,
Spider-Man, Transformers and other great films, but he (8. not win) an Oscar yet. He (9.
write) 20 speeches so far, but(10. never given) one. The speeches are in a
drawer in his house. Kevin doesn’t mind. He knows the sound in his films is amazing. He’s going to win - one
day!
V. Rewrite the sentences using “not as...as".
1.Football is more exciting than rugby.
Rugby isn’t___________________________________________________________________________
2.Indonesia is hotter than Viet Nam.
Viet Nam____________________________________________________________________________
3.French is easier than German.
German ______________________________________________________________________________
4.Anita is friendlier than Alice.
Alice ________________________________________________________________________________
5.The hotel in London was better than the hotel in Paris.
The hotel in Paris ______________________________________________________________________
VI.Complete the sentences using the correct comparative, superlative form or“as…as” of the adjectives
given.
1.Some people think that Music isn’t (important) Maths orScience. I don’t agree.
2.The guitar is one of the (popular) instruments among young people.
3.It’s (easy) to play an instrument after you’ve beenpractising for a while.
4.I play the piano (good) than I play the violin.
5.Guitars aren’t (expensive) many other instruments.
6.Saxophones are (heavy) than a lot of instruments.
7.Traditional pianos are (suitable) than keyboards for beginners.
8.Mai is (good) singer in our class.
VII.Read the passage, and then answer the questions.
There are many activities after school hours in Lan’s school, so she and her classmate can take part in
them. Lan and Mai join the school theater group and they are also the members of the stamp collector’s club.
They are rehearsing a play for the Teacher’s Day. Hung and Tuan are members of the school sport club. They

78
play for the school football team, Ha and Thanh are the members of the school art club, and they want to be
good artist one day in the future.
1.Which of them joins the school theater group?
_____________________________________________________________________________________
2.What are they doing now?
_____________________________________________________________________________________
3.Who are the members of the stamp collector’s club?
_____________________________________________________________________________________
4.Who plays for the school football team?
_____________________________________________________________________________________
5.Who are the members of the school art club?
_____________________________________________________________________________________
VIII. Read the passage, and then answer the questions.
School of Rock
Have you seen the film School of Rock? It’s about a rock musician who became a teacher. The film is
based on a real music school which is run by Paul Green. Paul Green started the first School of Rock in 1998 in
Philadelphia in the USA. He gave students rock music lessons after school, but he wanted to do more. Now he
gives them the chance to play in rock concerts. “Some of our students have never played in front of a real
audience before. We teach them how to do it,” he says. He has already taught hundreds of young people to be
rockperformers, and now there are over 30 schools of rock in different towns in the USA.
1.How many schools of rock are there in the USA?
_____________________________________________________________________________________
2.What is the film School of Rock about?
_____________________________________________________________________________________
When did Paul Green start his first rock school?
_____________________________________________________________________________________
4.What does he teach his students to do?
_____________________________________________________________________________________
5.How many students has he taught?
_____________________________________________________________________________________
IX. Read the text about an artist. Choose the correct answer: A, B, or C.
You can’t buy a drawing by Julian Beever and you can’t see his work in a gallery or museum. Julian
makes his amazing pictures on the pavements of city streets. People have called him “the Pavement Picasso”
and perhaps you have seen his pictures on the Internet.
Julian has made hundreds of pieces of “pavement art” in different countries - in many parts of Europe
and also in the USA, Australia, Japan, Argentina, and Brazil.
His drawings can take three or four days to finish. But because he draws with chalk, the drawings only
stay for a short time. When people walk on them or when it rains, they quickly disappear. For Julian, this isn’t a
problem. The drawings survive in the photos he has taken, and this is the most important thing for him.
Julian’s fame hasn’t come from experts in the art world, but from the Internet. “The reason why my
work has become well known is because people like it and they’ve sent it to each other on the Internet,” he
says. “So I know that what I do is popular.”
Julian Beever is from Leicestershire in England, but he now lives in Belgium.
1.Julian Beever makes drawings .
A. outside B. on his computer C. for exhibitions in a gallery
2.He has worked .
A. in a few cities B. in lots of countries C. with hundreds of people
3.His pictures .
A. are easy to draw B. look good when it rains C. don’t stay for a long time
4.Lots of people know Julian’s art because .
A. they know a lot about art
B. he has sent photos to them
C. they have seen it on the net
79
5.Julian Beever .
A. hasn’t lived in Britain
B. hasn’t tried to be a star in the art world
C. isn’t very interested in photos

TEST 1 UNIT 4
I. Put the words into the correct column according to the underlined part.
fashion fiction ocean closure musician
exhibition optional wash stations shoulder
show essential shark shelter usually
special short vision leisure social

/ʃ/ /ʒ/

II. Find the word which has a different sound in the underlined part.
1. A. collection B. tradition C. exhibition D. question
2. A. version B. pleasure C. usual D. design
3. A. closure B. sure C. pleasure D. leisure
4. A. ocean B. concert C. musician D. official
5. A. so B. expensive C. saxophone D. music
III.Find the word which has different sound in the underlined part.
1. A. treasure B. closure C. exposure D. ensure
2. A. happy B. hard C. similarity D. talent
3. A. chorus B. brochure C. machine D. chef
4. A. treasure B. vision C. discussion D. decision
5. A. exhibition B. action C. question D. tradition
IV. Choose the word that has the different stress from the others.
1. A. adventure B. advertisement C. buffalo D. detective
2. A. cavity B. unhealthy C. personal D. shower
3. A. music B. science C. teacher D. contain
4. A. paddle B. invent C. display D. cartoon
5. A. information B. direction C. tomato D. potato
V. Choose the best one (A, B, C or D) to complete the sentence.
1. No one else in the class plays the guitar John.
A. as well B. as far as C. so well as D. as soon as
2. The Brit School is the most famous arts school in Britain.
A. performing B. performance C. perform D. performed
3. Jane is not her brother.
A. more intelligent as B. intelligent as
C. so intelligent as D. so intelligent that
4. Since the 1970s, the festival in Glastonbury has taken almost every year and has grown in
size.
A. part B. place C. note D. notice
5. He drives as his father does.
A. careful as B. more carefully C. the most careful D. carefully as
6. Dong Ho paintings are made on paper with beautiful colors.
A. traditional – nature B. tradition - natural
80
 C. tradition – nature D. traditional - natural
7. I’ll be there I can.
A. sooner as B. no sooner as C. as soon as D. soonest as
8. My village is not it was ten years ago.
A. the same as B. the same to C. same as D. the same
9. The villagers are they were years ago. There is no change at all.
A. differently from B. not as friendly as
C. as friend as D. as friendly as
10. Water puppetry in the 11 century in the villages of the Red River Delta of North Viet
th

Nam.
A. originated B. formed C. started D. began
11. The puppet shows present themes of Vietnamese villages.
A. city B. urban C. village D. rural
12. No one in my class is beautiful her.
A. as – as B. more - as C. as - than D. the - more
13. The group is for their albums and tours around the world.
A. well-knows B. know-how C. well-prepared D. well-known
14. Going by train isn’t convenient as going by car.
A. so B. as C. more D. A & B are correct.
15. The performances of puppetry show in the countryside and .
A. everyday life - folk rock B. every day life - folk people
C. everyday life - folk tales D. every day life - folk stories
VI. Combine into one sentence with “too” or “either”.
1. They can play table tennis. We can play table tennis.
..........................................................................................................................................
2. He sings love songs very well. His sister sings love songs very well.
..........................................................................................................................................
3. I write diary every night. My mother writes diary every night.
..........................................................................................................................................
4. My father doesn’t drink beer. My mother doesn’t drink beer.
..........................................................................................................................................
5. She is swimming in the pool. Her children are swimming in the pool.
..........................................................................................................................................
6. Hoa ate bread with milk for breakfast. Hoa’s uncle ate bread with milk for breakfast.
..........................................................................................................................................
7. She didn’t watch TV last night. Her husband didn’t watch TV last night.
..........................................................................................................................................
8. They mustn’t stay up late. Their friends mustn’t stay up late.
..........................................................................................................................................
9. Milk is good for your health. Fruit juice is good for your health.
..........................................................................................................................................
10. Betty does morning exercise. Betty’s aunt does morning exercise.
..........................................................................................................................................
VII. Give the correct form of the words in capital.
1. Tran Van Cam is my favourite .ARTHe is famous for the painting “Little sister
Diep”.
2. Tra Giang is one of the most famous of ACT Viet
Nam. Many people love her.
3. I think that good knowledge of arts and music is a NECESSARY
for anyone.
4. The she gave last night was marvelous. PERFORM
5. Water puppetry in the villages of the ORIGIN Red
River Delta.
81
 6. The DAN BAU is a Vietnamese traditional MUSIC
instrument.
7. is the art or taking and processing photographs. PHOTOGRAPH
8. I don’t like pop music because it is not as as EXCITE rock
and roll.

9. Peter has received a letter of to see a water INVITE

puppet show this Sunday.
10. Mai wanted to share her with other people. PLEASE
VIII. Complete the sentences by using as ... as; not ... as, different ... from.
1. Ms. Hoa is Mrs. Lan. (attractive)
2. Her daughter is her. (beautiful)
3. That dog it looks. (not dangerous)
4. Living in Valencia living in Paris is. (not expensive)
5. Schools in Viet Nam are schools in the USA. (different)
6. Learning French is learning English. (difficult)
7. These trees those. (same)
8. Vios Mazda 3. (not luxurious)
9. His appearance is what I have expected. (different)
10. His job is mine. (important)
IX. Fill in the blank with a suitable word in the box.
however made best was much
leaving wrote lived in the
One of the first novels in the history of literature (1) written in England in 1719. It was
Robinson Crusoe by Daniel Defoe. Daniel Defoe was born (2) London in the family of a rich man. When
Daniel was a schoolboy, be began to write stories. After (3) school, he worked in his father’s shop and
(4) articles for newspapers. Defoe visited many countries and met many people. That helped him (5)
in his writings.
In 1719, when Defoe was sixty years old, he wrote the novel Robinson Crusoe which (6) him
famous. Defoe used in his book a true story about a sailor who (7) on an island for four years.
Robinson Crusoe in Defoes novel lived on an island for twenty-eight years. People liked (8)
novel in England and in many other countries, Daniel Defoe wrote other books. (9) , his novel
Robison Crusoe was the (10) famous. Defoe was not a rich man when he died in 1731.
X. Read the following passage and write T (True) or F (False) for each statement.
In the 1960s, The Beatles were probably the most famous pop group in the whole world. Since then, there
have been a great many groups that have achieved enormous fame, so it is perhaps difficult now to imagine
how sensational The Beatles were at that time. They were four boys from the north of England and none of
them had any training in music. They started by performing and recording songs by black Americans and
they had some success with these songs. Then they started writing their own songs and that was when they
became really popular. The Beatles changed pop music. They were the first pop group to achieve great success
from songs they had written themselves. After that it became common for groups and singers to write their own
songs.
_______ 1. Prior to The Beatles, it was usual tor groups to write their own songs.
_______ 2. The Beatles were the most famous pop group in the 1960s.
_______ 3. The Beatles did not succeed with the songs by black Americans.
_______ 4. Some members of The Beatles studied music at school.
_______ 5. The Beatles achieved great success with the song they had written.
XI. Complete sentences with “too" or “either”.
1. They often go to the library on Sunday afternoon. He .....................................................
2. Lee can speak Japanese. I .................................................................................................
3. Nam didn’t see the train. Nga ...........................................................................................
82
 4. Linh will fly to China next month, and he ........................................................................
5. The books aren’t red. And the ruler...................................................................................
6. Today is hot, and yesterday ..............................................................................................
7. The boys don’t smoke cigarettes and the girls ..................................................................
8. I don’t know her and he.....................................................................................................
9. I likes eggs and her brother................................................................................................
10. I stayed at home last night, and they ...............................................................................
XII. Complete sentences with too or either.
1. We often go to the library on Sunday afternoon, they ......................................................
2. Susan can speak Japanese, Tom.........................................................................................
3. Minh didn't see the train, Nga............................................................................................
4. Hoa will fly to Hong Kong next month, and her mother ..................................................
5. The pineapples aren’t ripe. And the durians .....................................................................
6. March is hot, and May ......................................................................................................
7. The boys shouldn’t smoke cigarettes and the girls ...........................................................
8. I don’t know how to use a computer and my friends ........................................................
9. She likes eggs, and her brothers ........................................................................................
10. They stayed at home last night, and their children..........................................................

TEST 2 (UNIT 4)
I. Find the word which has a different sound in the part underlined.
1.A. exhibition B. question C. collection D. tradition
2.A. pleasure B. leisure C. closure D.sure
3.A. discussion B. decision C. treasure D. vision
4.A.saxophone B. music C.so D. expensive
5.A. similarity B. talent C. happy D. hard
II.Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences.
11. The Brit School is the most famous arts school in Britain.
A.perform B. performed C.performing D.performance
12. Since the 1970s, the festival in Glastonbury has taken almost every year and has grown in
size.
A.note B.notice C.time D.place
13. Dong Ho paintings are made on paper with beautiful colours.
A.tradition - nature B.traditional - natural C.traditional - nature D.tradition -
natural
14.You can see many interesting in that art gallery.
A.paints B.colours C.portraits D.paper
15.Water puppetry in the 11th century in the villages of the Red River Delta of North Viet Nam.
A.start B.begin C.originated D.formed
16.The puppet shows present themes of Vietnamese villages.
A.country B.rural C.city D.urban
17.The group is for their albums and tours around the world.
A.well-prepared B.well-known C.well-know D.know-how
18.The performances of puppetry show in the countryside and .
A.everyday life - folk tales B.every day life - folk stories
C.everyday life - folk rock D.every day lives - folk people
19.I never watch ballet, and my sister doesn’t .
A.too B.so C.either D.like that
20.Teenagers in Viet Nam like K-pop, and they like Korean films .
A.too B.either C.so D.however
21.Today, subjects like music and arts are put into the school in Viet Nam.
A.school year B.subjects C.curriculum D.education
83
22.For many people, a good knowledge of music and arts is regarded as a for every
student.
A.necessary B.need C.needs D.necessity
23.Arts are of great in education, especially for young children.
A.important B.importance C.unimportant D.unimportance
24.Classical music is not as pop music.
A.as exciting B.as excited C.exciting D.more excited
25.This film is not long as the film I watched last week.
A.as B.but C.either D.too
26.My brother’s taste in art is quite different mine.
A.than B.as C.to D.from
27.My village is not it was ten years ago.
A.same as B.the same C.the same as D.the same like
28.The villagers are they were years ago. There is no change at all.
A.as friend as B.as friendly as C.different from D.not as friendly as
29.This year’s musical festival is not it was last year.
A.as good as B.as well as C.different from D.worse
30.My cousin, Mai, is the same age .
A. like B. to C. of D. as
III. Choose the correct answer A, B, c or D to fill each blank in the following text.
My friends and I have written a (1) . We have decided to (2) it for our school. I
have already built the set. Karen has just finished the (3) for us to wear. Ihaven’t learned the (4)
yet, so I am a bit nervous, but I’m excited (5) . I haven’t been in a play before. I
can’t wait!
1.A. film B. song C. play D. club
2.A. perform B. make C. take D. build
3.A. stage B. actors C. play D. costumes
4.A. script B. scripts C. play D. lessons
5.A. also B. then C. too D. either
IV. Read the passage, and then answer the questions.
My free time
On weekdays, I don’t have much free time. When I get home from school, I usually do my homework,
watch some TV or read a book. My parents bought me a new guitar for my birthday so I play that a lot too.
At the weekend, I usually relax with my friends, John and Thomas. We really like playing music
together. Thomas plays the keyboard and John plays the drums. John has a set of drums in his bedroom, so we
usually practise at his house. John has also written some songs, so we are practising them at the moment. My
sister sometimes sings with us and we are hoping to play some concerts one day!
In the holidays, I sometimes go on day trips with my family. I am really interested in science. That’s
why we often go to the Science Museum. We usually go to the beach in August. We always have a great time,
but the best thing is lying on the sand and listening to music on my iPod.
1.What does the student often do in his free time on weekdays?
___________________________________________________________________________________
2.Which musical instruments do John and Thomas have?
___________________________________________________________________________________
3.Who has written some songs? Who sometimes sings with them?
___________________________________________________________________________________
4.What are they hoping to do in future?
___________________________________________________________________________________
5.What does he sometimes do with his family? What does the student like doing in the holiday best?
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
V. Complete each sentence so that it means the same as the sentence above.

84
 1.This room is larger than the one at the end of the corridor of the art gallery.
The room at the end of the corridor of the art gallery is not_____________________________________
2.I think action films are more exciting than romance films.
In my opinion, romance films are not_____________________________________________________
3. Salvador Dali’s paintings are different from Picasso’s paintings.
Picasso’s paintings are not ______________________________________________________________
4.I am interested in comic books, and my brother is also interested in comic books.
I am interested in comic books, and my brother is ___________________________________________
5.My mother doesn’t like thrillers. I don’t like them.
My mother doesn’t like thrillers, and I don’t _______________________________________________
6.She takes photographs and collects coins as hobbies.
Her hobbies are ______________________________________________________________________
7.“Chèo” or “Cải lương” are considered some kinds of traditional opera in Viet Nam.
Viet Nam has some kinds of ____________________________________________________________
8.My sister sings better than me.
I don’t sing __________________________________________________________________________
9.Ballets and modern dance are quite different.
Ballets and modern dance are not
10.The project was shorter than we thought at first.
The project was not as _________________________________________________________________
VI. Write a letter to invite a friend to a circus, using the following cues.
Dear Nam
1.I/ happy/ hear/ that/ you/ your family/ well.
___________________________________________________________________________________
2.You/ remember/ circus/ we/ see/ last year?
___________________________________________________________________________________
3.Circus/ coming/ again/ our city.
___________________________________________________________________________________
4.My father/ tickets/ circus.
___________________________________________________________________________________
5.We/ you/ go/ us.
___________________________________________________________________________________
6.You/ free/ this weekend?
___________________________________________________________________________________
7.We/ meet/ 7 pm/ outside/ theatre.
___________________________________________________________________________________
8.Show/ begin/ 7.30 pm.
___________________________________________________________________________________
9.I/ hope/ we/ good time/ together.
___________________________________________________________________________________
10.I/ look forward/ see/ you/ there.
___________________________________________________________________________________
Have a good day!
TEST 3 UNIT 4

I. Put the words into the correct columns.

musician special pleasure sure occasion show sugar usually machine

television ocean leisure champagne station provision dishwasher
delicious tradition decision treasure garage brochure

85
 /∫/ /ȝ/
___________________________________ ___________________________________
___________________________________ ___________________________________
___________________________________ ___________________________________

II. Choose the word which has the underlined part pronounced differently.
1. a. dish b. sugar c. shoes d. sing
2. a. vision b. pressure c. washer d. machine
3. a. division b. occasion c. leisure d. ensure
4. a. chauffer b. shampoo c. children d. cashier
5. a. exhibition b. revision c. anxious d. social
III.Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from the others.
1. a. actor b. painting c. anthem d. gallery
2. a. decide b. exciting c. exhibit d. organise
3. a. educated b. played c. recycled d. changed
4. a. cello b. choose c. kitchen d. concert
5. a. sugar b. closure c. share d. anxious
IV. Choose the best answer a, b, c, or d to complete the sentence.
1. His Jacket is almost the same colour __________ mine.
a. with b. as c. to d. for
2. Water puppetry began __________ the 11th century.
a.in b. on c.at d.from
3. The __________ is rather older now; however, his acting ability has never been better.
a. composer b. actress c.artist d. actor
4. Janna can’t play the piano, and Carol can’t play it __________.
a. either b. too c.neither d. as well
5. Juan and Patricia are not the same height Juan is __________ Patricia.
a. as tall as b. not as tall as c. more tall than d. not tall than
6. Saxophones are used mainly for __________ jazz music.
a. composing b. taking c.playing d. writing
7. I went to the 3D __________ last weekend. The paintings were excellent!
a. movie theater b. concert hall c. opera house d.art museum
8. __________ I’m not a fan of country music, I thoroughly enjoyed his lively performance.
a. Although b. Because c.As d. However
9. __________ does a water puppet show take place? ~ In a pool.
a. What b. When c.How d. Where
10. Which is the national anthem of Vietnam?
a. Tieu Doan 307 b.Chien si Viet Nam c. TienQuanCa d. Tienve Ha Noi
V. Complete the sentences with the words in the box.
musician singer actress composer comedian artist pianist
poet
1. TruyenKieu is written by the great _____________ Nguyen Du.
2. Celine Dion is a Canadian _____________. She sang the song My heart will go on.
3. Mozart was an Austrian classical _____________. He wrote over 600 pieces of music.
4. Every joke the _____________ made was greeted with gales of laughter.
5. Vietnamese _____________ Dang Thai Son studied piano in Moscow.
6. The _____________ is playing some sad tune on his saxophone.
7. This young _____________ is currently exhibiting his work at the gallery.
8. American _____________ Selena Gomez starred in the film Another Cinderella Story.
VI. Complete the sentences with the correct tense or form of the verbs in the box.

86
 play draw compose paint
take perform exhibit sing

1. Mozart _____________ his first piece of music when he was five years old.
2. She usually_____________ in watercolour.
3. We all _____________ ‘Happy Birthday’ to her.
4. Most pupils learn _____________ a musical instrument.
5. We _____________ many of his works at our gallery so far.
6. Rosie _____________ an elephant and coloured it in.
7. My brother enjoys_____________ photos of the nature and landscape.
8. The band _____________ live at the Central Park tomorrow.
VII. Choose the correct option for each of the following sentences.
1. What is the _______________ month of the year in Vietnam? (hot, hotter, hottest)
2. Hawaii is _______________ from Hong Kong than Japan. (far, farther, farthest)
3. Mozart is as _______________ as Beethoven. (famous, more famous, most famous)
4. Which is _______________, grammar or vocabulary? (important, more important, most important)
5. Who is the _______________ person in your family? (powerful, more powerful, most powerful)
6. Their house is three times as _______________ as ours. (big, bigger, biggest)
7. Susan is much _______________ with children than her sister is. (patient, morepatient, most patient)
8. Ann does not swim so _______________ as her coach claims. (quickly, more quickly, most quickly)
VIII. Rewrite each of the following sentences using different from or the same as.
1. Their results and our results are different.
Their results are different from our results.
2. The price of the scarf and the price of the gloves are the same.
The price of the scarf is the same as the price of the gloves.
3. This house and your last house are different.
__________________________________________________________
4. The child’s height and the height of the table are the same.
__________________________________________________________
5. Jane and her sister are very different.
__________________________________________________________
6. This cake and that cake taste the same.
__________________________________________________________
7. Food in San Francisco and food in New Orleans are different.
__________________________________________________________
8. His shoes and my shoes are the same.
__________________________________________________________
9. American English and British English are slightly different.
__________________________________________________________
10. People say I and my mother look just the same.
__________________________________________________________
IX. Complete the sentence with as, than or from.
1. The blue car is as fast __________ the red car.
2. Physics is more difficult __________ history.
3. Animals feel pain the same __________ we do
4. Life in the country is very different __________ life in the city.
5. He’s not really __________ tall as he looks on TV.
6. This classroom is a lot nicer __________ the one we had last year.
7. London was different __________ most European capitals.
8. Driving a boat is not the same __________ driving a car.
X. Complete the second sentence using the word in brackets.
1. Cycling is faster than walking. (as)
87
 Walking __________________________________________________
2. This tea doesn’t taste the same as the one I usually drink. (from)
This tea ___________________________________________________
3. Money is not as important as health. (than)
Health____________________________________________________
4. His new guitar isn’t different from his old one. (as)
His new guitar______________________________________________
5. Everest is higher than K2. (as)
K2_______________________________________________________
6. Oil painting is not the same as pencil painting. (from)
Oil painting________________________________________________
7. Yesterday’s exam wasn’t as short as today’s. (than)
Today’s exam______________________________________________
8. Your idea is different from mine. (as)
Your idea__________________________________________________
XI. Complete the sentences with too or either.
1. I don’t really like tomatoes. My brother doesn’t like them _____________.
2. My sister enjoys Korean movies, and she likes watching K-Pop _____________.
3. He didn’t say anything, and I didn’t _____________.
4. I don’t speak French and Sarah doesn’t speak French _____________.
5. Danny is really tired and I am tired _____________.
6. They don’t like Rock and Roll music, and we don’t like it _____________.
7. French is a difficult language to learn. Latin is a difficult language to learn _____________.
8. Helen’s got a lovely voice, and she’s a good dancer _____________.
XII. Fill in each blank with a suitable preposition.
1. Karen Carpenter is famous __________ the song Top of the world.
2. This rock band is playing __________ the Central Club.
3. I love his painting __________ the old Ha Noi streets.
4. We can watch the concert live __________ TV.
5. I’m very interested __________ pop music.
6. The puppets are made __________ wood and then painted.
7. My friend is very good __________ drawing things.
8. The water puppet show is __________ 57B DinhTien Hoang St., HoanKiem Dist.
XIII. Write the correct tense or form of the verbs in brackets.
1. My home town ________________ (change) a lot in the recent years.
2. Please, stop! You ________________(drive) so fast.
3. The paintings ________________(make) on Dzo paper with natural colours.
4. Yesterday I ________________(go) to the centre and ________________(see) an exhibition.
5. As soon as I ________________(finish) painting my room, I’ll paint the kitchen.
6. I ________________(be) to England three times so far.
7. The children ________________ (not be) at home last Sunday.
8. Do you think we ________________ (write) a test tomorrow?
9. Are you interested in ________________(do) community service?
10. Some teenage girls volunteered ________________ (work) at the local hospital.
XIV. Choose the word which best fits each gap.
While art may not be vital to fulfill our basic needs, it does make life (1) ________. When you look at a
painting or poster hang on your living room wall, you feel happy. The sculpture on the kitchen windowsill
create a (2) ________ of joy. These varieties of art forms that we are surrounded by all come (3) ________to
create the atmosphere that we want to live in.
Just like art, music can make life extremely joyful and can have a huge effect (4) ________ our mood. If
you have something hard or difficult to work on or are feeling tired, an energetic song will likely (5)

88
________you up and add some enthusiasm to the situation. Similarlywhen stress is high, many people find that
relaxing to calming music is (6) ________ that eases the mind.
1. a. boring b. beautiful c. joyful d. helpful
2. a. sense b. feel c. cause d. way
3. a. away b. along c. down d. together
4. a. on b. in c. at d. of
5. a. take b. wake c. pick d. bring
6. a. something b. anything c. everything d. nothing
XV. Read the text carefully, then answer the questions.
Modern graffiti began in big cities in the United States in the 1970s. One of the first ‘taggers’ was a
teenager called Demetrius. He wrote his tag TAKI 183 on walls and in subway stations in New York. Other
teenagers saw Demetrius’s tag and started writing their own tags on walls, buses and subway trains all over
New York.
Then, some teenagers started writing their tags with aerosol paint. Their tags were bigger and more
colourful. Aerosol paint graffiti became very popular in the 1970s and 1980s and appearedon trains, buses and
walls around the world. In the 1990s and 2000s, a lot of graffiti artists started painting pictures.
In some countries, writing or painting on walls is a crime and street artists can have problems with the
police. In other countries, artists can draw and paint in certain places. For example, in Taiwan, there are ‘graffiti
zones’ where artists can paint on walls. In São Paulo in Brazil, street artists can paint pictures on walls and
houses. Their pictures are colourful and beautiful. Some tourists visit São Paulo just to see the street art!
1. Where did modern graffiti begin?
__________________________________________________________
2. What was Demetrius’s tag?
__________________________________________________________
3. What did young people write on New York walls?
__________________________________________________________
4. When did aerosol paint graffiti become popular?
__________________________________________________________
5. Is graffiti legal in every country in the world?
__________________________________________________________
6. Where can artists paint in graffiti zones?
__________________________________________________________
XVI. Fill in each blank with a word from the box.

leaves long north artists printed

decoration layer talk

Dong Ho Painting is a kind of Vietnamese (1) _____________ painting originating in Dong Ho Village,
BacNinh Province. Dong Ho paintings have about 300 years of history in the (2) _____________ of Vietnam.
Dong Ho pictures are (3) _____________ on a special kind of Dzo paper. Theprinting paper is made of bark
of a tree called“Dzo”. Colours of the painting are refined from various kinds of tree (4) _____________, which
people can easily find in Vietnam. Traditional (5) _____________ use all-natural colours for their pictures:
burnt bamboo leaves for black, cajuput leaves for green, copper rust for blue, etc. The painting is covered by a
(6) _____________ of sticky rice paste to protect the painting and their colours. They are so (7)
_____________ lasting, so that it is very difficult to make them dimmer even time or daylight.
Vietnamese people used to buy Dong Ho pictures for (8) _____________ during Tet.
XVII. Read the text carefully then decide whether the following statements are true (T) or false (F).
Many students listen to music while they are studying, and say that it helps them learn. Many parents and
teachers say that music is just distracting, and that students are better studying in silence. Who is right?
In a study, some scientists asked three groups of students to listen to a piece of music by Mozart or a
relaxation tape for ten minutes, or just sit in silence for ten minutes. The students then did a ‘spatial reasoning’
89
test (a test about remembering shapes and imagining looking at objects from different directions), and the ones
who had listened to the Mozart did better in the test.
Taking part in musical activities and learning to play an instrument can improve verbal memory (the ability
to remember words). The longer the training lasts, the better the improvement in the memory. So, there’s no
excuse to give up the piano lessons!
1. Many students think it’s helpful to listen to music when studying.
2. Teachers say music helps students to better concentrate.
3. The students who had listened to Mozart did better in the spatial reasoning test.
4. Listening to Mozart music will not make you smarter.
5. Music training helps to improve memory.

XVIII. Arrange the words to make sentences.

1. who/more/don’t/attentive/arts/students/than/study/those/who/are/.
___________________________________________________________________________
2. father/don’t/either/and/horror/watches/my/never/films/I/.
___________________________________________________________________________
3. you/think/as/classical/do/is/music/exciting/Rockand Roll/as/?
___________________________________________________________________________
4. performance/the/is/next/about/very/anxious/musician/the/.
___________________________________________________________________________
5. sister/interested/ is/ boring/find/I/drawing/my/in/ but/ it/.
___________________________________________________________________________
6. music/your/kind/what/favourite/is/of/?
___________________________________________________________________________
XIX. Write the second sentences so that it has the same meaning to the first one.
1. Her phone is not the same as mine.
→ Her phone is_________________________________________________________________
2. I think rock music is more popular than jazz.
→ I think jazz music isn’t _________________________________________________________
3. Do you like seeing a water puppet show?
→ Are you ____________________________________________________________________
4. They perform the water puppet show in a pool.
→ The water puppet show_________________________________________________________
5. The last time I spoke to David was at Christmas.
→ I haven’t____________________________________________________________________
6. Nobody wanted to go, so they cancelled the school trip.
→ They cancelled_______________________________________________________________
7. Jim doesn’t play the saxophone as well as his brother.
→ Jim’s brother plays____________________________________________________________
8. What is your favourite kind of music?
→ What kind ___________________________________________________________________
XX. Write the second sentence so that it has the same meaning to the first one. Use the word in
brackets.
1. This show is the same as the show we saw last week. (different)
→ This show _________________________________________________
2. She is the quickest runner at all. (quick)
→ No other runner_____________________________________________
3. She hasn’t made as many mistakes as last time. (fewer)
→ She_______________________________________________________
4. The Eiffel Tower is as high as an 81-storey building. (same)
→ The Eiffel Tower____________________________________________
5. Steven Spielberg directed Jurassic Park. (by)

90
→ Jurassic Park _______________________________________________
6. This painting isn’t so expensive as my favourite painting. (than)
→ My favourite painting _______________________________________
7. My English is better than my French. (as)
→ My French ________________________________________________
8. John hasn’t done any housework for a month. (ago)
→ The last time John __________________________________________

UNIT 5: VIETNAMESE FOOD AND DRINK

A.VOCABULARY

1. beat (v) /bi:t/   khuấy trộn, đánh trộn

2. beef (n) /bi:f/   thịt bò
3. bitter (adj) /'bɪtə/   đắng
4. broth (n) /brɒθ/   nước xuýt
5. delicious (adj) /dɪˈlɪʃəs/   ngon, thơm ngon
6. eel (n) /i:l/   con lươn
7. flour (n) /flaʊə/   bột
8. fold (n) /fəʊld/   gấp, gập
9. fragrant (adj) /'freɪɡrənt/   thơm, thơm phức
10. green tea (n) /,ɡri:n 'ti:/   chè xanh
11. ham (n) /hæm/   giăm bông
12. noodles (n) /'nu:dlz/   mì, mì sợi
13. omelette (n) /'ɒmlət, 'ɒmlɪt/   trứng tráng
14. pancake (n) /'pænkeɪk/   bánh kếp
15. pepper (n) /'pepər/   hạt tiêu
16. pork (n) /pɔːk/   thịt lợn
17. pour (v) /pɔː/   rót, đổ
18. recipe (n) /'resɪpi/   công thức làm món ăn
19. salt (n) /'sɔːlt/   muối
20. salty (adj) /'sɔːlti/   mặn, có nhiều muối
21. sandwich (n) /'sænwɪdʒ/   bánh xăng-đúych
22. sauce (n) /sɔːs/   nước xốt
23. sausage (n) /'sɒsɪdʒ/   xúc xích
24. serve (v) /sɜːv/   múc/ xới/ gắp ra để ăn
25. shrimp (n) /ʃrɪmp/   con tôm
26. slice (n) /slaɪs/   miếng mỏng, lát mỏng
27. soup (n) /su:p/   súp, canh, cháo
28. sour (adj) /saʊər/   chua

91
 29. spicy (adj) /'spaɪsi/   cay, nồng
30. spring rolls (n) /sprɪŋ rəʊlz/   nem rán
31. sweet (adj) /swi:t/   ngọt
32. sweet soup (n) /swi:t su:p/   chè
33. tasty (adj) /'teɪsti/   đầy hương vị, ngon
34. tofu (n) /'təʊfu:/   đậu phụ
35. tuna (n) /'tju:nə/   cá ngừ
36. turmeric (n) /'tɜːmərɪk/   củ nghệ
37. warm (v) /wɔːm/   hâm nóng
B. GRAMMAR
I. DANH TỪ ĐẾM ĐƯỢC, KHÔNG ĐẾM ĐƯỢC ( COUNTABLE/ UNCOUNTABLE NOUNS)
1. Danh từ đếm được (Countable nouns)
a. Định nghĩa
Định nghĩa - Danh từ đếm được là những danh từ có thể đếm trực tiếp số lượng người hay
vật/ sự vật ấy bằng cách sử dụng số đếm đứng trước danh từ
Đặc điểm - Chúng có dạng số it (singular) và danh từ số nhiều (plural)
- Với danh từ số ít ta thêm mạo từ a/an (một) ở đằng trước danh từ.
- Với danh từ số nhiều ta thêm “s”, “es” vào sau để chuyển từ dạng số ít sang số
nhiều
Ví dụ Số ít số nhiều
One dog ( một con chó) two dogs (2 con chó)
One horse ( một con ngựa) two horses (2 con ngựa)
One man ( một người đàn ông) two men ( 2 người đàn ông)
One idea ( một ý kiến) two ideas ( 2 ý kiến)
One shop ( một cửa hàng) two shops ( hai cửa hàng)

Cách thêm s/es vào sau danh từ để chuyển danh từ về dạng số nhiều
Thêm “s” vào sau đại đa số các danh từ Hospital – hospitals (bệnh viện)
Town- towns ( thị trấn)

Thêm “es” vào sau các danh từ có tận cùng là Bus- buses(xe bus), class- classes ( lớp học)
-s, -ss, -x, -ch,-sh Box- boxes (cái hộp), dish-dishes (cái đĩa)
Đổi “y” thành “i” rồi thêm “es” vào sau các City – cites (thành phố)
danh từ có tận cùng là y Country- coutries (quốc gia)

b. Một số dah từ đếm được có dạng số nhiều đặc biệt

Số ít Số nhiều Số ít Số nhiều
A person ( người) People a foot ( bàn chân) Feet
A child ( 1 đứa trẻ) Children (trẻ em) A mouse (con chuột) Mice
A tooth (răng) Teeth A man ( 1 người đàn Men
ông)
Goose ( ngỗng) Geese Woman ( 1 phụ nữ) Women

Một số danh từ đến được có dạng số it và số nhiều như nhau

Số ít Số nhiều Số ít Số nhiều
An aircraft (mấy bay) Aircraft Crossroads (ngã tư) Crossroads
A sheep (con cừu) Sheep Series ( loạt/chuỗi) Series
A fish (con cá) Fish Dear (con nai) dear

2. danh từ không đếm được ( Uncountable nouns )

92
a. Định nghĩa
Định nghĩa Danh từ không đếm được là những từ không thể
đếm được một cách trực tiếp. Đó có thể là những
khái niệm trừu tượng hay những vật quá nhỏ, vô
hình ( chất lỏng, bột, khí, …..)
Đặc điểm Chúng không có hình thức số nhiều
Ví dụ Tea (trà) Sugar (đường)
Water ( nước) Air ( không khí)
Rice ( cơm, gạo) Knowledge ( sự hiểu
biết)
Beauty (vẻ đẹp) Anger ( sự tức giận)
Fear (sự khiếp sợ) Love ( tình yêu)
Money (tiền) Research ( sự nghiên cứu)
Safety ( sự an toàn) Evidence ( bằng chứng)

b. Các cụm từ dùng để nhấn mạnh số lượng của danh từ không đếm được
Ta có thể sử dụng một vài cụm từ để đo chính xác các danh từ không đếm được như
A bit of news ( một mẩu tin) A gallon of petrol ( một galon A bottle of water ( một chai
xăng) nước)
A grain of sand ( một hạt cát) A pane of glass ( một ô kính) A piece of bread ( một mẩu
bánh mỳ)
A slice of bread ( một lát bánh A glass of beer ( một ly bia) A cake of soap ( một bánh xà
mỳ) bông)
A bowl of soup ( một bát súp) A drop of oil ( một giọt dầu ) A bag of pepper
( một túi hạt tiêu)

BÀI TẬP VẬN DỤNG CƠ BẢN

Bài 1: Chuyển các danh từ đếm được dưới dây thành dạng số nhiều
Singular Plural Singular Plural
Baby ( em bé) Key ( chìa khóa)
Book ( sách) Lady ( quý cô)
Bottle ( bình) Mouse ( chuột)
Bowl ( bát) Person ( người)
Box ( hộp) Photo ( ảnh)
Bus ( xe buýt) Sailor ( thủy thủ)
Chair ( ghế) Series ( chuỗi)
Child ( đứa trẻ) Spoon ( muỗng)
Church ( nhà thờ) Student ( học sinh)
Computer ( máy tình) Table ( bàn)
Door ( cửa) Tooth ( răng)
Fish ( cá) Vehicle ( xe cộ)
Foot ( chân) Window ( cửa sổ)
Gentleman ( quý ông) Woman ( người phụ
nữ)
Goose ( ngỗng ) Year ( năm)

Bài 2: Hoàn thành câu với những danh từ cho sẵn , sử dụng dạng số ít hoặc số nhiều của chúng.
My mother used to be a famous __________. ( cook )
My friend and I are best ________. ( friend)
There are more than two hundred ______ in the local library. ( book)
There must be several _____ in my kitchen. ( mouse)
You shoudn’t eat more than two _____ of cake. ( piece)
I will spend one ____ đay doing nothing ( day)
Two ____ have entered this apartment. ( man)

93
Jane was the only ____ in the room. ( person)
You need two ____ of sugar to make this cake. ( teasspoon)
Apple and strawberry are my favorite _____. ( fruit)
My brother promised to buy me a new _____. ( ball)
They are my _____. ( classmate)
Would you like a ____ of tea ? ( cup)
Tim wants to be a ____ in the future. ( librarian)
My father and I caught two big ___ in the lake behind our house. ( fish)
Bài 3: Hãy viết C ( countable) bên cạnh những danh từ đếm được, viết U ( uncountable) trước danh từ
không đếm được.
Anger ( sự giận dữ) Knife ( dao)
Bread ( bánh mì) Lamp ( đèn)
Cake ( bánh) Lemonade ( nước
chanh)
Chopstick ( đũa) Milk ( sữa)
Cup ( cốc) Money ( tiền)
Cupboard ( tủ, chạn) News ( tin tức)
Dish ( đĩa) Nature ( tự nhiên)
Drop ( giọt) Noodle ( mì)
Fan ( quạt) Person ( người)
Flour ( bột) Rice ( gạo)
Fruit ( hoa quả) Salt ( muối)
Glass ( ly) Sugar ( đường)
Heat ( nhiệt) Tomato ( cà chua)
Information ( thông Vegetable ( rau)
tin)
Kitchen ( phòng bếp) Wine ( rượu)

Bài 4: Điền các từ để đo số lượng những danh từ không đếm được vào chỗ trống sao cho thích hợp.
Pot Sheets Litres Bar Gallons
Grains Glass Cake Slices Bag

1. Would you like another ____ of water?

2. I’d like two ____ of lemonade , please.
3. My grandmother gave me a ____of jam yesterday.
3. You may need three ____ of paper to write your essay.
5. He usually has two ____ off bread for his breakfast.
6. My boyfriend gave me a ________ of chocolate last week.
7. You need at least two ____ of petrol to run this machine.
8. There are some______ of sand in my tea.
9. My mon told me to buy a ____ of soap.
10. There is a ____ of pepper in the cupboard.
II. CÂU HỎI CÓ BAO NHIÊU “ HOW MUCH/ HOW MANY? “
1. How many?
Chức năng Dùng để hỏi vè số lượng của một danh từ đếm được.
Cấu trúc How many + danh từ đếm được dạng số nhiều (+ are there) ?
 There is/ there are + từ chỉ số lượng
How many + danh từ đếm được đạng số nhiều (+ trợ động từ + S+ V) ?
 S+ V + từ chỉ số lượng
Ví dụ How many eggs? ( có bao nhiêu quả trứng)
 there is one. ( có một)
How many days are there in January ? ( Tháng một có bao nhiêu ngày?)
 There are 31 days. ( có 31 ngày.)
How many tomatoes do we have?

94
 ( chúng ta có bao nhiêu quả cà chua? )
 we have 5 tomatoes. ( chúng tôi có 5 quả cà chua. )

2. How much?
Chức năng Dùng để hỏi về số lương của một danh từ không đếm được
Cấu trúc How much + danh từ không đếm được dạng số nhiều ( + is there) ?
 There is/ are + từ chỉ số lượng.
( Động từ to be chia là “is” hay “ are” tùy thuộc vào danh từ đứng đằng sau
nó.)
How much+ danh từ không đếm được dạng số nhiều (+ trợ động từ + S+ V) ?
 S + V + từ chỉ số lượng.
Ví dụ How much money is there in the wallet? ( Có bao nhiêu tiền ở trong ví? )
 There is $ 200 ( có 200 đô)
How much bread is there ? ( có bao nhiêu bánh mì ở đó?)
 There are two loaves ( có 2 ổ)
How much rice does she need? ( cô ấy cần bao nhiêu gạo)
 she need five kilos ( cô ấy cần 5 cân)

III. BÀI TẬP VẬN DỤNG CƠ BẢN

BÀI 5: Điền “ how much/ how many” vào chỗ trống sao cho thích hợp.
1. _____________people are there in the meeting room?
2. _____________bread do you have?
3. _____________Countries are there in the world?
4. _____________ time do we have ?
5. _____________fish did you catch?
6. _____________cakes you are going to make?
7. _____________flour do we need to make this cake?
8. _____________players are there in a football team?
9. _____________pocket money did your father give you?
10. _____________siblings does Jane have?
11. _____________water is in this bottle?
12. _____________lemonade did they buy for the party?
13. _____________salt will you add into the soup?
14. _____________mice has your cat caught?
15. _____________sheep are there in the farm?
16. _____________milk do you have for breakfast?
17. _____________cats are there in this pet shop?
18. _____________ information about him did you get?
19. _____________ comic books have you collected?
20. _____________men are there in the room?
Bài 6: Dựa vào những từ cho sẵn, hãy viết thành câu hoàn chỉnh.
1. How much/ sugar/ we/ buy/ yesterday ?
________________________________________________________
2. How many/ kid/you/ have?
________________________________________________________
3. How much/ time/ you/ usually / spend on/ your homework?
________________________________________________________
4. How many/ sheet/ of blank paper/ you / have/ now?
________________________________________________________
5. How many/ table/ there/ in your classroom?
________________________________________________________
6. How much/ money/ you/ borow/ him/ last week?
________________________________________________________
7. How much/ rice/ there/ in your kitchen?
________________________________________________________
8. How much / fruit/ you/ buy/ tomorrrow ?

95
________________________________________________________
9. How much/ water/ there/ in a swimming pool?
________________________________________________________
10. How many/ teaspoon/ of sugar/ we/ need?
________________________________________________________
Bài 7: Nối câu hỏi ở cột A với câu trả lời ở cột B sao cho thích hợp.
A B
1. How many sailor are there? a. I only need one sheet of it
2. How much peper will you buy? b. About haft an hour.
3. how much paper do you need? c. I have five.
4. how many types of fish are there in the lake? d. two cubes.
5. how much time will it take to do your e. There are twenty –one people.
homework?
6. How many schools are there in your f. only one school.
hometown?
7. how much sugar is there in your coffee? g. There are about eleven types.
8. how many spoons do you have? h. I will buy two bags of it.
1-_________ 2 -_________ 3 -_________ 4-_________
5. -_________ 6. -_________ 7. -_________ 8 -________
Bài 8: Dựa vào những câu trả lời cho sẵn , viết câu hỏi với “how much/ how many”.
1. __________________________________________________________
This book has one hundred pages.
2. __________________________________________________________
I will spend an hour on my project .
3. __________________________________________________________
There is one egg in the refrigerator.
4. __________________________________________________________
Tim read two books yesterday.
5. __________________________________________________________
There are only two waiters in the restaurant.
6. __________________________________________________________
I need two litres of milk , please.
7. __________________________________________________________
Kate has received two birthday presents.
8. . __________________________________________________________
Our family has one dog.
III. A, AN, SOME, ANY
1. A/ an
Cách dùng “a” và “an” (một) là hai mạo từ được dùng cho
danh từ đếm được số ít. “ a” đứng trước phụ
âm, “an” đứng trước nguyên âm ( u,e,o,a,i)
Ví dụ - There is a cat . ( có một con mèo.)
- There isn’t a house. ( Không có một ngôi
nhà.)
- Is there an egg? ( Có một quả trứng không?)

2. Some/ any.
Some và Any là hai tính từ chỉ số lượng bất định, đều có nghĩa là “ một sô, một vài, một chút” . Chúng có
thể sử dụng với cả danh từ đếm được số nhiều và danh từ không đếm được.
Some ( một vài, một ít) Any (nào )
“ Some” được dùng trong câu khẳng định và “Any” được dùng trong câu phủ định hoặc câu
lời mời, yêu cầu hỏi
Ví dụ: Ví dụ:
Would you like some tea? ( Bạn dùng một ít trà Do you have any pens? ( bạn có chiếc bút nào
nhé?) không?)
“Some” đứng trước danh từ không đếm được “ Any” đứng trước danh từ không đếm được
96
hoặc danh từ đếm được số nhiều hoặc danh từ đếm được số nhiều.
Ví dụ: Ví dụ:
There are some butter. ( Có một chút bơ) There isn’t any bitter. ( không có chút bơ nào
There are some eggs. ( Có một vài quả trứng) cả.)
Are there any eggs? ( Có quả trứng nào
không?)

BÀI TẬP VẬN DỤNG CƠ BẢN

Bài 9: Điền “a/an” trước những danh từ sau:
_________ Book House
Apple Cup
Hour Sheet
University Cigarette
Year Telephone
Aunt Computer
Egg Fork
Orange Bowl

Bai 10: Điền “a/an” hoặc x vào chỗ trống sao cho thích hợp.
1. My mother need ____ information about the flights.
2. I’d like ___ apple and ___ grapefruit, please.
3. Are you afraid of ___ big dog?
4. We read ____ books all the morning.
5. Do you have ____ umbrella?
6. Did you drink ___ wine yesterday?
7. They’ve bought ___ very expensive car.
8. I had___ bread and ____cheese for breakfast.
9. Please bring me ___ glass of water.
10. My sister bought me ___ new dress.
11. I never have ____eggs for dinner.
12. I don’t like _______ coffee but I like ___ tea.
13. Tim doesn’t want to ask his mother for ____ money.
14. Do you want to add ____ sugar in your coffee?
115. There is ____ piece of cake in the fridge.
Bai 11: Điền “some/any” vào chỗ trống sao cho thích hợp.
1. My teacher told us to do ____ exercises.
2. Would you like ___ tea?
3. Have you tasted ____ Vietnamese food?
4. Have you heard _______ news about the robbery?
5. There are ____ workers in the factories now.
6. My brother doesn’t eat _____ vegetables.
7. I will go out with ____ friends tomorrow.
8. Have you watched ___ films of Johnny Depp?
9. I tried ___ japanese traditional dishes when I visted Japan/
10. My manager won’t let us waste ___ time.
11. You shouldn’t spend ___ money on alcohol.
12. Did you take ___ pictures of Jane.
13. I want ____ bread and butter.
14. The hens didn’t lay ____ eggs yesterday.
15. They want to plant ___ trees along the street.
Bai 12: Chọn đáp án đúng.
1. I didn’t drink ___ last night.
A. any beer B. some beer C. any beers
2. There isn’t ___ food left.
A. any B. some C. a

97
3. Would you like ___ glass of water?
A. any B. some C. a
4. I need some ___ to write a letter.
A. papers B. sheet of paper C. sheets of paper
5. Do you have any science_____?
A. a book B. book C. books
6. There ____ any noodle left for you.
A. isn’t B. aren’t C. is
7. I often have ___ slices of bread for breakfast.
A. any B. some C. a
8. There aren’t ___ fish in the lake.
A. any B. some C. a
9. I’d like _____ milk , please.
A. any B. some C. a
10. There are ___ sheep in the fields.
A. any B. some C. a
Bài 13: Ddieenff “a/an/some/any” vào chỗ trống sao cho phù hợp.
1. Would you like ________ glass of lemonade?
2. There isn’t ________ butter in the fridge
3. My parents will not buy me ________ new computer.
4. Can I make ________ telephone call?
5. Will you lend her ________ money?
6. It takes me ________ hour to clean my house.
7. I haven’t made ________ new friends at my new school.
8. The house doesn’t hav ________ furniture.
9. I will buy ________ bananas and ________ milk.
10. There is ________ university at the end of the road.
11. Would you like ________ coffee?
12. I asked the waiter for ________ water.
13. ________ apple a day keeps the doctor away.
14. I borrowed ________ books from the local library yesterday.
15. Don’t add ________ more salt in the soup.
16. Is there ________ post office near here?
17 I want to drink ________ beer.
18. Are there ________ fruits left in the fridge.
19. ________ students in my class are foreingers.
20. I don’t have ________ information about hour.
BÀI TẬP TỔNG HỢP NÂNG CAO
BÀI 14: Gạch chân lỗi sai trong các câu dưới đây và sửa lại cho đúng.
1. There are cattles in the fields.
_______________________________________________________________
2. I haven’t heard some news about the accidents.
_______________________________________________________________
3. The Philippines are a country in Southeast Asia.
_______________________________________________________________
4. Can you lend me your scissor?
_______________________________________________________________
5. Two young ladys have just walked out of the retaurant.
_______________________________________________________________
6. My sister bought me a new pair of trouser.
_______________________________________________________________
7. Many people never show some anger.
_______________________________________________________________
8. How much any milk will you have for breakfast?
_______________________________________________________________
9. I want to buy some new clothe.

98
_______________________________________________________________
10. How many money did you borrow from your brother?
_______________________________________________________________
Bài 15: Khoanh tròn vào đáp án đúng.
1. Every ( person / people) in your family went to the same school.
2. (Some / any) friends of mine are studying abroad.
3. I have never drunk ( some/any) alcoholic drinks before .
4. Rabies (was/were) used to be unable to cure.
5. How many (fish/ fishes) did you buy?
6. It is (a/an) honor to recerive this reward.
7. I have only (a/one) T-shirt to wear.
8. How (many/much) kilos of flour do you need?
9. Are there any ( mice/ mouse) in your house?
10. I have never seen any ( aircraft/ aircrafts) before.
Bai 16: Dựa vào những từ cho sẵn , hãy viết thành câu hoàn chỉnh.
1. you/ put/ effort/ on your work?
_______________________________________________________________
2. How many/goose/ you/ own?
_______________________________________________________________
3. She/ not show/interest/ in my painting.
_______________________________________________________________
4. There/not be/ boyt/ in my class.
_______________________________________________________________
5. You/ buy/ jam/ yet?
_______________________________________________________________
6. There / be/ apple/ but/ there/ not be/ orange.
_______________________________________________________________
7/ There/not be/ egg/ in the fridge/ so/ I /buy/ egg.
_______________________________________________________________
8. Up to now/ I/ not read/ fiction book.
_______________________________________________________________
Bài 17: Jim có một số thực phẩm ở trong tủ lạnh, và cậu ấy sẽ mua thêm một số thực phẩm nữa. Dựa vào
ghi chú của Jim, hãy đặt câu hỏi rồi trả lời về số lượng thực phẩm Jim có và số lượng thực phẩm Jim sẽ
mua.
I have I will buy
Milk 0 3 litres
Egg 3 7
Chocolate 0 2 bars
Orange 3 3 kilos
Bread 1 loaf 3 loaves
Beef Half a kilo A kilo

0. How much milk does Jim have? He doesn’t have any milk.
How much milk will Jim buy ? He will buy 3 litres of milk.
1. _______________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________
2. _______________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________

3. _______________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________
4. _______________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________
5. _______________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________
Bài 18. Khoanh tròn vào đáp án đúng.
99
How much (1)_________does it usually take you to prepare a dish? You are busy and you don’t have (2)
_________time for a meal. Don’t worry. It’s always quick and easy to make (3) _________omelette for a quick
meal. You only have to go through (4) _________ steps as followed . Before you start, make sure you’ve
already have two eggs, two (5) _________ of water, one teaspoon of butter and (6) _________salt. After you
get all the needed (7) _________, start by beatig eggs, water and salt in small bowl. In the following step, you
heat butter in (8) _________ nonstick pan until it is hot. Then you pour the egg mixture into the pan. Gently
push cooked portions from edges toward the center. Continue cooking until the top surface of eggs is thickened
and no visible liquid egg remains. Now it’s time for you to enjoy the dish.
1. A. hours B. hour C. time D. times
2. A. a B. an C. any D. some
3. A. a B. an C. any D. some
4. A. a B. an C. any D. some
5. A. bottles B. gallons C. teaspoons D. litres
6. A. a B. an C. any D. some
7. A tools B. ingredients C. furniture D. food
8. A. a B. an C. any D. some
Bài 19: Đọc đoạn văn sau và trả lời câu hỏi.
Square cake (Banh Chung) is one of the most popular and tasty traditional vietnamese food, It is an essential
part of Vietnamese cuisine and culture. Vietnamese people never forget to make or buy some Square cakes in
the Tet Holidays and King Hung's anniversary. They believe that itis the best way to show gratitude to their
ancestors and homeland. People place Square cakes in the family altars so as to honor the ancestors and pray
them to support the family in the new year. Almost all Vietnamese children know about the legend and origin
of this traditional dish.This cake was invented by the 18'1' Prince of Hung Emperor. 3,000-4,000 years ago,
Prince Lang Lieu, made round and square cakes and brought them to the King. He explained the meaning of the
cakes to his father: the round cake was the symbol of the sky and the Square cake was the symbol of the Earth.
In the old belief of Vietnamese people, the Earth is square, so this cake's shape is square, too. Because of the
special meaning and delicious taste of the cakes, Lang Lieu became the next Emperor. Since then, in honor of
this 18th Prince, Vietnamese people always make and have Square cake in the Lunar New Year. It has become
the soul of Vietnamese New Year.
1. According to the pasage, what is an essential part of Vietnamese cuisine and culture?
______________________________________________________________________
2. Where do people place Square cakes to honor the ancestors?
______________________________________________________________________
3. Who invented the cake?
______________________________________________________________________
4. According to the old belief of the vietnamese, what was the shape of the Earth?
______________________________________________________________________
5. Why could Lang Lieu become the next Emperor?
______________________________________________________________________

C.EXERCISES UNIT 5

I. Put the word into the correct according to the underlined part.
more bottle pork fork sauce
pot short salt omelette what
caught daughter audience yogurt chocolate
dialogue shopping lot got not
morning talk laundry water soft

100
 /ɒ/ /ɔː/
………………………………………………. ………………………………………………
………………………………………………. ………………………………………………
………………………………………………. ………………………………………………
………………………………………………. ………………………………………………
II.Find the word which has a different sound in the part underline.
1.A. warm B. wash C. wall D. walk
2.A. pan B. bag C. wash D.add
3.A. sauce B. daughter C. caught D.aunt
4.A. wash B.off C. draw D.on
5.A.audience B. naughty C. document D. water
III.Choose the word that is a different kind of food to the others.
1.A. apple B. banana C. lemon D. pork
2.A. beans B. eggs C. salad D. mushrooms
3.A. beef B. carrot C. lamb D. pork
4.A. coffee B. fruit juice C. tea D. tomato
5.A. cakes B. chocolate C. nuts D. fish
IV.Put the words or phrases about food and drink in the correct column.
apple coffee hot chocolate milk bread
pork beef orange juice sausages green tea
mineral –water eggs sandwiches sticky rice pizza
noodles lemon tea cheese pancake beef noodle soup
toast chicken shrimp yoghurt eel soup
Food Drink
………………………………………………. ………………………………………………
………………………………………………. ………………………………………………
………………………………………………. ………………………………………………
………………………………………………. ……………………………………………….

V.Write questions and short answers about the food. Use the correct form of there is or there are and
some, or any. Follow the examples.
Example: bananas?/ Yes.
A: Are there any bananas? B: Yes, there are some cheese?/ No.
A: Is there any cheese? B: No, there isn’t any.
1cakes?/ Yes.__________________________________________________________________________
2.butter?/ No. _________________________________________________________________________
3.mineral water?/ Yes. __________________________________________________________________
4.eggs?/ No. __________________________________________________________________________
5.salt?/ Yes. __________________________________________________________________________
6.carrots?/ Yes. ________________________________________________________________________
7.apples?/ Yes. ________________________________________________________________________
8.sugar?/ Yes. _________________________________________________________________________
VI.Fill in each blank with the correct word: some, or any.
Mai: I’m really hungry. What did you have for lunch?
Nam: Nothing! I wanted to make 1 pancakes but I don’t know how to make one.
Mai: OK. We can have 2
pancakes. Is there 3 flour and cooking oil?
Nam: Yes, and we have 4 eggs too.
Mai: Good. I need two eggs for each pancake. I want 5 turmeric too.
Nam: Yes, there is 6
for you. Do you need 7
minced pork andgreen onions?

101
Mai: Yes, I need 8 . OK, that’s enough for us to make pancakes now.
VII. Match the two parts of the sentences, and write the answers (a-h) in the blanks
____1. How much a. food at the party?
____ 2. There’s a lot b. onions.
____ 3. There aren’t many c.orange juice
____ 4. How many d. of tomatoes in this salad.
____ 5. We don’t have much e.milk do we have?
____ 6. Was there much f. strawberries in the garden?
____ 7. There are a lot g. of ham on this pizza.
____ 8. Are there many h. potatoes do you want?
VIII. Complete the questions with “How much" or “How many”.
1._________________ homework do you do a day?
2._________________ sleep do you get a night?
3._________________ text messages do you send a day?
4._________________ money have you got in your pocket?
5._________________ cousins have you got?
6._________________ packets of biscuits do you eat a week?
7._________________ people are there in this classroom?
8._________________ time is there to the end of the lesson?
IX. Make questions with “How much” or “How many” and the cues given.
1.water/ you/ drink/ every day?
_____________________________________________________________________________________
2.students/ in you class?
_____________________________________________________________________________________
3.hours/ you/ sleep/ every night?
_____________________________________________________________________________________
4.money/ you/ have/ in your bag or pocket?
_____________________________________________________________________________________
5.subjects/ you/ study/ at school?
_____________________________________________________________________________________
X. Read the passage carefully, and then do the following tasks
Our school has an organic garden. We learn about growing vegetables and looking after them in our
food science lessons. In the holidays, we can volunteer to work in the garden. My family live in a flat so it’s
great for me to have a garden at school. Volunteers can take some vegetables home too, so my parents are very
happy that I like working there.
My aunt and uncle live on a farm in the Red River Delta. It isn’t very big but they have hens,pigs, and
cows. We always go to stay with them in summer. It’s a beautiful place and the food is amazing. All the
vegetables are so fresh and, because the farm is organic, we know they are healthy, too.
We live in Ha Noi and my parents buy food at The Viet Fresh Farm Shop near our flat. It is very famous
in our city and all the food they sell is from animals that live on the farm or vegetables that they grow. They
organise a food festival once a year and we always go to eat the free food and watch cookery demonstrations.
They are really interesting and you can learn a lot about cooking.
A. Read the passage again. Match the underlined words with the correct meanings (1-6).
1. very good .
2. something or someone that a lot of people know about .
3. activities which explain and show how to do something .
4. people working or helping because they want to, not for money .
5. the animals that the meat beef comes from .
6. offer to do something for no money .
B. Read the passage again. Choose the correct answer to the questions.
1.The students at the school .
A. have to work in the school garden

102
B. get some free food for working in the garden
C.have food science lessons during the holidays
D. use the vegetables from the garden in cookery lessons
2.The student who wrote about the school garden .
A. works there with her parents
B. also helps in her parents’ garden
C.would like to work there in summer but she can’t
D.doesn’t have a garden at home
3.We know that the student who writes about the farm of her aunt and uncle certainly .
A.goes there every year B. helps on the farm
C.likes eating meat from the farm D. eats only healthy food
4.The Viet Fresh Farm Shop .
A. is the best farm shop in Ha Noi B. is famous all over Viet Nam
C.sells only vegetarian food D. only sells food from their farm
5.If you go to The Viet Fresh Farm food festival, you .
A.have to pay for the food B.can watch how to cook different dishes
C. see animals from the farm D. have to take food to sell
XI.Read the passage carefully, and then do the following tasks.
The healthy eating diet
Healthy eating is about feeling great and having more energy. If you choose the right foods, your
healthy diet will be a tasty diet, too. You can still enjoy your favourite sweet and saltyfoods, but too much sugar
and salt is bad for your body.
Dairy products like milk, cheese, and yoghurt are great because they contain calcium and keep your
teeth and bones healthy. You should choose low-fat dairy products.
Meat, fish, eggs, beans, and nuts are important, too. They keep our bodies healthy and they give us
energy to work and play.
Whole grains are an important part of every meal. If you eat lots of whole grains, you will have a
healthy heart. Whole grains are in bread, cereal, pasta, and rice. Dark bread and brown rice are great sourcesof
whole grains.
Fruit and vegetables are the most important part of a healthy diet. They are low in caloriesand full of
vitamins. Eat lots of fruit and vegetables with every meal, and as snacks during the day. Fruit and vegetables
with darker colours have more vitamins.
A. Find the underlined words in the text to match the meanings.
1.___________ : an amount of energy.
2.___________ : the power that your body gets from food.
3.___________ : food that you eat between meals.
4.___________ : If food is this, it tastes of sugar.
5.___________ : If food is this, it tastes of salt.
6.___________ : the types of food that you eat most often.
7.___________ : things in food that we need to grow and be healthy.
8.___________ : the place where you get something from.
B. Answer the following questions.
1.What does the healthy eating diet help you?
_____________________________________________________________________________________
2.What can you also enjoy when you have a healthy eating diet
_____________________________________________________________________________________
3.Why are dairyproducts good for your health?
_____________________________________________________________________________________
4.What is the function of meat, fish, eggs, beans and nuts?
_____________________________________________________________________________________
Why are whole grains an important part of every meal?
_____________________________________________________________________________________

103
 6.What types of foods can we get whole grains from?
_____________________________________________________________________________________
7.Why are fruit and vegetables the most important part of a healthy diet?
_____________________________________________________________________________________
8. What types of fruit and vegetables have more vitamins?
_____________________________________________________________________________________
XII. Write the instructions to make lemon iced tea (tra chanh),using the words or phrases given, and
words showing sequence (first, second, next, then, after that, finally).
Ingredients:
- tea bags (You can use any kind of tea you love:lotus tea, Lipton tea, or dried tea leaves).
- lemon, sugar, ice.
Process:
1.put/ tea bag/ small cup/ then/ pour/ slowly/ boiled water/ it.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
2.wait/ 5-7 minutes/ then get/ tea bag/ out.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
3.cut/ lemon/ half/ then/ press/ water/ from it/ not/ use/ seeds.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
4.add/ sugar/ and/stir/ mixture/ then/ add/ ice.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
5.your drink/ already/ served/ pour/ it/ glasses.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
6.decorate/ sliced lemon/ basil leaves/ surface of drink.
_____________________________________________________________________________________

TEST 1 UNIT 5
I. Find the word which has a different sound in the underlined part.
1. A. wash B. warm C. wall D. walk
2. A. pan B. bag C. water D. add
3. A. sauce B. aunt C. caught D. daughter
4. A. document B. naughty C. audience D. water
II. Find the word which has a different sound in the underlined part.
1. A. one B. bottle C. coffee D. pot
2. A. morning B. what C. problem D. yogurt
3. A. talk B. salt C. sausage D. cause
4. A. pork B. flower C. cow D. flour
5. A. noodle B. food C. soon D. cook
10. I’ll get some cheese/ cheeses while I’m at the shop.
III.Choose the correct answer A, B, C or D.
1. ? - There’s some meat and some rice.
A. What’s for lunch? B. What’s lunch?
C. What’s lunch for? D. Where’s lunch for?
2. Coffee is .
A. favourite my drink B. my favourite drink
C. drink my favourite D. my drink favourite
3. What would you like? - .
A. I like some apple juice. B. I’d like any apple juice.
C. I’d like some apple juice. D. I’d like an apple juice.
4. My hobby is .
A. cooking B. cook C. to cooking D. cooked
5. We hate the dishes.
A. wash B. to washing C. washed D. washing
6. I do not have oranges, but I have apples.
104
 A. any – any B. some – any C. any – some D. a – some
7. Where is there ?
A. drinking B. drink C. drank D. to drink
8. There is fruit juice in the fridge.
A. any B. some C. a D. many
IV. Complete the sentences with: “a/ an” or “some/ any”.
1. I need sugar.
2. I haven’t got money.
3. This is very good diet.
4. You need oil in your diet, but not a lot.
5. I’ve got information for you.
6. We don’t need more white paint.
7. Shall I get melon for dinner?
8. I’ll get butter while I’m at the shop.
9. Would you like apple?
10. We need bars of chocolate for the party.
V. Underline the correct words in the sentences.
1. There isn't any/ no butter in my sandwich.
2. Can I have some/ any water, please?
3. Would you like no/ some sugar in your coffee?
4. You can call me some/ any time you like.
5. There aren’t no/ any children in the park.
6. A: Do you drink much/many tea?
B: No, but I drink much/ a lot of coffee.
7. A: Do you eat much/many vegetables?
B: Yes, I eat much/many potatoes every day. I always have some for lunch.
8. A: Do you buy much/many fruits?
B: Yes, on Saturdays, I always buy a lot of/much fruits at the market. I don’t buy any in the
supermarket.
9. A: How much/many tomatoes do you usually put in a salad?
B: Not much/many - Just one or two.
10. A: How many/much money do you spend on food every week?
B: Not much/many because I live on my own.
VI. Underline the correct word in each sentence.
1. Boil/ Cook some water, and pour it into the cup.
2. We usually bake/ fry the fish in oil.
3. At the end of the meal we paid the menu/ bill.
4. I always buy fresh food because I don’t like iced/ frozen food.
5. Lisa doesn’t eat meat. She’s a vegetable/ vegetarian.
6. Don’t forget to put the meal/ the food in the fridge.
7. When the food is made/ done, take it out of the oven.
8. Could we have some more bread/ loaf please?
9. The cook/ cooker put the meat in the oven.
10. Jack bought a fresh chicken/ kitchen from the supermarket.
VII. Write the words in the correct column. Use the words in the box.
pasta; beef; milk; salmon; tea; tuna; peas; beans; yoghurt; coffee; chicken;
icecream; rice; pork; bacon; sausages; butter; flour; bread; noodles;
cucumber; wine; oranges; bananas; cod; peppers; beer; pears; strawberries;
tomatoes; prawns; cream; lemonade; grapes; lamb; ham

105
 Vegetable Dairy
Meat Seafood Fruit Drinks Cereals
s products

................ ................ ................ ................ ................ ................ ................

................ ................ ................ ................
................ ................ ................ ................
................ ................ ................ ................
................ ................ ................ ................
................ ................ ................ ................
................ ................ ................ ................
................ ................ ................
................ ................ ................
................ ................ ................
................ ................ ................
................ ................ ................
................ ................ ................

VIII. Complete these sentences with “some or any”,

1. Can I have ................... more milk, please?
2. Has Jane got ................... brothers or sisters?
3. I haven’t got ................... work to do.
4. Is there ................... news about the new project?
5. I’ve got ................... news for you.
6. There isn’t ................... information on the computer about this.
7. Would you like ................... help?
8. Could you get me ................... stamps, please?
9. We went out with ................... friends last night.
10. Is there ................... wine left?
IX. Read the texts and complete the chart.
I’m Roy and this is my wife, Joan. We live on a farm, so we have to get up early, at about 5.30. We start a
day at 6 a.m with a big breakfast- bacon, sausages, eggs, tomatoes and mushrooms. We have toast, too, and two
or three cups of tea.
Our big meal of the day is lunch at 12 o’clock. We have meat with potatoes and vegetables, then a big
pudding, such as apple pie and custard, and a cup of tea.
At five o’clock we have tea. That’s a light meal- eggs perhaps, or cheese on toast, and then cakes or biscuits
and another cup of tea. On Fridays and Saturdays we go to the pub in the evenings and we have a few pints of
beer.

Meals When What

1. Breakfast....................... ........................................... ...........................................

2......................................... ........................................... ...........................................
3......................................... ........................................... ...........................................

X. Put a word from the box in each gap to complete the following passage
are special kinds for when
mixed introduction dish easy dried
This (1) is called Nem Ran by northerners and Cha Gio by southerners. In Ha Noi, the (2)
of Nem Ran dates back to a time (3) Cha Ca had not existed. Although it ranks among

106
Vietnam’s specialty dishes, Nem Ran is very (4) to prepare. Consequently, it has long been a
preferred food on (5) occasions such as Tet and other family festivities.
Ingredients used (6) Nem Ran comprise of lean minced pork, see crabs or unshelled shrimps,
two kinds of edible mushroom (Nam Huong and Moc Nhi), (7) onion, duck eggs, pepper, salt and different
(8) of seasoning. All are (9) thoroughly before being wrapped with transparent
rice paper into small rolls. These rolls (10) then fried in boiling oil.
XI. Complete the sentences. Using “many” or “much”.
1. I’ll try to call you tonight, but I don’t have ................ time.
2. How ................ times do you brush your teeth every day?
3. Shall I make some more tea? I didn’t make ................
4. Kate only ate a sandwich because she didn’t have ................ money.
5. There weren’t ................ seats. Some of us had to stand up.
6. Have you got ................ work, or do you want to come to the cinema?
7. We invited lots of people to our party, but not ................ turned up.
8. You’ll have to share, because there aren’t................ books.
9. I haven’t got ................ homework today.
10. Are there ................ apples on the tree?
XII.Rewrite the sentences, using the given words.
1. Tim is better at English than Susan.
→ Susan isn’t..............................................................................................
2. We spent five hours getting to London.
→ It took......................................................................................................
3. Listening to music gives him pleasure.
→ He enjoys..................................................................................................
4. She is more beautiful than her younger sister.
→ Her .........................................................................................................
5. They began studying English in 2004.
→ They .......................................................................................................
6. You ought to go to school now.
→ It’s time ..................................................................................................
7. My father works as a teacher at a high school.
→ My...........................................................................................................
8. We can’t afford to buy the car.
→ The car is................................................................................................
9. People say that he beats his wife.
→ He is said to............................................................................................
10. She bought that house in 1990.
→ She has....................................................................................................
TEST 2 (UNIT 5)
I.Find the word which has a different sound in the part underlined.
1.A. bottle B.one C. coffee D. pot
2.A. morning B. yoghurt C. problem D. what
3.A. talk B. sausage C. salt D. cause
4.A. flour B. flower C. cow D. pork
5.A. noodle B. food C. cook D. soon
II.Choose the word that is different kind of food to the others.
6.A. apple B. banana C. egg D. grape
7.A. carrot B. onion C. potato D. orange
8.A. bean B. pork C. beef D. chicken
9.A. pear B. melon C. peach D. salad
10.A. yoghurt B. tea C. butter D. cheese
III. Choose the correct answers.
107
11. Can you tell me this dish?
A.to cook B.how to cook C.cooking D.how to cooking
12. What do I need to cook an omelette?
A.food B.material C.menu D.ingredients
13. In Viet Nam, spring rolls are served at a family gathering or anniversary dinner.
A.most B.almost C.mostly D.most of
14. “What is your dish for breakfast?” - “It’s beef noodle soup.”
A.favourite B.most C.best D.liking
15. How many do you eat every day?
A.orange B.milk C.apple D.apples
16. Cakes in Viet Nam are made butter, eggs, and flour.
A.in B. from C. of D. by
17. Lan’s brother is a , working at the Metropolitan Restaurant.
A.cooker B.cooking C.chief D.chef
18. What drink do you like most?
A.nation B.foreign C.foreigner D.favourite
19. “Do you want to this new dish of noodle I have just cooked?”
A.like B.try C.drink D.make
20. The eel soup that your father has just cooked tastes very .
A.well B.best C.healthy D.delicious
21. There isn’t for dinner, so I have to go to the market.
A.some left B.any leaning C.some leaving D.any left
22. A is a small meal that you eat when you are in a hurry.
A.snack B.fast food C.breakfast D.lunch
23. is hot food that is quick to cook, and is served very quickly in a restaurant.
A.Hot food B.Fast food C.Sandwiches D.Hamburgers
24. water should I put into the glass?
A.How B.How much C.How many D.What
25. tomatoes do you need to make the sauce?
A.How much B.How many C.How long D.How often
26. bottles of milk does your family need for a week?
A.How much B.How many C.How D.How often
27. How many do you want?
A.orange juice B.bottle of orange juice C.jar of orange juice D.cartons of orange juice
28. Is there any butter in the refrigerator?
A.leave B.to leave C.to leaving D.left
29. There is tofu, but there aren’t sandwiches.
A.some - some B.any - any C.some - any D.any - some
30. How many do you need?
A.yogurt B.packet of yogurt C.carton of yogurt D.cartons of yogurt
IV. Fill in each blank with some or any.
31. There’s milk in that bottle.
32. She wanted stamps but there weren’t in the machine.
33. I’m afraid there isn’t coffee left.
34. I’d like to buy new clothes but I don’t have money.
35. Do you have friends in Ha Noi?
V. Make questions with “How many/ How much" for the underlined part in the following sentences.
36.I have only a little luggage.
___________________________________________________________________________________
37.I need some paper to write on.
___________________________________________________________________________________
38.My father often reads two papers a day.
108
 ___________________________________________________________________________________
39.I usually drink two litres of water every day.
___________________________________________________________________________________
40.I need some bread to make sandwiches.
___________________________________________________________________________________

VI. Choose the correct answer A, B, c or D to fill each blank in the following text.
Vietnamese people may (41) to drink at coffee shops or pubs on weekdays(42) their friends
after work. Some of them invite their friends to drink at their homeson weekends. In the past, the Vietnamese
usually (43) home-made alcohol such as“ruou gao” or “ruou de”. Then, they started to drink beer or
imported wines.
Vietnamese people know about the damage of drinking alcohol, but they still drink. MoreVietnamese people
(44) their free time outside their homes such as cinemas, theatresor coffee shops. The number of
places for entertainment has increased in big cities. However, more young people use their free time to study or
attend clubs or centres for improving (45) such as communications, presentation and team working.
41.A. go B. go out C. go on D. go away
42.A. for B. of C. with D. to
43.A. drink B. drinking C. to drink D. drank
44.A. spend B. take C. come D. waste
45.A. knowledge B. skills C. experience D. memory
VII.Read the passage, and then answer the questions.
Eating habits in Viet Nam
Meals in Viet Nam - lunch or dinner - must include rice. Traditionally, Vietnamese meals are prepared by
wives or mothers and the whole family is expected to eat. However, families now may have only one meal a
day at home, and it may not include all the family members.
Tastes, cooking methods and dishes are different between the three regions: the North, the Central, and the
South. Nowadays, these differences have become small.
When families do not have time to prepare meals, they eat out. Employees have lunch somewhere nearby the
work places.
Since Viet Nam opened its doors to foreign investors, more foreigners have stayed and worked in Viet Nam.
As a result, more foreign restaurants have been opened in Viet Nam, especially in big cities.
Young people in Viet Nam now like fast food because of its conveniences. Vietnamese food fast shops have
been opened, and the most successful Vietnamese fast food chain is Pho 24. In recent years, there have been
more Vietnamese fast food chains such as Bun Bo Hue 3A3.
46.What do meals in Viet Nam usually include?
___________________________________________________________________________________
47.When have more foreign restaurants been opened in Viet Nam?
___________________________________________________________________________________
48.Why do young people in Viet Nam like fast food?
___________________________________________________________________________________
49.Where do most employees have lunch?
___________________________________________________________________________________
50.What is the most successful Vietnamese fast food chain?
___________________________________________________________________________________
VIII.Write a paragraph about eating habits in your area/ city/ village. Use the cues given below.
51.People/ my town/ have/ three meals/ day/ breakfast, lunch, and dinner.
___________________________________________________________________________________
52.They/ have/ breakfast/ 7 o’clock/ morning.
___________________________________________________________________________________
53.It/ a light meal/ but/ it/ considered/ important/ with/ a bowl of beef noodle soup (pho)/ noodles with pork
(hutieu), instant noodle/ a plate of sticky rice (xoi).
___________________________________________________________________________________
54.Lunch/ usually start/ 11.30/ also a light meal/ followed/ an hour’s rest.
109
 ___________________________________________________________________________________
55.Most employees/ have/ lunch/ food shops/ near/ working places.
___________________________________________________________________________________
56.Students/ have/ lunch/ school canteens.
___________________________________________________________________________________
57.People/ often have/ rice/ meat/ fish/ vegetables/ but young people/ often/ fast food/ shops/ Lotteria, Jollibee,
and KFC.
___________________________________________________________________________________
58.Dinner/ main meal/ including rice/ with many dishes/ meat/ fish/ eggs/ tofu/ vegetables.
___________________________________________________________________________________
59.People/ prepare/ food/ boiling/ steaming/ barbecuing/ frying/ then/ fruit/ green tea.
___________________________________________________________________________________
60.So. I/ think/ Vietnamese food/ cheap/ nutritious/ very delicious.
___________________________________________________________________________________

TEST 3 UNIT 5
I. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from the others.
1. a. bread b. beef c. meat d. tea
2. a. audience b. sauce c. sausage d. taught
3. a. eggs b. cups c. cartons d. noodles
4. a. soup b. salt c. sauce d. sugar
5. a. fridge b. rice c. spinach d. milk
II. Choose the word that has the underlined part pronounced differently.
1. a. tofu b. opera c. hot d. bottle
2. a. taught b. water c. sandwich d. author
3. a. apple b. pancake c. snack d. salt
4. a. sauce b. saw c. bought d. yoghurt
5. a. torch b. pot c. omelette d. rock

III.Choose the best answer a, b, c, or d to complete the sentence.

1. Pho is always served _________ fresh herbs, bean sprouts, sliced-up chiles, and lime.
a. for b. with c. in d. on
2. This cake is made _________ fresh butter and eggs.
a. in b. of c. by d. from
3. You don’t need to take _________ food on the trip.
a. a b. some c. any d. the
4. We need a _________ of bread to make the sandwiches foreveryone.
a. carton b. bar c. loaf d. tube
5. There was some ham _________ from lunch.
a. leave b. leaving c. to leave d. left
6. My lemonade is a bit _________. Can you give me some sugar, please?
a. sour b. sweet c. spicy d. salty
7. Would you like _________ milk in your coffee?
a. any b. some c. a d. a few
8. How _________ cheese do we need to make a cheese cake? ~ About 250 grams.
a. few b. many c. much d. little
9. Flour is the main _________ in cakes.
a. recipe b. dish c. formulary d. ingredient
10. Alan: _________________
Huan: Pho, bun cha, bun bo, banh mi, com tam, etc.
a.What Vietnamese food should I try?
b.What’s your favourite drink?
110
 c.How do you cook Vietnamese food?
d.How much food do you like?
IV. Underline the correct words.
1. She bought a loaf/ bowl/ bar of bread so we can make sandwiches.
2. We’ve already eaten a tube/ packet/ slice of biscuits!
3. Would you like a bowl/piece/glass of lemonade?
4. There is a piece/ carton/ kilo of milk in the fridge.
5. Could you cut me a smaller slice/ spoon/ bunch of ham?
6. You can have a loaf/ piece/ pot of cake after you’ve eaten your vegetables!
7. See round the grocer’s for a bottle/ tin/ tube of sardines.
8. She ate a glass/ slice/ bowl of noodles yesterday morning.
9. Anna always eats a slice/ bar/ loaf of chocolate on her way to school.
10. He got a can/ piece/ carton of Coke from the fridge because he was thirsty.
.
V. Write C for countableand U for uncountable.
1. beef ____ 7. spinach ____ 13. turmeric ____
2. apple ____ 8. egg ____ 14. pancake ____
3. bread ____ 9. butter ____ 15. vegetable ____
4. biscuit ____ 10. lemonade ____ 16. coffee ____
5. rice ____ 11. sandwich ____ 17. sugar ____
6. spring roll ____ 12. ham ____ 18. orange ____
VI. Fill in the blanks with a, an, some or any.
1. Have you got __________ potatoes?
2. I’d like __________bread, and __________piece of cheese, please.
3. For breakfast, I have __________ham sandwich and __________orange juice.
4. Here are __________ cereals, but there isn’t __________ milk.
5. Would you like __________ beer or would you prefer __________ bottle of Coke?
6. Is there __________ rice left? ~ I’m afraid there isn’t __________ rice left, but youcan have
__________noodles instead.
7. There aren’t __________ bananas, but there is __________ apple and __________ grapes.
8. I want __________ jam and __________ butter for my toast.
9. Can I have __________ sausages and__________omelette with fries on the side, please?
10. My father always has __________biscuit and __________cup of tea at bedtime.
VII. Complete the sentences with How much or How many.
1. _____________grams of sugar per day should we consume?
2. _____________bread do we need?
3. _____________coffee do you drink in a day?
4. _____________steaks do you want?
5. _____________meat do we need for the barbecue tonight?
6. _____________bottles of orange juice have you had today?
7. _____________hamburgers did he eat?
8. _____________cream would you like in your coffee?
9. _____________potatoes are there in the basket?
10. _____________rice can I put in the soup?
VIII. Make questions with How much or How many.
1. cups of butter/ we/ need/ for this recipe
___________________________________________________________________________
2. milk/ you/ like/ in your tea
___________________________________________________________________________
3. grapes/ there/ in the fridge
___________________________________________________________________________
4. cakes/ she/ make/ for the party last night

111
 ___________________________________________________________________________
5. pork/ your mother/ want/ for the barbecue
___________________________________________________________________________
6. cat food/ you/ buy /at the supermarket/ yesterday
___________________________________________________________________________
7. exams/ they/ have/ so far
___________________________________________________________________________
8. tea/there/ in the teapot
___________________________________________________________________________
IX. Read the dialogue and circle the correct words.
Lucy: How about making (1) a/ an apple pie?
Alan: Great idea! Have we got (2) some / any apples?
Lucy: Yes, there are (3) some / any in the bowl. (4) How much / How many do we need?
Alan: A lot, about a (5) kilo / litre.
Lucy: We haven’t got enough. We can buy (6) some / any in the corner shop.
Alan: And we need (7) some / any flour, too. Look at the recipe. (8) How much / manyflour do we need?
Lucy: About half a pound.
Alan: And (9) how much / how many eggs do we need?
Sue: Four. And we also need (10) some / any butter and (11) some / any sugar. Oh, we haven’t got (12)
some / any butter.
Andy: We can buy (13) a / some bar of butter in the shop, too.
X. Write the correct tense or form of the verbs in brackets.
1. My house is very dirty. I ______________ (clean) it tomorrow.
2. This coffee ______________ (taste) terrible, but the biscuits ______________ (be) great.
3. Pho ______________ (become) more and more popular in Saigon since 1954.
4. Last year we ______________ (go) on a school trip to Scotland.
5. At the moment Joana ______________ (learn) to cook some Vietnamese dishes.
6. I’m very sorry Dr. Jones ______________ (not be) back in the clinic until 2pm.
7. The chicken meat served with pho ga ______________ (cut) into thin slices.
8. My father ______________(eat) pho almost every morning at the restaurant nearby.
9. The broth is made by ______________ (stew) cow bones for a long time.
10. What is there ______________ (drink), Mike?
XI. Supply the correct form of the words in brackets.
1. The soup had a very ___________ taste. (salt)
2. She covered the cake with a ______________ of sugar and whites of eggs. (mix)
3. Most children enjoy eating ______________ chicken and French fries. (fry)
4. The pineapple was sweet and ______________. (juice)
5. Meats and fish are ______________ used in all Vietnamese cooking. (common)
6. The chicken meat is ______________ and cut into thin slices. (bone)
7. It took about 30 minutes of ______________ and 40 minutes of baking. (prepare)
8. The sauce itself was ______________ and slightly sweet. (fragrance)
XII. There is one mistake in each sentence. Underline and correct the mistake.
1. How many orange juice have you had today?
2. Are there some eggs in the fridge?
3. Would you like a cheese with your pasta?
4. Salt is one of important ingredient for almost dishes.
5. Can you buy some breads on your way home?
6. What do you usually have in breakfast?
7. Vietnamese eat more instant noodles to Japanese.
8. How many glass of water should you drink per day?
XIII. Choose the word which best fits each gap.

112
 Pho might be Vietnam’s (1) _______ famous dish, butbun cha is the top choice when it comes to lunchtime
in Hanoi. It doesn’t matter if you eat bun cha in a restaurant or a small cart on the street, you will be (2)
_______ by a plate of vermicelli (bun), a bowl of broth with grilled pork and a (3) _______ of fresh herbs. The
vermicelli and fresh herbs are pretty common in a Vietnamese restaurant. The broth and the pork are the ones
that make this dish (4) _______. Bun cha sets often come with the delicious nemcua be– friedcrab spring (5)
_______. Still not convinced? It’s what Obama ate during his night (6) _______ with Bourdain.
1. a. most b. the most c. best d. the best
2. a. cooked b. made c. served d. tried
3. a. bottle b. pot c. bar d. basket
4. a. simple b. comfort c. specially d. unique
5. a. pieces b. rolls c. halves d. slices
6. a. out b. in c. towards d. along
XIV. Read the text carefully then choose the correct answers.
Vietnamese food culture varies by regions from the north to the south. In Northern Vietnam, food is
characterized by light and balanced. Northern Vietnam is seen to be the cradle of Vietnamese cuisine with
many notable dishes like Pho, Bun Rieu, Bun Thang, Bun Cha, BanhCuon, etc. Then, food culture in Northern
Vietnam became popular in Central and Southern Vietnam with suitable flavors in each regions.
The regional cuisine of Central Vietnam is famous for its spicy food. Hue cuisine is typical Central
Vietnam’s food culture. Food in the region is often used with chili peppers and shrimp sauces, namely, Bun Bo
Hue, BanhKhoai, BanhBeo, etc.
In Southern Vietnam, the warm weather and fertile soil create an ideal condition for planting a variety of
fruit, vegetables and livestock. Thus, food in the region is often added with garlic, shallots and fresh herbs.
Particularly, Southerners are favored of sugar; they add sugar in almost dishes. Some signature dishes from
Southern Vietnam include BanhKhot and Bun Mam.
1. It is considered that Vietnamese cuisine __________.
a.originated from the North
b.became more and more popular
c.always combines taste and colour
d.can be found only in Northern Vietnam
2. What are the features of Northern Vietnamese food?
a. It’s delicious and healthy. b. It’s sweet and sour.
c.It’s light and balanced. d. It’s a bit fatty and salty.
3. Hue cuisine is notable for its __________.
a. colorful food b. spicy taste c. bitter taste d. light flavor
4. In Southern Vietnam, __________.
a.the warm weather makes it hard to plant fruit and vegetables
b.fresh herbs are always used in cooking
c.people love sweet food
d.sugar is often added to dishes
5. Which of the followings is NOT true?
a.Food in Vietnam changes region to region.
b.Southerners do not like northern food due to its light flavor.
c.Chill peppers and shrimp sauces are among the frequently used ingredients.
d.Bun Bo Hue is a typical dish of the Central Vietnam cuisine.
XV. Fill in each blank with a word from the box.

basic stewing pot vary most even broth rice

Pho is one of the (1) ___________ popular Vietnamese dishes. What is pho? Pho is a Vietnamese noodle
soup consisting of (2) ___________, rice noodles, herbs and meat.
There are two (3) ___________ types of pho and that is Pho Bo (beef noodle soup) and Pho Ga (chicken
noodle soup). Pho Bo is beef broth that is made by stewing cow bones in a large (4) ___________ for quite a
long time. Pho Ga is very similar to Pho Bo. Instead of beef broth, chicken broth is made by (5) ___________
113
chicken bones. The noodle itself is made from varieties of (6) ___________. The ingredients and toppings may
(7) ___________ a slight bit in the North and the South.
Pho is normally eaten for breakfast, but many of people eat at lunch, or (8) __________ dinner.
XVI.Read the text carefully then decide whether the following statements are true (T) or false (F).
Once being a basic food of farmers and poor families in Vietnam, com tam or broken rice is now a favourite
dish of most Vietnamese. It is said that the best broken rice can be found in Saigon. When you come to Saigon,
you should try this dish at least one time and you will not regret it.
Com tam literally means broken rice. Broken rice originally consisted of grains which were broken during
the harvesting and cleaning of rice. In the past, as most people preferred to eat the long, whole grain rice,
broken rice grains were difficult to sell and usually eaten by the Vietnamese working class because of the cheap
price. Nowadays, often favored over long grain rice for its unique flavour and texture, broken rice is one of the
best-loved fares in Vietnam.
Local broken rice eateries can practically be found on every street in Saigon. A broken rice dish is served
with many beautiful colours from grilled pork chop with multi-flavour to steamed egg, shredded pork skin,
pickles, vegetables such as tomatoes, cucumbers ... and especially sweet fish sauce that is the spirit of the dish.
1. Today, com tamis only eaten by poor Vietnamese.
2. Com tamis made from broken rice grains.
3. In the past, most people didn’t eat broken rice grains because they were cheap.
4. It is difficult to find a place to eat com tam in Saigon.
5. The most important part of com tamis sweet fish sauce.
6. Com tamis now a favourite dish of Vietnamese people, especially Saigonese.
XVII. Arrange the words to make sentences.
1. kilos/how many/would/potatoes/of/like/you/?
___________________________________________________________________________
2. but/went/I/fish/ I/ fishing/ catch/didn’t/any/.
___________________________________________________________________________
3. 15/ cook/for/chicken/you/over/ the/low/minutes/heat/it/before/ serve/.
___________________________________________________________________________
4. broken/tell/you/can/how/me/to/rice/cook/?
___________________________________________________________________________
5. three/in/fridge/are/there/milk/the/cartons/of/.
___________________________________________________________________________
6. has/but/egg/bread/got/he/an/hasn’t/he/any/got/.
___________________________________________________________________________
7. electric cooker/how much/in/rice/left/the/is/?
___________________________________________________________________________
8. Vietnam/most/Pho/of/the/popular/is/one/dishes/in/.
___________________________________________________________________________

XVIII. Make questions for the underlined parts.

1. She needs twelve eggs to make two cakes.
___________________________________________________________________________
2. They drank a lot of wine at the party last night.
___________________________________________________________________________
3. I often drink coffee in the morning.
___________________________________________________________________________
4. Beef noodle soup is my favourite food.
___________________________________________________________________________
5. My lemonade tastes a bit sour.
___________________________________________________________________________
6. No, there isn’t any milk in the fridge.
___________________________________________________________________________
7. No, thanks. I love cookies, but I’m full.

114
 ___________________________________________________________________________
8. The beef broth is made by stewing cow bones.

UNIT 6: THE FIRST UNIVERSITY IN VIET NAM

A.VOCABULARY

1. build (v) /bɪld/   xây dựng

2. consider (v) /kən'sɪdər/   coi như
3. consist of (v) /kən'sist əv/   bao hàm/ gồm
4. construct (v) /kən'strʌkt/   xây dựng
5. doctor’s stone tablet (n) /'dɒktərz stəʊn 'tæblət/   bia tiến sĩ
6. erect (v) /i´rekt/   xây dựng lên, dựng lên
7. found (v) /faʊnd/   thành lập
8. grow (v) /grəʊ/   trồng, mọc
9. Imperial Academy (n) /ɪm'pɪəriəl ə'kædəmi/   Quốc Tử Giám
10. Khue Van Pavilion (n) /'pəvɪljən/   Khuê Văn Các
11. locate (v) /ləʊˈkeɪt/   đóng, đặt, để ở một vị trí
12. pagoda (n) /pə'ɡəʊdə/   chùa
13. recognise (v) /'rekəgnaiz/   chấp nhận, thừa nhận
14. regard (v) /rɪˈɡɑːd/   đánh giá
15. relic (n) /'relɪk/   di tích
16. site (n) /saɪt/   địa điểm
17. statue (n) /'stætʃu:/   tượng
18. surround (v) /sә'raʊnd/   bao quanh, vây quanh
19. take care of (v) /teɪ keər əv/   trông nom, chăm sóc
20. Temple of Literature (n) /’templ əv 'lɪtərɪtʃə/   Văn Miếu
21. World Heritage (n) /wɜːld 'herɪtɪdʒ/   Di sản thế giớ
B. GRAMMAR
I. CÂU BỊ ĐỘNG (THE PASSIVE VOICE)
1. Định nghĩa
- Câu bị động là câu mà trong đó chủ ngữ trong câu không thực hiện hành động mà ngược lại bị tác động bới
một yếu tố khác.
2. Phân biệt câu chủ động với câu bị động
Câu chủ động Câu bị động
Cách dùng Khi bản thân chủ thể được Khi bản thân chủ thể không tự
nhắc đến tự thực hiện hành thực hiện được hành động.
động
Dạng thức S+V+O S+ to be + P2
S: Chủ ngữ , V: Động từ, O: P2: động từ phân từ hai
Tân ngữ
Ví dụ Many parents are preparing a My money was stolen
lot of delicious cakes. ( Bố mẹ yesterday. ( Tiền của tôi bị
tôi đang chuẩn bị rất nhiều trộm mất ngày hôm qua)
bánh ngon) The meal has been cooked.
Mary did her homework ( bữa ăn vừa mới được nấu )
115
 yesterday. (mảy làm bài tập
về nhà ngày hôm qua)

3. Cấu trúc biến đổi từ câu chủ động sang câu bị động
Chủ động S+V+ O
Bị động S+ tobe + P2 + by O
Cách biến đổi - Tân ngữ (O) trong câu chủ động đưa lên làm chủ ngữ trong
câu bị động
- Động từ (V) trong câu chủ động sẽ chuyển thành “tobe + p2”.
Trong đó “be” chia theo thì và chia theo chủ ngữ.
- Chủ ngữ (S) trong câu chủ động sẽ biến đổi thành tân ngữ và
có giới từ “by” đằng trước (by + O)
Ví dụ Chủ động : They will sell their house next year.
 Bị động: Their house will be sold by them next year.
Lưu ý * Chủ ngữ I, you, he, she, it, we, they, one, people, someone,
somebody, nobody, no one, trong câu chủ động thường được bỏ
đi trong câu bị động.
Ví dụ:
People speak French in this country. ( mọi người nói tiếng Pháp
ở đất nước này.)
 French is spoken in this country. ( Tiếng Pháp được nói ở đất
nước này)
* Trạng từ chỉ thời gian đứng sau By+ O
Ví dụ:
Nam bought this dictionary in 2008 . ( Nam đã mua quyển từ
điển này vào năm 2008.)
 Thí dictionary was bought by Nam in 2008 ( Quyển từ điển
này được mua bởi Nam vào năm 2008)

BÀI TẬP VẬN DỤNG CƠ BẢN

Bài 1: Đánh dấu () trước những câu ở dạng bị động
My mother bought me this dress yesterday
This letter was written by my secretary.
He had a serious accident yesterday.
I was allowed to go picnic with friends
I didn’t expect Jim to come.
I was born in Russia.
I bought this book in the local bookstore yesterday.

All the wine was drunk by Peter last night.

The songs were sung by many famous singers.
This cup is made from clay.
The vase broke into pieces.
My father and my mother are employed by the same company.
My parents took me and my sister to the theater.
This actor is admired by many people.
Jim wasn’t expected to fail the test.
Bai 2: Chia động từ trong ngoặc
1. This cake is ______ by Jane. ( make)
2. My phone was _____ by my mother. ( buy)
3. The ring isn’t _____ of diamond . ( make)
4. The milk was ____ by one of my cats ( drink)
5. Your car was ____ next to hers . ( park)

116
6. This hole was ____ by a mouse. ( dig)
7. Tim is ____ to school by his father. ( take)
8. They are ____ to the prom. ( invite)
9. He is ____ as am assistant. ( engage)
10. The chores are always ____ by my mother. (do)
11. All the exam paper are ____ by my teacher. ( mark)
12. I wasn’t ___ to be the winner. ( expect)
13. The cat is ____ by jane everyday. ( feed)
14. My little is ____ by my grandmother. ( look after)
15. This car isn’t ___ by me . ( drive)
Bai 3: Gạch chân lỗi sai trong các câu bị động dưới đây và viết lại câu đúng
1. My keys were find in the living room.
__________________________________________________________________
2. Household rubbish is took to a large dump.
__________________________________________________________________
3. The local library located near the local school.
__________________________________________________________________
4. The chair was fixed with Jim.
__________________________________________________________________
5. This fridge was bought in 2000 by my brothers.
__________________________________________________________________
6. The birthday cake was cutted into 8 pieces.
__________________________________________________________________
7. The organization were founded in 1970.
__________________________________________________________________
8. The streets are litter with rubbish.
__________________________________________________________________
9. The old man helped by his grandchildren.
__________________________________________________________________
10. Many houses were destroyed in the flood.
__________________________________________________________________
Bai 4: Đánh dấu () trước những câu bị động có phần tân ngữ ( đứng sau “by”) cần thiết trong câu.
Đánh dấu (X) trước câu có phần tân ngữ ( đứng sau “by”) không cần thiết và gạch bỏ chúng
X 0. the festival is held by people annually.
1. The dinner was prepared by a famous cook.

2. My money was stolen by someone.

3. I wasn’t told about her story by anyone.
4. Jim’s homework wasn’t finished by him yesterday.

5. This table is made from wood by people.

6. These flowers are grown by a skillful gardener
7. My sister is looked after by a babysister.
8. This letter was sent to me by someone.
9. These walls are painted in pink by my sister.
10. It is thought by people that jane will marry Jim

II. CÂU BỊ ĐỘNG THÌ HIỆN TẠI ĐƠN ( THE PRESENT SIMPLE PASSIVE)
Thể Câu chủ động Câu bị động
Khẳng định S+ V (s/es) + O S+ am/ is/ are + V p2 + (by O)
Ví dụ: Ví dụ:
Mary studies English English is studied by Mary
everyday. everday
( Mary học tiếng Anh mỗi ( tiếng anh được học bởi Mary
ngày) mỗi ngày)
117
Phủ định S+ don’t / doesn’t + V + O
Ví dụ:
Mary doesn’t study English
everyday ( Mary không học
tiếng Anh mỗi ngày)
Nghi vấn Do/ Does + S + V+ O?
Ví dụ:
Does mary study English
everyday?
( mary có học tiếng Anh mỗi
ngày không )
S+ am/is/are + not + Vp2 +
( by O)
Ví dụ:
English isn’t studied by Mary
everyday.
( Tiếng Anh không được học
bởi Mary mỗi ngày )
Am/ is/ are + S + Vp2
Ví dụ:
Is English studied by Mary
everyday?
( Tiếng Anh có được học bởi
Mary mỗi ngày không?)

BÀI TẬP VẬN DỤNG CƠ BẢN

BÀI 5: Chuyển những câu bị động dưới đây về thể khẳng định (+), phủ định (-) và nghi vấn (?) ở thì hiện
tại đơn.
1. (+) This table is made of wood.
(-)__________________________________________.
(?)__________________________________________?
2. (+)__________________________________________.
(-) This book isn’t sold in many bookstores.
(?)__________________________________________?
3. This gift is wrapped in colorful paper.
(-)__________________________________________.
(?)__________________________________________?
4. (+)__________________________________________.
(-)__________________________________________.
Are tickets sold at the entrance?
5. (+)__________________________________________.
(-) The car isn’t polished regularly.
(?)__________________________________________?
6. The grass is cut every week.
(-)__________________________________________.
(?)__________________________________________?
7. These tomatoes are grown in Mrs. Smith’s garden.
(-)__________________________________________.
(?)__________________________________________?
8. . (+)__________________________________________.
(-)__________________________________________.
Is the bank always closed at 4:30?
Bài 6: Khoanh tròn vào đáp án đúng.
1. English is ( speak/ spoken) in many countries.
2. I (am not/ don’t) allowed to stay out too late.
3. These flowers are (watered/ waters) everyday by my mother.
4. The housework (are/ is) done by both of my parents.
5. The food ( is preparing/ is prepared) by Jane.
6. My mother ( is bought/ buys) me new clothese every month.
7. Mr Vu is (admiring/ admired) by many people.
8. May difficult exercises ( are done/ are doing) easily by Jim.
9. The air ( is polluted/ is polluting) by smoke from factories.
10. My glasses are ( broke/ broken).
11. These trees ( are planted/ are plants) by local people.
12. This report ( is typed/ typed) by my assistant.
13. English ( is studying/ is studied) by students at schools.
14. Cheese ( is made/ makes) from milk.

118
15. Breakfast is prepared ( by/ from) my mother everyday.
Bai 7: Chia động từ trong ngoặc về thể bị động thì hiện tại đơn để hoàn thành đoạn văn sau:
How sugar is made
Sugar (1. normally make) _______________ from sugar cane. This kind of plant (2. grow) _______________
in tropical or subtropical areas. In such developed countries as the United States, harvesting of cane (3. do)
_______________ mainly by machine. In other areas, this process (4. also do) _______________ by hand.
After the cane (5. harvest) _______________ , it (6. load) _______________ mechanically into trucks or
railroad and (7. take) _______________ to mills. Then it (8. process) _______________ into raw sugar. The
cane (9. clean) _______________ by warm water before it (10. break) _______________ by two or three
crusher rollers. A large part of the juice (11. extract) _______________ and then (12. purify)
_______________ to make sugar crystals. In the next steps, sugar crystals (13. tumble) _______________
through heated air. After they (14. dry) _______________ ' they (15. sort) _______________ by size and (16.
place) _______________ in storage bins. Sugar (17. pack) _______________ in the packages like we see in
the supermarket . Sugar (18. use) _______________ for various purposes and it is a must-have. item in every
kitchen.
Bài 8: Dựa vào những từ cho sẵn, viết câu bị động ở thì hiện tại đơn.
1. My house/ make from/ wood .
_________________________________________________________________
2. These eggs/ not lay/ by my hens.
_________________________________________________________________
3. Morning exercises/ do/ Jim/ everyday.
__________________________________________________________________
4. The dogs/ feed/ jane/ every day.
_________________________________________________________________
5. Letters/ deliver/ mailman/ everyday.
_________________________________________________________________
6. Vegetables/ grow/ in the fields/ farmers.
________________________________________________________________
7. Cattle / raise/ farm workers.
_________________________________________________________________
8. Many diseases/ cure/ by surgery/ nowadays.
__________________________________________________________________
9. National heritages/ preserve/ the government.
__________________________________________________________________
10. The architectural features of the house/ carefully study/ architects.
__________________________________________________________________
Bai 9: Hoàn thành câu thứ hai dựa vào từ cho sẵn trng ngoặc.
0. my father washes the car once a month. ( is)
The car is washed by my father once a month.
1. The painter displays all the paintings in the gallery. ( are)
All the paintings __________________________________________________
2. Jim turns off the kettle . ( by)
The kettle________________________________________________________
3. Peter always looks the door before 9 p.m ( locked)
The door _________________________________________________________
4. Does Jim take you to the airport? ( taken)
Are you _________________________________________________________
5. How ofte does Jane clean the room? ( is)
How often _________________________________________________________
6. My brother rarely write a long essay. ( is)
A long essay _________________________________________________________
7. My aunt arranges flowers beautifully. ( are)
Flowers _________________________________________________________
8. Mr. Smith sometimes drive the new car to work. (is)
The new car _________________________________________________________
9. I never speak English outside the classroom. ( by)

119
English _________________________________________________________
10/ People never open this gate. ( is)
The gate_________________________________________________________
11. people make bottles from plastic. ( are)
Bottles _________________________________________________________
12. Jane hangs the wedding photo on the wall. (by )
The wedding photo _________________________________________________________
13. Someone guard this place twenty-four hour a day. ( is)
This place _________________________________________________________
14. Jim writes and posts his blog on social network site. ( is)
Jim’s blog _________________________________________________________
15. People harvest winter wheat in late July ( is)
Winter_________________________________________________________
Bài 10: Chuyển những câu bị động sau thành câu chủ động.
1. I am taken to school by my father every day.
________________________________________________________________.
2. This book is read by a large number of people.
________________________________________________________________.
3. The President is warmly welcomed by the citizens.
________________________________________________________________.
4. You are invited to the party by Jim.
________________________________________________________________.
5. Chocolate is loved by many children.
________________________________________________________________.
6. Historic places in my hometown are protected by the authorities.
________________________________________________________________.
7. This old man is visited regularly by his grandchildren.
________________________________________________________________.
8. The letter is accidentally torn by me.
________________________________________________________________.
9. This problem is cleatly explained by my teacher.
________________________________________________________________.
10. The vase is placed under the table by my mother.
________________________________________________________________.
III. CÂU BỊ ĐỘNG THÌ QUÁ KHỨ ĐƠN ( THE PAST SIMPLE PASSIVE)
Thể Câu chủ động Câu bị động
Khẳng định S+ Ved + O S+ was/ were + Vp2 + by O
Ví dụ Ví dụ:
She wrote a letter yesterday . A letter was written ( by her)
( Cô ấy đã viết một bức thư yesterday .
ngày hôm qua) (Một bức thư đã được viết
ngày hôm qua)
Phủ định S+ didn’t + V +O S+ was/ were + not Vp2 + by
Ví dụ: O
She didn’t write a letter Ví dụ:
yesterday A letter was n’t written ( by
( Cô ấy đã không viết một bức her) yesterday .
thư ngày hôm qua) (Một bức thư đã không được
viết ngày hôm qua)
Nghi vấn Did + S+V+O/ Was/ were + S+ Vp2?
Ví dụ: Ví dụ:
Did she write a letter Was a letter written ( by her)
yesterday ? yesterday ( Một bức thư đã
( Cô ấy đã viết một bức thư được viết ngày hôm quà à?)
ngày hôm qua à?)
BÀI TẠP VẬN DỤNG CƠ BẢN

120
BÀI 11: Chuyển những câu bị động dưới đây về thể khẳng định (+), phủ định (-) và nghi vấn (?) ở thì
quá khứ đơn.
1. (+) This building was designed by a French architect.
(-)_________________________________________________________
(? ) ________________________________________________________
2. (+)_________________________________________________________
(-) This non-profit organization wasn’t founded in 1990.
(? ) ________________________________________________________
3. The thieves were arrested yesterday.
(-)_________________________________________________________
(? ) ________________________________________________________
4. (+)_________________________________________________________
(-)_________________________________________________________
Was this piece of music composed y Mozart?
5. (+)_________________________________________________________
The keys weren’t found in her bedroom
(? ) ________________________________________________________
6. the statue was destroyed years ago.
(-)_________________________________________________________
(? ) ________________________________________________________
7. (+)_________________________________________________________
(-)_________________________________________________________
(?) Were Janet born in America?
8. (+) I was named by my grandparents.
(-)_________________________________________________________
(? ) ________________________________________________________
Bài 12: Chọn đáp án đúng:
1. My chidlren were ______to the zoo yesterday.
A. take B. took C. taken
2. They ____ by the large strange animals.
A. were fascinate B. fascinated C. were fascinated
3. Many rhinos were killed _____ hunters in the last decade.
A. by B. with C. and
4. Wild animals and their habitats ____ by the government.
A. was protected B. were protect C. were protected
5. Forests and oceans ____ under protection of people.
A. were put B. was put C. were putted
6. ______polluted by waste from local factories?
A. Did the river was B. did the river C. was the river
7. It ____ that tomorrow might be snowy.
A. was predict B. was predicted C. predicted
8. Many people _____ to the city in the last 20 years.
A. were commuted B. were commute C. commuted
9. My brother was looked after _______.
A. by me yesterday B. yesterday by me C. with me yesterday
10. My little sister was taken ______.
A. to the park by me B. by me to the park C. to me by the park
Bài 13: Chia động từ trong ngoặc về thể bị động thì quá khứ đơn.
1. My homework ( finish) _____________ before 7 p.m yesterday.
2. The accident ( cause_____________ by this man
3. The apple juice ( drink) _____________ by my sister .
4. This meal ( prepare) _____________ by my mother.
5. This box ( not open) _____________ .
6. The cake (cut) _____________into 8 pieces.
7. The criminal ( sentence) _____________ three years in prison.
8. This postcard ( send) _____________ Italy by my Italian friend.

121
9. These rings ( make) _____________ of gold.
10. This organization (found) _____________ by a businessman 3 years ago.
11. Many songs ( sing) _____________ on the New year’s Eve.
12. Fireworks (set off) _____________ to celebrate the Independent Day.
13. Three people ( rescue) _____________ from the raging fire by the firefighter.
14. _____________ ( you/bear) on August 29?
15. These dresses ( sell out) _____________ in a few minutes.
16. My old chair ( throw) _____________ away by my father.
17. When _____________ ( your house/ build)?
18. The famous actor ( not regconize) _____________ when he went shopping yesterday.
19. Everone ( surprise) _____________ by her victory.
20. This event ( witness) _____________ by millions of people.
Bai 14: Chuyển câu chủ động sau thành câu bị động.
1. Someone robbed the women on her way home last night.
_________________________________________________________________.
2. Someone found my bike near the river bank.
__________________________________________________________________.
3. Tom fixed the broken table in my room.
__________________________________________________________________
4. He hurt his back yesterday.
__________________________________________________________________.
5. Tom’s classmates bullied him when he was seventh grader.
__________________________________________________________________
6. People took the victim to the hospital after the accident.
__________________________________________________________________.
7. The police didn’t find my lost suitcase.
__________________________________________________________________.
8. Someone broke into Mr. Smith’s house when they were out.
_________________________________________________________________.
9. Soldiers, common people and criminals built the Great Wall of China.
__________________________________________________________________.
10. They cut that piece of paper into 4 smaller pieces.
__________________________________________________________________.
11. My father taught me Japanese during last summer.
__________________________________________________________________.
12. Did the local people build this wooden bridge .
__________________________________________________________________.
13. Did anyone harvested all the apples in the garden yesterday.
__________________________________________________________________.
14. What di people make wine from?
__________________________________________________________________.
15. When did they close the shop yesterday?
__________________________________________________________________.
Bài 15: Sắp xếp những từ cho sẵn thành câu hoàn chỉnh.
1. painting/ was/ the/ when/ displayed?
_______________________________________________________________________.
2. South/ brought up/ in/ of/ the/ Vietnam/ by/ I/ uncle/ my / was.
_______________________________________________________________________.
3. My/ mother/ birthday/by/my/ given/ I/ doll/ was/ a/ on.
_______________________________________________________________________.
4. sister/ decorated/ My/ was/ and/ painted/ by/ my/ room.
_______________________________________________________________________.
5. My brother/not/ to eat/ when/ junk food/ allowed/ were/ small/ were/ when/
_______________________________________________________________________.
6. garden/ held/ This/ was/the/ party/ Jim/ yesterday/ by/ in.
_______________________________________________________________________.

122
7. mine/ near/ parked/Jane’s/ was/ car.
_______________________________________________________________________.
8. by/ yesterday/me/ caught/ fish/ were/ Two.
_______________________________________________________________________.
9. my/ cousin/ sent/ was/ This/ and/ written/ by/ letter.
_______________________________________________________________________.
10/ last/ arrested/ police/ thief/ week/ The/the.
_______________________________________________________________________.
BÀI TẬP TỔNG HỢP NĂNG CAO
BÀI 16: Gạch chân lỗi sai trong câu và viết lại câu đúng.
1. Does the car is cleaned in the garage by your father?
_______________________________________________________________________.
2. No one were told abut his tragic death.
_______________________________________________________________________.
3. My computer was purchase from the local shop.
_______________________________________________________________________.
4. The table was lay by my mother.
_______________________________________________________________________.
5. The church is constructed in the 18th century.
_______________________________________________________________________.
6. Did this book read by Jim yesterday?
_______________________________________________________________________.
7. When my father was worked in the local factory , he didn’t have free time.
_______________________________________________________________________.
8. The tower was built in 1990 by a famous architect.
_______________________________________________________________________.
9. This crimnial case was solved with the police.
_______________________________________________________________________.
10. Were you walked to school when you were a child?
_______________________________________________________________________.
Bai 17: Chia động từ trong hộp vào chỗ trống sao cho thích hợp, sử dụng thể bị động thì hiện tại đơn
hoặc quá khứ đơn của động từ.
Sell demolish visit solve complete
Preserve regard construct locate invite
1. Several historical places n my countries _____________to make room for houses and factories many years
ago.
2. The one Pillar Pagoda _____________ by Emperor Ly Thai Tong in 1049.
3. My house _____________ on the outskirts of Ha noi.
4. Natinonal heritages _____________ by both the government and the citizens .
5. Mary_____________as a responsible person by her co-workerd.
6. my project _____________ two days ago.
7. The tickets _____________ at a reasonable price.
8. What was the last time you _____________ by your grandchild?
9. _____________ Jim_____________ to his neighbor’s wedding?
10. The problems _____________ by my teacher yesterday.
Bài 18: Điền các động từ trong ngoặc vào chỗ trống sao cho phù hợp, sử dụng thể chủ động hoặc bị động
của những động từ đó.
1. I ( not permit) _____________ to go out after 10 pm
2. The black dress ( make) _____________ me look older than my mother.
3. This little girl (expect) _____________ by her parents to win the competition.
4. My manager ( not let) _____________me use the computer in the office for personal purposes.
5. Your hydro bill (pay) _____________ by Mr. Smith yesterday.
6. This building (design) _____________ by a well-known architect in 2001.
7. last year, It ( rumour) _____________ that people would build a new bridge here.
8. The teacher (order) _____________ me to finish my report before yesterday.
9. his shoes ( often shine) _____________ by his wife.

123
10. Our way ( light) _____________ by a full moon.
11. _____________ ( your health/ worsen) by your bad eating habit?
12, He ( promise) _____________ to lend me his book yesterday.
13. The stars ( cover) _____________ by the clouds last night.
14. They ( often make) _____________ special cakes for the Mid-autumn Festival.
15. My piano ( move) _____________ upstairs yesterday.
Bai 19: Chuyển những câu chủ động thành câu bị động
1. my teacher gave me a notebook as a reward.
__________________________________________________________________
2. People pick grapes and then turn them into wine.
__________________________________________________________________
3. My father didn’t allow me to stay up late.
__________________________________________________________________
4. you don’t use pencils in your Maths exam.
__________________________________________________________________
5. My parents allowed me to go picnic with my friends yesterday.
__________________________________________________________________
6. No one told me about his story.
__________________________________________________________________
7. I make this cake. __________________________________________________________________
8. When I was a kid, a dog bit my leg.
__________________________________________________________________
9. You need many social skills when you enter the workplace.
_________________________________________________________________.
10. A hearing aid assists my grandmother’s hearing.
_________________________________________________________________.
Bài 20: Khoanh tròn vào đáp án đúng
One Pillar Pagoda
When you come to Hanoi, you have the chance to visit various monuments, parks and (1) ________ places and
the One Pillar Pagoda is one of the destinations. The unique pagoda (2)________ in the western part of Hanoi.
According to historical records, the pagoda was constructed (3) ________ Emperor Ly Thai Tong in 1049. It
(4) ________ of wood on a single stone pillar 1.25 m in diameter, and it is designed to resemble a lotus
blossom. Lotus is a Buddhist symbol of purity because it blossoms in a muddy pond. Before the pagoda was
opened, prayers were held for the longevity of the monarch, so the One Pillar Pagoda (5) ________ a temple
at that time. During the Ly Dynasty era, the temple was the site of an annual royal ceremony on the birthday of
Gautama Buddha. A Buddha-bathing ceremony (6) ________ annually by the monarch. As time went by, the
pagoda (7) ________ from destruction by the colonial powers. In 1954, the pagoda was destroyed by the
French Union forces before they (8) ________ from Vietnam after the First Indochina War. One Pillar Pagoda
was rebuilt afterwards.
1. A. architectural B. brilliant C. historic D. old
2. A. is located B. locates C. was located D. located
3. A. by B. in C. with D. and
4. A. makes B. is made C. made D. was made
5. A. used to consider B. considered C. was considered D. considers
6. A. was hold B. was held C. hold D. held
7. A. suffered B. was suffered C. is suffered D. suffers
8. A. withdrew B. withdrawn C. was withdrew D. was withdrawn
Bài 21: Đọc bìa đọc dưới đây và điền T ( True) trước câu trả lời đúng với nội dung Bài đọc, F ( false)
trước câu trả lời có nội dung khác với nội dung bài đọc, NF( no information)trước câu có nội dung không
được đề cấp đến trong bài đọc.
St. Joseph's Cathedral
St. Joseph's Cathedral is one of the tourist attractions in Hanoi, capital of Vietnam. The cathedral is a Roman
Catholic cathedral and it is located at 40 Nha Chung Street. Its architectural style was described as resembling
Notre Dame de Paris. The church was built by the French colonial government. In 1882, after the French army
took control of Hanoi, the cathedral was constructed and completed in 1886. The cathedral and Nha Chung area
were built on the land formerly belonging to Bao Thien pagoda. The cathedral is 64.5m in length, 20.5m in

124
width with two bell towers of 31.5m-height. Although the appearance of the cathedral follows Western style,
the main interior part is decorated in Vietnamese way with two typical colors yellow and red. Outside, in front
of the cathedral is the statue of Mother Maria. The first Christmas took place in the cathedral in 1887. Since
then, the cathedral is always crowded with hundreds of people including both Christians and non-Christians at
the weekend or during religious holidays like Christmas.
1. The architectual style of St. Joseph's Cathedral is different from Notre
Dame de Paris.
2. The cathedral was built from 1882 to 1886
3. St. Joseph's Cathedral is the oldest cathedral in Hanoi.
4. Every part of the cathedral follows Western style.
5. There is a statue in front of the cathedral
6. Only Christians go to St. Joseph's Cathedral at weekends and during
religious holiday.

C.EXERCISES UNIT 6

I. Put the word into the correct column according the underlined part.
literature passenger luggage stranger japan
journey coach lecture question January
choose feature juice arrange culture
charitable fragile junk sandwich sausage
beach sculpture statue heritage vegetarian

/tʃ/ /dʒ/
………………………………………………. ………………………………………………
………………………………………………. ………………………………………………
………………………………………………. ………………………………………………
………………………………………………. ………………………………………………
II. Imagine that you are going to take a trip to Sa Pa in winter and to Mui Ne in summer. Choose the
items from the box you would like to take with you. Maybe some items should be used in both places.
mineral water blanket compass canned food warm clothes
mobile phone tent camera ball suntan lotion
swim suit hat/cap scarf boots brochure
umbrella matches torch towel medicines
SaPa:______________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
Mui Ne:____________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
III.Supply the correct passive form of the verbs in brackets.
1. America (discover) by Christopher Columbus.
2. Sydney opera House in Australia (finish) in 1973.
3. The Great Wall in China (build) many centuries ago.
4. The Golden Gate Bridge in San Francisco (complete) in 1937.
5. Burj Khalifa in Dubai, the highest building in the world, (open) in 2010.
6. A painting by Picasso (sell) for 3 million dollars last year.
7. The Japanese Covered Bridge in Hoi An (build) in the 16thcentury.
8. The Imperial Academy (consider) the first university in Viet Nam.
125
9. The site for Huong Pagoda (discover) about 2000 years ago.
10. One-Pillar Pagoda in Ha Noi (complete) in 1049.
IV. Make passive sentences, using the cues given.
1.kangaroos/ find/ Australia. _________________________
2.English/ speak/ many countries/ world. _________________________
3.rice/ grow/ mostly/ Asia. _________________________
4.coffee/ make/ Brazil. _________________________
5.carnival/ hold/ Brazil/ every year. _________________________
6.baseball/ play/ all over the USA. _________________________
V. Rewrite the sentences in the passive voice.
1.People use computers all over the world.
Computers___________________________________________________________________________
2.They keep many ancient things in museums.
Many ancient things __________________________________________________________________
3.I do all my homework on my computer.
All my homework ____________________________________________________________________
4.People make many famous films in Hollywood.
Many famous films ___________________________________________________________________
5.Ms Linh teaches our English lessons.
Our English lessons ___________________________________________________________________
6.My father drives all of us to school every day.
Allof us ____________________________________________________________________________
7.A lot of people use cell phones.
Cell phones _________________________________________________________________________.
8.Hundreds of tourists visit my town every year.
My town ____________________________________________________________________________
9.People use Khue Van Pavilion symbol on all street signs of Ha Noi.
Khue Van Pavilion symbol _____________________________________________________________
10.King Ly Nhan Tong built the Imperial Academy as the first university in Viet Nam in 1076.
The Imperial Academy ________________________________________________________________
VI. Read the passage, and then decide whether the statements are true (T) or false (F).
UNESCO has recognized the 82 Doctors’ stone tablets as a Memory of the World. Theyare inscribed with the
names of 2,313 doctorate holders who passed the royal examinations between 1442 and 1780. The stone tablets,
which bear the names of Trang Nguyen, Bang Nhan, Tham Hoa, and Hoang Giap (the first, second, third and
fourth winning categories at the royal examinations), sit on the backs of stone turtles.
These stone tablets are different from those in other Asian countries, including China which had influenced
Vietnamese feudal education. The decorations on Viet Nam’s stone tablets were more diverse.
By naming Viet Nam’s stone tablets as a Memory of the World, UNESCO also acknowledges Viet Nam’s
efforts to preserve and promote heritage to international community. The recognition would also help to raise
the awareness in heritage preservation.
T F
1.UNESCO has recognized the 82 Doctors’ stone tablets as the World Heritage.  
2.The stone tablets are inscribed with the names of more than 2300 Doctors who  
passed the royal examinations throughout its history.
3.The stone tablets in the Temple of Literature in Ha Noi are unique because they  
are different from those inother Asian countries.
4.Viet Nam has made a lot of efforts to preserve and promote its heritage.  
5.The recognition of UNESCO helps to make people more aware of the need of  
heritage preservation.
VII. Read the passage about the Temple of Literature, and then answer the questions.
The Temple of Literature is about 10 minutes away from Hoan KiemLake. It was constructed in 1070 under
Ly Thanh Tong’s dynasty, first to honor Confucius and nowadays to celebrate the doctorates and high rank
126
scholars of Vietnam. In 1076, Emperor Ly Nhan Tong continued the work and built the Imperial Academy as
the first university of Vietnam.
The temple is divided into five courtyards. The first courtyard is from the main gate to Dai Trung Gate. The
second is with Khue Van Pavilion. Thepavilion symbol is used on all street signs of Ha Noi. The third
courtyard is the place where doctorate names were listed on the stone tablets above tortoise backs. The fourth
courtyard is dedicated for Confucius and his 72 honoured students, as well as Chu Van An - one of the most
famous teachers at the Imperial Academy. The last is also the farthest courtyard is Thai Hoc House, which was
used as the Imperial Academy. Thai Hoc House holds a small collection of old-time costumes for students and
scholars.
1.Where is the Temple of Literature?
___________________________________________________________________________________
2.When and by whom was it built?
___________________________________________________________________________________
3.How many courtyards are there in the Temple of Literature?
___________________________________________________________________________________
4.Which courtyard has Khue Van Pavilion?
___________________________________________________________________________________
5.What is the Khue Van Pavilion symbol used for?
___________________________________________________________________________________
6.Where can we find stone tablets above tortoise backs with the names of doctors?
___________________________________________________________________________________
7.What is the fourth courtyard dedicated for?
___________________________________________________________________________________
8.Where is the Thai Hoc House?
___________________________________________________________________________________
9.What was used as the Imperial Academy?
___________________________________________________________________________________
10.What does the Thai Hoc House hold nowadays?
___________________________________________________________________________________
VIII. Read the passage about the royal examinations, and then answer the questions.
The practice of holding royal examinations to select talented people for administrationbegan in 1075. It
continued throughout the Le dynasty and up to 1919 when the Nguyen dynasty held the last examination. For
more than 300 years, royal examinations had been irregularly, and the number of laureates for each exam was
small. In 1434, Emperor Le Thai Tong ordered that examinations should be held regularly, once every three
years. From 1442, laureates of a royal examination were awarded the title “Tien si ” (Doctoral laureate), and
one stone tablet was erected for each examination. From 1484 to 1780, 82 stone tablets were erected to record
the names of 1304 Tien si.
1.When did the practice of holding Royal examinations begin? When did it end?
___________________________________________________________________________________
2.How long did the royal examinations last?
___________________________________________________________________________________
3.Who ordered that the royal examinations should be held regularly? When did it happen?
___________________________________________________________________________________
4.Which title were the laureates of a royal examination awarded?
___________________________________________________________________________________
5.How many stone tablets were erected from 1484 to 1780?

TEST 1 UNIT 6

I. Find the word which has a different sound in the underlined part.

127
 itchy jazz chest feature children
journey jam sausage subject cheerful
teacher stranger originate heritage culture
charity exchange passenger encourage coach

/tʃ/ /dʒ/

II. Find the word which has a different sound in the underlined part.
1. A. theater B. health C. bath D. father
2. A. storage B. advantage C. message D. garage
3. A. feature B. chapter C. literature D. culture
4. A. language B. passage C. danger D. angry
5. A. student B. graduate C. gradual D. soldier
III.Find the word which has a different sound in the underlined part.
1. A. chocolate B. marching C. chemistry D. speech
2. A. chair B. child C. cheese D. architect
3. A. stopped B. carried C. looked D. watched
4. A. gift B. region C. geography D. germ
5. A. children B. chili C. chaos D. chicken
IV. Choose a word in each line that has different stress pattern.
1. A. surprise B. sugar C. profession D. success
2. A. advance B. around C. industry D. imperial
3. A. natural B. national C. literature D. suggestion
4. A. charming B. champagne C. children D. charity
5. A. recognition B. temple C. tablet D. emperor
V. Choose the best one (A, B, C or D) to complete the sentence or replace the underlined word.
1. Khue Van Palivilion is as the symbol of HN city.
A. regarded B. surrounded C. expected D. considered
2. Minh Mang Tomb constructing in 1841, and three years later.
A. started - was completed B. was started - was completed
C. started – completed D. was started - complete
3. Many beautiful Cham Towers in Ninh Thuan Province and now many domestic and
foreign tourists.
A. were restored – attract B. restored - were attracted
C. restored - attracted D. was restored - attracted
4. Tom doesn’t know why many students pay a to the Temple of Literature before their exam.
A. visit B. holiday C. walk D. trip
5. Oxford University the oldest university in the English speaking world.
A. considered to be B. is regarded as
C. is considered being D. is regarded
6. Many kinds of fruits and vegetables at the floating market in Can Tho.
A. are selling B. will sell C. sell D. are sold
7. The laboratory is to the main building.
A. in front B. between C. next D. near
8. The Temple of Literature in 1070.

128
 A. was found B. was founded C. find D. found
9. The Imperial Academy was in 1076 under Emperor Ly Nhan Tong.
A. constructed B. constructing C. build D. construct
10. You’d better an umbrella because it’s rainy.
A. will take B. take C. taking D. to take
11. Papers at the Royal examinations in the past were by the King.
A. correct B. check C. passed D. graded
12. A lot of flowers in Da Lat throughout the year.
A. growing B. are grown C. grow D. grew
13. The University of Oxford among the top five universities in the world.
A. is ranking B. being ranked C. ranks D. is ranked
14. The Imperial Academy was regarded the first university in Viet Nam.
A. for B. of C. to D. as
15. The students of the Imperial Academy from local examinations all over the country.
A. were selected B. selecting C. selected D. was selected
VI. Supply the correct form of the verbs in brackets.
1. They will not (provide) pencils at the test, so please bring your own.
2. A new university will (establish) in our province in the near future.
3. The Japanese Covered Bridge in Hoi An (build) in the 16th century.
4. The old buildings (not reconstruct) until at the end of 2000.
5. The Imperial Academy (consider) the first university in Viet Nam.
6. A lot of trees (plant) around the school at the moment.
7. The site for Huong Pagoda (discover) about 2000 years ago.
8. My brother (graduate) from the University of Melbourne in 2012.
9. One-Pillar Pagoda in Ha Noi (complete) in 1049.
10. A painting by Picasso (sell) for 3 million dollars last year.
VII.Supply the correct passive form of the verbs in brackets.
1. This computer (use) for two years.
2. America (discover) by Christopher Columbus.
3. I think this institution (widen) twice since 1999.
4. Sydney Opera House in Australia (finish) in 1973.
5. My sister is studying law at Viet Nam National University, Ho Chi Minh city now. This university
(situate) in Thu Due District.
6. The Great Wall in China (build) many centuries ago.
7. David and his father (visit) the Temple of Literature last week.
8. The Golden Gate Bridge in San Francisco (complete) in 1937.
9. The University of Cambridge (form) in 1209. It is always considered to be one of
the most prestigious universities in the world.
10. BurjKhalifa in Dubai, the highest building in the world, (open) in 2010.
VIII. Find ONE mistake in each of the following sentences and correct it.
1. Some flowers bought for his mother on her birthday yesterday.
2. A new high school builds in our town next year.
3. Tickets for the football match sold at the ticket booth.
4. Huong Pagoda Festival visited by thousands of tourists during the first three months of the Lunar Year.
5. Our school names after a great scholar of our country - Le Quy Don.
6. My Son Sanctuary located in Duy Xuyen District, Quang Nam Province.
7. The students in that university teach by famous professors and lectures.
8. The first Doctors’ stone tablets erected by King Le Thanh Tong.
9. The students of the Imperial Academy select carefully from local examinations all over the country.
10. Harvard considers the oldest university in the USA.
IX. Give the correct form of the words in capital.
1. Thong Nhat Palace is a attraction in HCMC. TOUR
129
 2. The Temple of Literature is considered one of the most IMPORT
historical sites of Viet Nam.
3. The school is quite normal, but its are SURROUND really
beautiful.
4. The students were carefully for the final exam. PREPARE
5. The university grows and receives from the RECOGNISE
society.
6. Was the of the first Doctors’ Stone Tablet ordered ERRECT by
King Le Thanh Tong?
7. Is Hung King’s Temple a place in Viet Nam? CULTURE
8. Many students and teachers have for the CONTRIBUTE
development of the school.
9. The was a great success and it became famous all UNIVERSE over
the world.
10. Many and scholars discussed the change of the EDUCATE
curricula.
X. Turn these sentences into passive voice.
1. He often does exercises every night.
→......................................................................................................................................
2. She usually decorates the room at weekends.
→......................................................................................................................................
3. Daisy always sings country songs.
→......................................................................................................................................
4. She often gives her sister sweets.
→......................................................................................................................................
5. Nam and Peter often water these trees.
→......................................................................................................................................
6. They produce cars in this country.
→......................................................................................................................................
7. We don’t allow smoking in this restaurant.
→......................................................................................................................................
8. Do pupils clean the room every day?
→......................................................................................................................................
XI. Complete the second sentence in each pair so that it has similar meaning to the first sentence.
1. People invented the wheel thousands of years ago.
→ The wheel....................................................................................................................
2. My father waters these flower every morning.
→ These flowers..............................................................................................................
3. People use computers all over the world.
→ Computers...................................................................................................................
4. Are they building a statue of Chu Van An?
→ Is................................................................................................................................?
5. John invited Fiona to his birthday party last night.
→ Fiona...........................................................................................................................
6. They keep many ancient things in museums.
→ Many ancient things....................................................................................................
7. Do four busy streets surround the Temple of Literature?
→ Is................................................................................................................................?
8. People make many famous films in Hollywood.
→ Many famous films.....................................................................................................
9. Her mother is preparing the dinner in the kitchen.
→ The dinner...................................................................................................................
130
 10. I do all my homework on my computer.
→ All my homework.......................................................................................................
XII. Turn these sentences into passive voice.
1. The bill includes service.
→......................................................................................................................................
2. Nana chooses the book carefully.
→......................................................................................................................................
3. We don’t use that room.
→......................................................................................................................................
4. They grow fruits in California.
→......................................................................................................................................
5. These jeans attract many young people.
→......................................................................................................................................
6. People don’t use this road very often.
→......................................................................................................................................
7. I wash the dishes in the evening.
→......................................................................................................................................
XIII. Turn these sentences into passive voice.
1. She bought the watch at the shop.
→......................................................................................................................................
2. They built the house in 1950.
→......................................................................................................................................
3. We did the exercises last week.
→......................................................................................................................................
4. The pupils sent the letters the day before yesterday.
→......................................................................................................................................
5. He learned the lesson two weeks ago.
→......................................................................................................................................
6. Nguyen Du wrote Kieu story.
→......................................................................................................................................
7. She made the cake last night.
→......................................................................................................................................
8. Daisy washed the dishes last night.
→......................................................................................................................................
XIV. Complete the second sentence in each pair so that it has similar meaning to the first sentence.
1. A lot of people use cell phones.
→ Cell phones......................................................................................................................
2. Miss. Diep hasn’t taught us since the last semester.
→ We....................................................................................................................................
3. Mr. Vinh teaches our English lessons.
→ Our English lessons.........................................................................................................
4. A student is doing that experiment.
→ That experiment...............................................................................................................
5. Our teachers give us a free period this Saturday to prepare the festival.
→ We...................................................................................................................................
6. Did you buy this dictionary two weeks ago?
→ Was..................................................................................................................................
7. We should clean our teeth twice a day.
→ Our teeth.........................................................................................................................
8. Alan’s knowledge about science and technology doesn’t impress me.
→ I........................................................................................................................................
9. Her father drive all of us to school every day.
131
 → All of us...........................................................................................................................
10. They are going to build a new school here next year.
→ A new school...................................................................................................................
TEST 2 (UNIT 6)
I.Find the word which has a different sound in the part underlined.
1.A. sandwich B.chicken C.children D.chilli
2.A. literature B. culture C. feature D. chapter
3.A.cheese B. architect C.chair D.child
4.A.academy B. imperial C. advance D.around
5.A. tablet B.emperor C. recognition D. temple
II.Choose the correct answer.
11. The Temple of Literature in 1070.
A. find B. found C. was found D. was founded
12. The Imperial Academy was in 1076 under Emperor Ly Nhan Tong.
A. build B. construct C. constructed D. constructing
13. The Imperial Academy was regarded from first university in Viet Nam.
A. to B. as C. for D. of
14. The students of the Imperial Academy from local examinations all over the country.
A. selected B. was selected C. were selected D. selecting
15. The students at the Imperial Academy were carefully for the National examinations first,
and then the Royal examinations.
A. studied B. prepared C. learned D. taken
16. The Imperial Academy was young men for the country.
A. used to educate B. used of educating C. used to educating D. used to
educate
17. Students at Oxford University by famous lecturers and tutors in many departments.
A.teach and support B.taught and supported
C.are taught and supported D.are taught to support
18. Bach Ma National Park close to the sea.
A.locates B.located C.is located D.is being located
19. Tan KyHouse in Hoi An over two hundred years ago.
A.build B.is built C.is to build D.was built
20. Oxford University the oldest university in the English speaking world.
A.is considered being B.is regarded C.considered to be D.is regarded
as
21. Many kinds of fruitsand vegetables at the floating market in Can Tho.
A.sell B.are sold C.are selling D.will sell
22. Many precious relics in the Temple of Literature.
A.keep B.is kept C.kept D.are kept
23. In 2010, the 82 Doctors’ stone tablets as a Memory of the World.
A.recognised B.are recognised C.recognising D.were recognised
24. The first Doctors’ stone tablets in 1484.
A.were erected B.was erected C.are erected D.erected
25. The Temple of Literature by old trees and many interesting things .
A.surrounds - contains B.is surrounded - is contained
C.is surrounded — contains D.surrounds - is contained
26. In 2003, four of Emperor Ly Thanh Tong, Emperor Ly Nhan Tong, Emperor Le Thanh Tong
and Chu Van An were built in the Temple of Literature.
A.stone tablets B.photos C.statues D.forms
27. Papers at the Royal examinations in the past were by the King .
A.passed B.graded C.correct D.check
28. A lot of flowers in Da Lat throughout the year.
132
 A.grow B.grew C.growing D.are grown
29. Minh Mang Tomb constructing in 1841, and three years later.
A.started - completed B.was started - completed
C.started - was completed D.was started - was completed
30. Many beautiful Cham Towers in Ninh Thuan Province and now many
domestic and foreign tourists.
A.restored – attracted B.was restored - attracted
C.were restored - attract D.restored - were attracted
III.Put the verbs in brackets in the correct verb forms.
31.Some flowers for his mother on her birthday yesterday. (buy)
32.A new high school in our town next year. (build)
33.Tickets for the football match at the ticket booth. (sell)
34.Huong Pagoda Festival by thousands of tourists during the first three months of
the Lunar Year. (visit)
35.Our school after a great scholar of our country - Le Quy Don. (name)
36.My Son Sanctuary in Duy Xuyen District, Quang Nam Province. (locate)
37.The students in that university by famous professors and lecturers. (teach)
38.The first Doctors’ stone tablets by King Le Thanh Tong. (erect)
39.The students of the Imperial Academy carefully from local examinations all over
the country. (select)
40.Harvard the oldest university in the USA. (consider)
IV. Read the passage, and the decide whether the statements are true (T) or false (F).
Chu Van An was born in 1292 and died in 1370. From his childhood, he was famous for his intelligence. He
did not have the dream of taking part in exams to become mandarins like other students. Chu Van An stayed at
home and taught himself by reading books, and opened schools. His school quickly became famous in the
region and many students from other places went there to study.
Emperor Tran Minh Tong invited Chu Van An to be the principal of the Imperial Academy to teach his crown
prince and other students to become talented people for the country. In 1359, Emperor Tran Minh Tong gave
his crown to his son, Tran Hien Tong, who was also a student of ChuVan An. Under the regime of Emperor
Tran Hien Tong, the court and the country were peaceful. However, this period lasted only for 12 years. Then
Emperor Tran Hien Tong died, and Tran Du Tong inherited the crown. The social situation became
complicated, the people were very poor and hard and many good people were killed.
Chu Van An bravely submitted a petition which requested the Emperor to behead 7 perfidious mandarins, so it
was called “Seven Beheaded Petition” (That Tram So). “Seven Beheaded Petition” became the symbol of the
courageous attitude of the real intellectuals, and of Chu Van An’s spirit.
True False
41.Chu Van An was very intelligent and was taught by many good teachers.  
42.He opened a school and it quickly became famous.  
43.Chu Van An was invited to become the principal of the Imperial Academy by  
Emperor Tran Hien Tong.
44.Emperor Tran Hien Tong was also Chu Van An’s student.  
45.Chu Van An was famous for “Seven Beheaded Petition”, a symbol of the courageous  
attitude of the real intellectuals.
V. Read the passage carefully, and then answer the questions.
Hue Temple of Literature
In Hue, the Temple of Literature is located on the bank of the Huong River, to the west of the Citadel, just 1
kilometer from Linh Mu Pagoda.
Hue Temple of Literature was built in 1908 during the reign of Emperor Gia Long, on the top of a hill. Over
the years afterwards, the temple has gone through several major I restoration works.
The remaining of the complex consists of about 50 architectural works, the biggest of which is the worshiping
hall of Confucius.

133
 After going past the main gate, we would see several small houses where kings and mandarins would stop by
to prepare their costumes before going inside to attend the ceremony. At the front there are two rows of 32
stone tablets bearing the names of 239 successful candidates in National Examinations organized through the
Nguyen Dynasty. Although the monument has been damaged during the war, the main temple and especially
the Doctors’ stone tablets still remain.
Today, people visiting the Temple of Literature can see a unique symbol of Vietnam educational system
during the feudal times.
4Where is Hue Temple of Literature?
___________________________________________________________________________________
4When and by whom was it built?
___________________________________________________________________________________
48.What is the biggest architectural work in Hue Temple of Literature?
___________________________________________________________________________________
49.How many stone tablets are there? And how many names do they hold?
___________________________________________________________________________________
50.What is the importance of Hue Temple of Literature?
___________________________________________________________________________________
VI.Rewrite the sentences so that their meanings stay the same, using the beginning given for each.
56.People will plant more trees and plants in the park.
More ______________________________________________________________________________
57.King Le Thanh Tong ordered to erect the first Doctors’ stone tablets.
The erection of _______________________________________________________________________
58.They have sold out the tickets for the football match between Viet Nam and Thailand.
The tickets __________________________________________________________________________
59.People have restored many old houses in Hoi An.
Many old houses______________________________________________________________________
60.People chose Khue Van Pavilion as the symbol of Ha Noi.
Khue Van Pavilion ___________________________________________________________________
TEST 3 UNIT 6
I. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from the others.
1. a. pagoda b.blanket c. academy d. tablet
2. a. children b.scholar c. teacher d. lunch
3. a. question b.nation c. education d.recognition
4. a. visited b.founded c. decided d. developed
5. a. heritage b.historic c. recognise d. literature
II. Choose the best answer a, b, c, or d to complete the sentence.
1. Oxford University is regarded ________ the oldest university in the UK.
a. as b.in c.at d. by
2. Tickets are a bit harder to buy right on the pot, so you’d better book________ advance.
a. for b.with c.of d. in
3. The stone stelae were ________ with the names and places of birth of 1307 graduates.
a. written b.learned c.carved d.selected
4. Chu Van An was one of the most famous ________at the Imperial Academy.
a. founders b.statues c.teachers d.doctors
5. The students of the Imperial Academy ________ by very famous scholars.
a. are studied b. were taught c. have learned d. was educated
6. We ________ leave now or we’ll miss the bus.
a. can b.shall c. had better d. shouldn’t
7. He bought a picture of the Temple of Literature as a ________ of his trip to Hanoi.
a. souvenir b.landmark c. symbol d. tablet
8. ________ was the University of Cambridge formed? - In 1209.
a. What b.Where c. How d. When

134
9. Huong Pagoda is a great ________ spot in Hanoi.
a. see-sight b. sight-see c. seeing-sight d. sight-seeing
10. ‘________ to Hanoi?’‘Yes, I went there last year.’
a. Were you ever b. Have you ever been
c. Did you ever go d. Were you ever gone

III. Put the words into the correct column according to the underlined part.
joke chicken watch college cheap cello
question juice july sandwich giraffe garage
engine exhaustion gymnastic natural enjoy furniture
language statue
/dʒ/ /tʃ/
___________________________________ ___________________________________
___________________________________ ___________________________________
___________________________________ ___________________________________
___________________________________ ___________________________________

IV. Use the prompts to write sentences, putting the verbs in the present simple passive.
1. Cheese/ make/ from milk.
__________________________________________________________
2. The Temple/ visit/ thousands of people/ every year.
__________________________________________________________
3. Toyota cars/ produce/ Toyota Motor Corporation.
__________________________________________________________
4. German/ also/ speak/ at EU meetings.
__________________________________________________________
5. Most newspapers/ print/ on recycled paper.
__________________________________________________________
6. The Imperial Academy/ consider/ the first university in Viet Nam.
__________________________________________________________
7. Three millilitres of water/ add/ to the mixture.
__________________________________________________________
8. The letters/ deliver/ the postman/ at 8 o’clock.
__________________________________________________________
V. Complete the sentences using the past simple passive form of the verbs in brackets.
1. The Temple of Literature _________________ (construct) in 1070 under Ly ThanhTong’s dynasty.
2. The statues _________________ (build) by the Ha Noi People’s Committee in 2003.
3. The Doctors’ stone tablets _________________ (recognise) by UNESCO in 2010.
4. The construction of TuDuc Tomb _________________ (complete) in 1876.
5. The students of the Imperial Academy _________________ (select) from regional examinations.
6. Originally, the Po Nagar tower _________________ (make) of wood in order to worship Goddess Po
Nagar.
7. Between 1442 and 1779, eighty-one exams _________________ (hold) by the Le dynasty.
8. Chu Van An _________________ (bear) in Van Thon village, Thanh Dam district.
VI. Complete the sentences with the passive form of the verbs In the box.

locate erect celebrate recognise build

write surround display regard reconstruct

1. Lunar New Year ________________ in January or February.

2. The TajMahal ________________ in the 17th century.
3. The Independence Palace ________________ on Nam KyKhoiNghia Street.
4. The novel Oliver Twist ________________ by Charles Dickens.
135
5. In 2000, Ha Long Bay ________________ by UNESCO as a World Heritage Site.
6. Many precious relics ________________ in the Temple of Literature.
7. The first Doctors’ Stone Tablets ________________ in 1484.
8. Many old buildings in the Temple of Literature ________________ in 1999.
9. Van Mieu ________________ by three main roads of Hanoi.
10. The three Ivory Cham Towers ________________ as one of the best Cham tower complexes in Vietnam.
VII. Rewrite the sentences in passive voice.
1. People use the Internet all over the world.
__________________________________________________________
2. Did the police find the missing girl?
__________________________________________________________

3. Large numbers of tourists visit these tourist attractions annually.

__________________________________________________________
4. They built Po Nagar Cham Towers to honour the goddess Po Nagar.
__________________________________________________________
5. Tourists don’t visit this museum very often.
__________________________________________________________
6. She bought all this cheese in France.
__________________________________________________________
7. They didn’t invite me to their New Year party.
__________________________________________________________
8. Do they sell mineral water in plastic bottles?
__________________________________________________________
9. People consider the Imperial Academy the first university in Vietnam.
__________________________________________________________
10. When did UNESCO recognise Ha Long Bay as a World Heritage Site?
__________________________________________________________
VIII. Choose the bestanswer a, b, c, or d to complete each sentence.
1. British author George Orwell ___________ the novel Animal Farm.
a. writes b. wrote c. is written d. was written
2. My passport ___________ last year while I was on vacation.
a. stole b. has stolen c. was steal d. was stolen
3. Breakfast ___________ in this hotel until 7a.m.
a. served b. didn’t serve c. isn’t served d. isn’t serving
4. Most email accounts at my company ___________ by virus two days ago.
a. affected b. were affected c. was affected d. are affected
5. Someone ___________ this mirror last night.
a. breaks b. is broken c. broke d. was broken
6. Look at this beautiful lace! Where ___________?
a. was it made b. does it make c. did it make d. is it made
7. The school ___________ two examinations every year.
a. holds b. held c. is held d. was held
8. The Temple of Literature ___________ in 1070 by Emperor LyThanh Tong.
a. found b. has founded c. was found d. was founded
9. The committee ___________ a public transportation proposal.
a. consider b. is considering c. considered d. was considered
10. Everybody ___________ by the terrible news yesterday.
a. shocked b. has shocked c. was shocked d. were shocked

IX. Fill in each blank with a suitable preposition.

1. We are preparing ___________ a trip to the Temple of Literature.
2. She’s very keen to learn ___________ Japanese culture.
136
3. The Temple of Literature was built ___________ Ly Thanh Tong’s dynasty.
4. What do you plan to take ___________ you on the trip?
5. The Imperial Academy was regarded ___________ the first university in Vietnam.
6. The Po Nagar Tower Complex consisted ___________ six towers.
7. The One Pillar Pagoda was built ___________ the year 1049.
8. The 82 Doctors’ stone tablets were recognised ___________ UNESCO.
9. Thong Nhat Palace is located ___________ 106 Nguyen Du Street, District 1.
10. Khue Van Pavilion is the symbol ___________ Hanoi.
X. Write the correct form or tense of the verbs in brackets.
1. Glastonbury festival _______________ (organise) every year in the village of Pilton, England.
2. In 1076, King Ly Nhan Tong _______________ (build) the Imperial Academy as the first university of
Vietnam.
3. The first temples of My Son Sanctuary _______________ (make) of wood in the 4th century.
4. An altar to Chu Van An _______________ (set) up in the Temple of Literature.
5. We _______________ (not do) any practice tests yet so I’m not sure what they’re like.
6. Wait a minute, he _______________(speak) to someone on his mobile.
7. Many different languages _______________ (speak) in Canada.
8. The Imperial City of Hue can _______________ (divide) into two main parts.
9. You’d better _______________ (rent) a bike if you want to travel around.
10. I don’t want to go to Huong Pagoda. How about _______________ (visit) Ho Chi MinhMausoleum?
XI. Supply the correct form of the words in brackets.
1. One Pillar Pagoda is a major tourist _______________ in Hanoi. (attract)
2. Imperial citadel of Thang Long is a _______________ complex built during the Ly Dynasty. (culture)
3. King Ly Nhan Tong was the _______________ of the Imperial Academy. (found)
4. In 1484, King Le Thanh Tong odered the _______________ of the first Doctors’ stone tablets. (erect)
5. The Imperial Academy was opened to educate _______________ students from all over the country.
(talent)
6. The circle and square of the pavilion _______________ the heaven and the earth. (symbol)
7. The 82 Doctors’ stone tablets have recently received _______________ as a National Treasure. (recognise)
8. Tourists like to visit _______________ monuments such as Ho Chi Minh Mausoleum and the Temple of
Literature. (history)
XII. Choose the word which best fits each gap.
The Temple of Literature was (1) ___________ in 1070 under Ly Thanh Tong’s dynasty. The temple is
divided into five courtyards. The first courtyard stretches (2) ___________ the main gate to Dai Trung gate.
The second stands out with Khue Van Cac Pavilion. The third courtyard is (3)___________ doctor names were
listed on stone tablets above tortoise backs. There are a total of 82 tombstones, with names and places of birth
of 1307 doctors. The fourth courtyard is dedicated to Confucius and his 72 honoured students, as (4)
___________ as Chu Van An – a famous teacher known for his devotion to teaching. The last and also furthest
courtyard is Thai Hoc house, which used to be the Imperial Academy (QuocTuGiam) – the first (5)
___________ of Vietnam. Thai Hoc house holds a small (6) ___________ of old time costumes for students
and mandarins.
1. a. constructed b. build c. erected d. considered
2. a. since b. from c. to d. in
3. a. when b. who c. what d. where
4. a. long b. good c. well d. far
5. a. university b. temple c. house d. academy
6. a. collect b. colleting c. collection d. collective
XIII. Read the text carefully, then answer the questions.
Chu Van An was born in 1292 in Van Thon village, QuangLiet commune, present day ThanhTri district,
Hanoi. In the early life, he was famous as a straightforward man who passed the doctoral examination but
refused to become a mandarin. Instead, he opened a school and began his career as a Confucian teacher in
Huynh Cung village in Thanh Tri. Under the reign of Tran Minh Tong, Chu Van An became a teacher at the
137
Imperial Academy where he was responsible for teaching the crown prince Vuong, the future emperor Tran
Hien Tong. Later, he resigned and returned to his home-village because Tran Du Tong refused his request of
beheading eight corrupted mandarins. For the rest of his life, Chu Van An continued his teaching career and
wrote books. He died of illness in 1370.
After his death, an altar was set up in his honour in the Temple of Literature.
1. When was Chu Van An born?
___________________________________________________________________________

2. What was he like?

___________________________________________________________________________
3. What did he do in his early life?
___________________________________________________________________________
4. Who did Chu Van An teach when he was a teacher at the Imperial Academy?
___________________________________________________________________________
5. Why did he resign?
___________________________________________________________________________
6. How old was he when he died?
___________________________________________________________________________
7. Where was an altar to Chu Van An erected?
___________________________________________________________________________
XIV. Read the text carefully, then do the tasks.
The Temple of Literature (Van Mieu) was constructed in 1070 under the reign of King LyThanh Tong. The
temple was originally dedicated to Confucius as well as other scholars and sages. Six year later, the Imperial
Academy (QuocTuGiam), Vietnam’s first university, was founded by King Ly Nhan Tong on the grounds of
the temple. Initially, the Imperial Academy was the school for princes and sons from royal families and then
expanded to admit brilliant students from all over the country. In 1484 Emperor Le Thanh Tong ordered the
erection of the first stone tablets that were carved with the names, places of birth and achievements of doctors.
The university operated for more than 700 years, from 1076 to 1779.
Nowadays, the Temple of Literature – Imperial Academy (Van Mieu - QuocTuGiam) is one of the most
famous historic and cultural heritages of Vietnam. And the Doctors’ stone tablets were recognised by UNESCO
as World Documentary Heritage in 2010.
* Decide whether the following statements are true (T) or false (F).
1. The Temple of Literature was built to honour Confucius.
2. The Imperial Academy was founded in 1070.
3. The Imperial Academy was established within the Temple of Literature.
4. The Imperial Academy was originally established to educate students from all over the country.
5. The first Doctors’ stone tablets were erected under the Le Dynasty.
6. The Temple of Literature was recognised by UNESCO as World Heritage.

* Answer the questions.

7. When was the Imperial Academy founded?
__________________________________________________________
8. How long did the Imperial Academy operate as a university?
__________________________________________________________

XV. Write the second sentence so that it has the same meaning to the first one.
1. Thousands of people visit the Temple of Literature every day.
→ The Temple of Literature_______________________________________________________
2. In 1484, King Le Thanh Tong ordered the construction of 116 stelaes.
→ The construction _____________________________________________________________
3. You should take warm clothes because it’s very cold in Sa Pa.
→ You had_____________________________________________________________________
138
4. Do you want to visit Ho Chi Minh Mausoleum first?
→ Would you___________________________________________________________________
5. It’s not necessary to book a hotel In advance.
→ You don’t___________________________________________________________________
6. It’s a good idea to rent a bike or motorbike to travel around the city.
→ You________________________________________________________________________
7. Let’s pay a visit to Huong Pagoda.
→ Why don’t___________________________________________________________________
8. Khue Van Pavilion was chosen as the official symbol for Vietnam’s capital Hanoi.
→ They_______________________________________________________________________

XVI. Change the sentences into the passive or active voice.

1. The Temple of Literature is regarded as the first university in Vietnam.
→ ___________________________________________________________________________
2. His father bought a picture of the One Pillar Pagoda last year.
→ ___________________________________________________________________________
3. Thousands of people visit the Hung Kings’ Temple every day.
→ ___________________________________________________________________________
4. By whom was the Imperial Academy built?
→ ___________________________________________________________________________
5. People can see Khue Van Pavilion symbol on street signs in Hanoi.
→ ___________________________________________________________________________
6. Vietnamese people use Khue Van pavilion as a symbol of Hanoi.
→ ___________________________________________________________________________
7. What surrounds the Temple of Literature?
→ ___________________________________________________________________________
8. In 1994, Ha Long Bay was recognised by UNESCO as a World Heritage Site.
→ ___________________________________________________________________________

TEST YOURSELF 1(UNIT 4,5,6)

I.Find the word which has a different sound in the part underlined.
1.A.cheap B.chicken C.children D.chef
2.A. watch B. catch C. architect D. match
3.A. bottle B. fork C. record D. pork
4.A.champion B.charity C.champagne D.choose
5.A. decision B. revision C. occasion D. discussion
II. Choose the correctanswer.
11.Only fresh fish in this restaurant.
A.is serve B.is served C.is to serve D.serves
12Yesterday she a very difficult task to do.
A.has given B.was given C.gave D.is given
13.“A Complete History of Dai Viet” by a number of famous Vietnamese historians from the 15 th to the
17th century.
A.wrote B.is written C.was written D.were written
14.Ho Chi Minh Mausoleum in August, 1975.
A.completes B.completed C.is completed D.was completed
15.The best chocolate by Swiss companies.
A.make B.makes C.is made D.are made
III. Rewrite the sentences so that their meanings stay the same, using the beginning given for each.
16.Lan is 1.40 metres, and I am 1.35 metres.
I’m not ______________________________________________________________________________
139
17.Work is very important to me. Family is also important to me
Work is ______________________________________________________________________________
18.Rap music is a kind of music, but R&B is quite different.
_____________________________________________________________R&B is quite rap music.
19.The gold watch is €180. The silver watch is €100.
The silver watch is not __________________________________________________________________
20.Playing a musical instrument is difficult, but composing a song is more difficult.
Playing a musical instrument is not ________________________________________________________
IV. Complete the questions with How much or How many.
21.__________ water do you drink every day?
22.__________ cups of coffee does your father drink every day?
23.__________ red meat do you eat every week?
24.__________ bread do you eat every day?
25.__________ vegetables do you eat every day?
26.__________ hours’ sleep do you have every night?
27.__________ time do you work on a computer every day?
28.__________ times do you play sport every week?
29.__________ kilometers do you walk every day?
30.__________ money have you got with you today?
V. Read the text about the favourite places where the two students often eat out. Then do the tasks
that follow.
Susan: “I eat out once a week. My parents usually take me to a Chinese or an Indian restaurant at the
weekend. But my favourite place to eat is the Rainforest Café in central London. It looks like a rainforest with
wild animals (they’re not real!) and the food’s great.”
Nick: “I eat out quite a lot. Once a week I go to a pizza restaurant with my friends and twice a week I
go out with my parents. We usually have a Chinese or an Italian meal. But my favourite place to eat is the Hard
Rock Café. It has loud music and fantastic photos of my favourite rock singers on the walls.”
A. Read the passage, and then decide whether thestatements are true (T) or false (F).
True False
31.Susan eats out every day.  
32.Susan is usually taken to a Chinese or an Indian restaurant.  
33.Nick never eats out with his friends.  
34.Nick goes out with his parents twice a week.  
35.Nick likes some rock singers.  
B. Choose the correct answer.
36.Susan sometimes eats out in restaurant.
A. a Chinese B. a Thai C. an Italian
37.Susan’s favourite restaurant is restaurant.
A. an Indian B. a theme C. a fast food
38.The Rainforest Café .
A. is located in the rain forest
B. looks like a rainforest and has some wild animals for entertainment
C. looks like a rainforest and has some models of wildlife
39.Nick eats out .
A. three times a week B. at the weekend C. once a week
40.Nick likes in the restaurant.
A. the food B. the music C. the people
VI. Read the passage carefully, and then answer the questions.
Van Mieu - Quoc Tu Giam (Temple of Literature - Imperial Academy)
The Temple of Literature was built in 1070 under the reign of Emperor Ly Thanh Tong to honour
Confucius and later used as a royal school, where Emperor Ly Nhan Tong studied when he was a five- year-old
prince.
140
 The Imperial Academy, which can be considered Vietnam’s first university, was built in 1076 next to
the temple. Over the next seven centuries and more, theuniversity produced thousands of scholars for the
country. Under the reign of Emperor Tran Minh Tong (1314-1329), the teacher Chu Van An, was appointed the
school’s principal. After his death in 1370, Emperor Tran Nghe Tong (1321 - 1394) had him worshiped beside
Confucius at the Temple of Literature. Many schools in Vietnam are also named after Chu Ban An.
In 1946, the Imperial Academy in Hanoi was destroyed by French bombing, but gradually restored later.
To enter the main area of the Temple of Literature, visitors must go through three gates. The first gate is
called Van Mieu Mon; the second is called Dai Trung Mon and the third, Dai Thanh Mon.
In the space between Dai Trung Mon and Dai Thanh Mon is the one-storey, two-roof pavilion called
Khue Van Cac. Behind Khue Van Cac is the Thien Quang Tinh (Well of Heavenly Clarity), on either side of
which 41 Doctors’ stone tablets stand in two rows. They stand upon stone turtles with the names and
birthplaces of successful doctoral candidates from the examinations held at the Imperial Academy from 1484 to
1780.
Now as a major tourist site, the Temple of Literature - Imperial Academy also hosts award ceremonies
to recognize outstanding students. An annual poetry festival is held here on the 15th of the first lunar month.
41.What was the Temple of Literature built for?
_____________________________________________________________________________________
42What was the Imperial Academy considered?
_____________________________________________________________________________________

43.What did the Imperial Academy do for the country at that time?
_____________________________________________________________________________________
44.Who was Chu Van An? Where was he worshiped?
_____________________________________________________________________________________
45.How many Doctors’ stone tablets are there? Where are they
_____________________________________________________________________________________
VII.Make questions to ask your partner, using the words and phrases given.
46.How/ water/ drink/ every day?
_____________________________________________________________________________________
47.How/ chocolate/ eat/ every week?
_____________________________________________________________________________________
48How/ cola/ drink/ every week?
_____________________________________________________________________________________
49.How/ brothers and sisters/ have?
_____________________________________________________________________________________
50.How/ rooms/ be/ there/ in your house (flat)?
_____________________________________________________________________________________
TEST YOURSELF 2(UNIT 4,5,6)
I. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from the others.
1. a. food b. cook c. soup d. noodle
2. a. spicy b. fry c. shy d. try
3. a. salt b. tablet c. ham d. pancake
4. a. musician b. sugar c. ocean d. television
5. a. scholar b. architect c. machine d. choir
II. Choose the best answer a, b, c, or d to complete the sentence.
1. Thousands of Vietnamese scholars graduated _________ the Imperial Academy.
a. from c. in c. for d. under
2. The broth for pho ga is made _________ stewing chicken bones.

a. of b. with c. by d. from
3. I haven’t got_________ bread left. Would you like _________ noodles instead?
a. any – any b. some – some c. no – some d. any – some
4. My sister hates rock music, and she hates rap _________.
141
 a. either b. also c. neither d. too
5. How much _________ should I use to make the cake?
a. pineapple b. flour c. egg d. carton of milk
6. The first Doctors’ Stone Tablets were _________ in 1484.
a. erected b. selected c. regarded d.located
7. Jazz _________ in the US and is now popular throughout the world.
a. originates b. originated c. was originated d. is originated
8. From his childhood, Chu Van An was _________ for his intelligence.
a. interested b. successful c. talented d. famous

9. _________ was the Temple of Literature founded? ~ Emperor Ly Thanh Tong.

a. When b. Where c.Who d. By whom
10. ‘_________’ ‘There is some milk and orange juice in the fridge.’
a. What is there for lunch? b. What is there to drink?
c. Is there anything to eat? d. What do you drink?
III.Write the correct form or tense of the verbs in brackets.
1. Water puppetry ______________ (begin) in the 11th century.
2. Harry Potter and the Goblet of Fire ______________(write) by J K Rowling
3. I think she ______________ (not agree) with this idea.
4. When she was young she ______________(go) swimming very often.
5. We ______________(not work) at the moment. Please call back later.
6. During the wars, both the gate and the bell tower ______________(destroy).
7. They ______________ (work) at this company since 2008.
8. In the UK, alcohol______________(not sell) to anyone under 18. It’s against the law.
9. Would you like ______________(go) to Huong Pagoda with me?
10. Many young people enjoy ______________ (watch) Korean dramas.
IV. Supply the correct form of the words in brackets.
1. Van Cao was a famous Vietnamese ______________. (compose)
2. The ______________of TuDuc Tomb was completed in 1876. (construct)
3. The children enjoyed the water puppet ______________. (perform)
4. The chicken meat served with pho ga is ______________and cut into thin slices. (bone)
5. The students were ______________prepared for the national exams. (care)
6. He is so clever and well ______________. (educate)
7. Dong Ho ______________are made in Dong Ho village. (paint)
8. The ______________of pho spread southwards in the 1950’s. (popular)
V. Each sentence has a mistake. Find and correct it.
1. Jason hasn’t telephoned me since two weeks.
2. How many water do you drink every day?
3. At the age of seven, Picasso received artistic training by his father.
4. My mother doesn’t enjoy country music, and I don’t like it too.
5. The One Pillar Pagoda built in 1049.
6. Your idea is quite different as mine.
7. The puppets are maked of wood and then painted.
8. She would like to make an apple pie, but there isn’t any apples left!

VI. Choose the word which best fits each gap.

The first Glastonbury Festival took place In 1970 and was (1) _______ by Michael Eavis, who still runs the
festival now (2) _______ his farm in Somerset in the south-west of England. Michael charged people just £1 to
enter, and the ticket included free milk from the farm. Only 1,500 people attended on that occasion, (3)
_______ this number has grown exponentially since then. In 2011, there were approximately 100 times (4)
_______ people in the crowd and tickets, which cost £195 each, (5) _______ out within 4 hours. The festival
takes place almost every year in the last weekend of June and lasts for three days.
142
 Although it is best known for contemporary music, Glastonbury is host to other (6) _______ arts such as
dance, comedy and theatre.
1. a. organise b. organising c. organised d. organization
2. a. on b. in c. at d. from
3. a. so b. but c. or d. while
4. a. many b. much c. more d. most
5. a. took b. sold c. bought d. worked
6. a. performing b. creative c. decorative d. academic
VII. Read the text carefully, then decide whether the following statements are true (T) orfalse (F).

Famously being one of Vietnam’sseven UNESCO World Heritage Sites, the ImperialCity of Hue has long
been a must-see attraction for tourists.
The Imperial City of Hue was actually a walled fortress and palace belonged to the ancient city of Hue
which was a capital city of the Nguyen Dynasty – Vietnam’s last royal dynasty for 140 years. The grandeur
architecture was planned to be built in 1803 by Emperor Gia Long. During 27 years from 1805 to 1832, the
Imperial City of Hue was finally completed under the reign of the Emperor Minh Mang, making it the most
massive structure being built in the history of modern Vietnam. There are total of ten main majestic gates
leading to the Imperial City of Hue, which can be divided into two main parts: The Citadel and The Forbidden
City. The complex of the Emperor’s residence, gates, temples, and pagodas was severely damaged during the
Vietnam War, and only 20 out of 148 buildings survived.
1. Hue used to be the capital of Vietnam.
2. The Imperial City of Hue was built in 1803 by Emperor Gia Long.
3. It took 27 years to complete the construction of the Imperial City of Hue.
4. The Imperial City of Hue includes two main parts: The Citadel and the Forbidden City.,
5. Many relics in Hue Imperial City were badly damaged due to natural disasters.
6. The Imperial City of Hue was made a UNESCO World Heritage Site.
VIII. Write the second sentence so that it has the same meaning to the first one.

1. A great poet wrote these wonderful poems.

→ These wonderful poems________________________________________________________
2. Khue Van pavilion is used as a symbol of Hanoi by Vietnamese people.
→ Vietnamese people ____________________________________________________________
3. His idea is different from mine.
→ His idea is not _______________________________________________________________
4. These Dong Ho paintings are more expensive than those modern paintings.
→ Those modern paintings are not __________________________________________________
5. What is your favourite food?
→ What food __________________________________________________________________
6. Chefs use these machines to mix the ingredients.
→ These machines ______________________________________________________________
THE FIRST SEMESTER TEST
I. Find the word which has a different sound in the underlined part.
1. A. result B. unusual C. uncle D. difficult
2. A. piano B. fish C. like D. badminton
3. A. rest B. help C. garden D. identify
4. A. game B. arrange C. skate D. cake
5. A. over B. doll C. collect D. hobby
II. Read the text and mark the sentences as True (T) or False (F).
Hi. My name is Nick. I live in the small town near Pert. My favourite sport is fishing.
I often fish for hours without catching anything. But it doesn't worry me. Some fishermen are unlucky.
Instead of catching fish, they catch old boots and rubbish. I am ven less lucky. I never catch anything even old
boots. After having spent the morning on the river, I always go home with an empty bag. My friends advise me
143
to give up fishing. But they don’t realise one important thing. I am only interested in sitting in the boat and
doing nothing at all.
Mark the sentences True False
1. Fishing is Nick’s favourite sport.
2. He often fishes for some hours.
3. He catches a lot of old boots and rubbish.
4. Nick enjoys sitting in the boat and doing nothing.
5. This passage is about cooking fish.

III.Put a word from the box in each gap to complete the following passage.
collecting cooks gets likes walking
cycling goes reads have listening
My family has six people. We (1) different hobbies. My grandfather (2)
reading newspapers. He (3) newspapers every morning after breakfast. My
grandmother doesn’t like reading them. She (4) to the market near my house every morning. She
buys a lot of food. She (5) very well. Oh, I love all her food. My father likes (6)
. He (7) up early and cycles around the West Lake all the year round. My mother doesn’t likes
this sport. She likes (8) . She walks about four or five kilometers every morning. My
brother doesn’t like any sports. He likes (9) to music and playing drums. He is a member of the
Green Band. It is a well-known band in my country.
I don’t like reading, cooking or playing sports. I love (10) things, such as stamps and coins.
IV. Underline the correct preposition to complete the sentences.
1. What will you do on/in Monday?
2. It is often rainy at/in autumn.
3. What did you do in/at the afternoon?
4. I often get up on/at 7 o’clock.
5. Flowers are beautiful at/in spring.
6. I watched a new film on/at midnight.
7. My brother’s birthday is at/on 16th December.
8. Sam watched football on/in the evening.
9. Do you get presents on/in Christmas Day?
10. We had lunch at/on noon.
11. My father was born on/in 1970.
12. It is very cold at/in winter.
13. Will you go to the club on/in Friday morning?
14. What did you do at/in Easter?
15. We’ll go to a picnic in/on Saturday.
V. Rewrite the sentences, active or passive.
1. The store was opened in 1932 by Jack.
Jack..................................................................................................................................
2. Has anyone told you about it yet?
Have you..........................................................................................................................
3. Somebody accused him of stealing the money.
He.....................................................................................................................................
4. People are going to build a bridge over my house.
A bridge...........................................................................................................................
5. They built many buildings to commemorate Uncle Ho’s birthday.
Many buildings ...............................................................................................................

144
 6. They will ask us all several questions.
We shall...........................................................................................................................
7. They must observe the rules of the games carefully.
The rules...........................................................................................................................
8. They were building a new stadium when I arrived.
A new stadium.................................................................................................................
9. Newspaper are sold everywhere in the city.
People...............................................................................................................................
10. Did the woman buy those vegetables?
Were those vegetables......................................................................................................
VI. Put the verbs in brackets in the correct tense form.
1. Does your brother like (listen) to music in his free time?
2. I think in the future, more people (enjoy) going out by bicycles.
3. My father says when he’s retired, he (go) back to his village to do the gardening.
4. We are planting trees around our school now. Our school (be) surrounded by a lot of green trees.
5. Lan says she loves collecting pens but she (not/continue) this hobby from next year.
6. You (think) collecting stamps costs much money?
7. My father thinks mountain climbing (be) more dangerous than skating.
8. Every year, my mother (give) me a nice doll on my birthday.
9. My brother (not like) collecting stamps, he likes collecting glass bottles.
10. My sister likes (cook) very much. She can cook many good foods.
VII. Fill each blank with a word/ phrase in the box.
camping dolls fishing gardening painting
bottles photos horse-riding gymnastics the guitar

1. I like drawing very much. My hobby is .

2. My sister likes collecting . Now she has more than 100.
3. Her hobby is . She plants many beautiful flowers in her garden.
4. My father likes . He often goes to the lakes or rivers when he has free time.
5. When we have some days off, my close friends and I often go .
6. My sister likes doing . She looks very fit.
7. I always take a lot of when I go on holidays.
8. A: Can you play ?
B: No, I can’t, but I can play the piano.
9. My brother’s hobby is watching , he likes horses very much.
10. Her brother likes collecting , especially glasses.
VIII. Use the words and phrase to complete the sentences.
1. Chu Van An/ born in 1292 and/ die in 1370. From his childhood, he was famous/ his intelligence.
2. He/ not have the dream of taking part/ exams/ become mandarins like other students.
3. Chu Van An/ stay at home and taught himself/ reading books,/ opened schools.
4. His school quickly/ become famous in the region/ many students from other places/ go there to study.
5. Emperor Tran Minh Tong/ invite Chu Van An to be the principal/ the Imperial Academy/ teach his crown
prince/ other students to become talented people/ the country.
6. In 1359, Emperor Tran Minh Tong/ give his crown to his son, Tran Hien Tong, who/ was also a student/
Chu Van An. Under the regime of Emperor Tran Hien Tong, the court/ the country/ were peaceful.
7. However, this period/ last only for 12 years. Then Emperor Tran Hien Tong/ die, and Tran Du Tong/
inherit the crown. The social situation/ become complicated, the people/ were very poor/ many good
people/ killed.
8. Chu Van An bravely/ submitted a petition which requested the Emperor to behead 7 perfidious
mandarins, so it/ was called “Seven Beheaded Petition” (That Tram So). “Seven Beheaded Petition”
became the symbol/ the courageous attitude/ of the real intellectuals,/ of Chu Van An’s spirit.

145
 UNIT 1: HOBBIES
I. 1. A 2. A 3. C 4. D 5. B
II.
1. go: cycling, skating, swimming, camping
2. do: athletics, karate, judo, aerobics, gardening, gymnastics
3. collect: bottles, dolls, coins
4. play: basketball, football, tennis, computer games, table tennis
5. take: photos, stamps
6. watch: TV, films, cartoons, music videos
III. 1. doing 2. collecting 3. listen 4. to play 5. gone 6. Reading
IV. 1. Swimming 2. music 3. Films 4. basketball 5. Photography 6. Books 7. Skating 8. chess
V.
1. give 2. practises 3. will see – Will you go 4. will give
5. will meet 6. Will you be 7. live – don’t see 8. will go
VI. 1. plays 2. Goes 3. goes 4. listens 5. Does 6. plays 7. go 8. play 9. watch
VII. 1. Does – listen to 2. Do – going 3. Do – eating 4. Do – doing
VIII. 1. A 2. C 3. B 4. A 5. D
IX. 1. False 2. True 3. False 4. True 5. False
X.
1. Because it can help to increase your strength and energy, giving you a stronger heart.
2. Because you don’t carry the weight of your body on your feet when cycling.
3. If you do too quickly, it will have bad effects.
4. You should cycle twice or three times a week.
5. If you find you are in pain, you will stop and take a rest.
XI. I have an unusual hobby: it is collecting buttons. When I was ten, I lost a cute button of my shirt. I had
to find another button to replace.
Buttons have a long history.
Buttons are made of different materials.
They have various sizes, shapes, designs, and colours.
Button collecting is not expensive, and it is useful in many ways. I collect rare buttons from other countries.
TEST 1 UNIT 1
I.
1. D 2. B 3. B 4. D 5. B
II.
l. A 2. A 3. C 4. D 5. B
III.
/ə/ /ɜː/
final; assistant; neighbor; culture; heard; turn; girl; third; first; bird;
natural; camera; again; yesterday; signal learn; birthday; word; world; sir

IV.
1. show 2. collecting 3. expensive 4. about
5. are 6. from 7. enjoy 8. climb
V.
1. to 2. from 3. for 4. at/ with 5. at 6. of
7. to 8. to 9. for 10. to 11. with 12. of
VI.
1. in 2. favourite 3. join 4. spends
5. hobby 6. spare 7. member 8. the cinema
VII.
1. going / to go 2. lying - reading 3. likes - being 4. collecting
5. watching (/ to watch) - will go 6. doing 7. plays
8. have collected 9. will travel 10. will make
146
VIII.
1. rises 2. does not rain 3. moves 4. is 5. playing
6. enjoys – plays 7. are not 8. has – wears 9. do not have 10. visits
IX.
l. D 2. B 3. A 4. A 5. A
X.
l. C 2. A 3. C 4. D
5. B 6. A 7. D 8. B
XI.
1. A 2. B 3. C 4. D 5. A
XII.
Stamp collection is an interesting hobby. You can learn many things, such as the geography of a country
from stamps. Postal stamps are a source of interesting facts and important dates about every country in the
world. It makes stamp collecting become very popular.
As you look at the pages of a stamp album, you can learn interesting details of foreign customs, arts,
literature, history and culture. Their colors can make you feel relaxed and happy.
Collecting stamps can become a business. If you are lucky in finding a special stamp, it will bring you some
money besides knowledge and pleasure.

TEST 2 (UNIT 1)
I.
1. D 2. B 3. B 4. D 5. B
II.
6. D7. D 8. C 9. A 10. A
III.
11. B 12. C 13. B 14. C 15. A 16. B 17. A 18. D 19. C 20. B
21. D 22. B 23. B 24. D 25. A 26. C 27. C 28. B 29. D 30. B
IV.
1. chess 2. gardening 3. basketball 4. cycling 5. dancing
6. ice skating 7. jogging 8. bird-watching 9. gymnastics 10. photography
V.
1. collecting 2. watching – will go 3. doing 4. plays 5. have collected
VI
.1. D 2. C 3. A 4. A 5. D
VII.
1. True 2. True 3. False 4. True 5. False
VIII.
1. A 2. C 3. B 4. D 5. B
IX.
1. When did you start your hobby?
2. We find making models very interesting because we should be creative.
3. I think in the future people will take up more outdoor activities.
4. My best friend does not like mountain climbing because he is afraid of heights.
5. My sister enjoys cooking and making new dishes on her own.

TEST 3 UNIT 1
I. 1. d 2. c 3. b 4. a 5. c
II. 1. b 2. a 3. a 4. d 5. c
III.1. b 2. a 3. c 4. d 5. c 6. b 7. a 8. c 9. b 10. d
IV. 1. a 2. c3. b 4. b 5. b 6. a 7. c 8. d 9. c 10. d
V. PLAY: football, chess, tennis, board games, sports
GO: skating, camping, swimming, jogging, cycling
DO: crossword, gardening, gymnastics, judo, aerobics
COLLECT: dolls, badges, stamps, coins, books
WATCH: cartoons, films, television, game shows
VI. 1. plays 2. willgo 3. Will... collect 4. to do 5. going

147
 6. did 7. areplaying 8. do 9. playing 10. have collected
VII.1. swimming 2. gardening 3. fishing 4. painting
5. music 6. model cars 7. photos 8. eggshells
VIII.1. don’t visit 2. Does Mai go - goes
3. give 4. plays - doesn’t like
5. do they go 6. don’t study - is
7. Do your parents watch 8. does
9. use 10. doesn’t usually play
IX. 1. listen 2. rains 3. will recognise 4. don’t want
5. does... begin 6. won’t be 7. does - watches 8. will plant
9. play 10. leaves
X. 1. watching 2. listening 3. to buy 4. to speak
5. making 6.to eat 7. working/ to work 8. to call
9. to build 10. doing
XI. 1. collection 2. birdwatcher 3. photography 4. interesting
5. Carved 6. activity 7. unusual 8. creative
XII. 1. Her hobbies are reading and gardening.
2. She started reading when she was four years old.
3. She felt interested when she first read a book.
4. She enjoys reading because it can make her relaxed and calm.
5. She has planted flowers, vegetables, carrots, potatoes, etc. in her garden.
6. She waters plants in the evening.
XIII.1. books 2. collection 3. kinds 4. immediately
5. near 6. classify 7. name 8. clean
XIV. 1. T 2. F 3. T 4. T 5. T 6. F

XV. 1. I enjoy playing sports because it’s good for my health.

2. Do your children go camping every summer holiday?
3. I think photography can be an expensive hobby.
4. My cousin will give me a book as a gift on my next birthday.
5.He finds mountain climbing dangerous so he doesn’t take it up.
6. I hope that in the future he will teach me how to do eggshell carving.
XVI. 1. Do you have any hobby?
2.What does your brother do in his free time?
3.He usually goes mountain climbing in the summer.
4. I enjoy playing monopoly with my friends.
5.Jim finds making models boring because it takes lots of time.
6.Will you take up ice-skating in the future?
XVII. 1. What hobby do you have?
2.We all think painting is interesting because it’s a creative activity.
3. I spent three hours making this pottery jug.
4.My father enjoys doing gardening at the weekend.
5.What about going swimming this afternoon.

UNIT 2: HEALTH
TEST 1 UNIT 2

I.
1. A 2. B 3. B 4. B 5. A
II.
1. A 2. D 3. B 4. C 5.C
III.
1. C 2. C 3. A 4. C 5. A
6. B 7. C 8. B 9. D 10. C
11. D 12. A 13. C 14. C 15. C
IV.

148
 1. bad 2. suffer 3. sick 4. allergy
5. worse 6. tired 7. toothache 8. flu
V.
1. less 2. more 3.less 4. less 5. more
6. less 7. less 8. less 9. more 10. less – more
VI.
1. if 2. so 3. and 4. and 5. and
6. but 7. when 8. and 9. or 10. or
VII.
l. C 2. A 3. D 4. B 5. D
6. A 7. C 8. B 9. D 10. C
VIII.
1. energy 2. ride 3. calories 4. spend 5. for
6. fit 7. from 8. in 9. exercise 10. tired
IX.
1. F 2. F 3. T 4. F 5. F
6. F 7. T 8. T 9. F 10. T
X.
1. Nick washes his hands a lot, so he doesn’t have the flu.
2. David eats lots of junk food, and he doesn’t do exercise.
3. The doctor told Elena that she should sleep more, or she should try to relax more.
4. My sister plays computer games, but she does exercise too.
5. Eating more carrots helps you see objects more clearly at night.
6. Going outside with wet hair gives you a cold or flu.
XI.
1. We should keep our bodies warm to avoid flu or a cold.
2. Getting enough rest helps you (to) concentrate well at school.
3. Vitamins play an important role in our diet.
4. You should not play more computer games in your free time.
5. The doctor is asking Mai some questions about her health problems.
II.
Health is so undeniably important that everyone wishes to have a healthy life. First of all, it is important to
stay physically active. Doing exercises is the best way to keep fit and to prevent some diseases such as heart
ailment, high blood pressure, lung disorder and so on. This also helps build up our muscle and strengthen the
immune system. Moreover, a suitable and nutritious eating habit is of great necessity if one wants to stay
healthy. In addition, a healthy mind is part of a healthy body. When people are in a good state of mind, they
make good decisions for themselves about their jobs, their lifestyle, and their health. It is advisable to reduce
stress, make time for things that are fun and get enough sleep every day. Finally, regular health care visit is
essential for a healthy life. The practice ensures timely diagnosis and treatment of potential diseases. In
conclusion, it requires a combination of practices to maintain good health.

TEST 2(UNIT 2)
I.
1. B 2. A 3. C 4. D 5. C
II.
1. A 2. D 3. B 4. C 5. C 6. D 7. D 8. B 9. B 10. D
11. B 12. D 13. A 14. A 15. A 16. A 17. D 18. B 19. A 20. C
III.
1. stomachache 2. earache 3. sore throat 4. cold 5. toothache
IV.
1. toothache 2. backache 3. headache 4. stomachache 5. Earache 6. flu 7. sore throat 8. cough
V. 1. less 2. more 3. less 4. less 5. More 6. more 7. less 8. more 9. less 10. less
VI. 1. and 2. and 3. so 4. and 5. and 6. so 7. and 8. but
VII.
1. well 2. burn 3. temperature 4. stomachache 5. pain
6. cough 7. toothache 8. sick 9. hurts 10. headache

149
VIII.
1. Because everyone suffers from the common cold at some time or other.
2.No, it isn’t a serious illness.
3.It can make you cough less, make you feel better, and stop your nose running for a while.
4.People also drink a lot of hot water with sugar, lemon juice.
5.Because it helps provide people with a lot of vitamin C.
IX.
1. C 2. A 3. C 4. C 5. B 6. A 7. C 8. D 9. D 10.D
X.
1. You should not play more computer games in your free time.
2. The doctor is asking Mai some questions about her/ the health problems.
3. Vitamins play an important role in our diet.
4. We should keep our bodies warm to avoid flu or a cold.
5. Getting enough rest helps you (to) concentrate well at school.
TEST 3 UNIT 2
I. 1. b 2. d 3. c 4. a 5. d
II. 1. a 2. a 3. c 4. b 5. c 6. d 7. a 8. b 9. d 10. c
III.1. have - feel 2. feels 3. has a – feels 4. had a - feel
5. have (a) 6. had an – felt 7. has 8. feel - have a - have a
IV.
Illnesses and symptoms Activities
flu, cough, sore throat, fever, allergy, runny playing sports, walking, watching TV,
nose, headache, sneezing, red skin, gardening, swimming, doing aerobics,
stomachache exercising, cycling, relaxing, sleeping
V. 1. more 2. more 3. more 4. less
5.less 6. less – more 7. more 8. less
VI. 1. Play less 2. Eat more 3. Sleep more 4. read more
5. Watch less 6. drink more 7. Do more 8. Spend less
VII. 1. and 2. but 3. so 4. but 5. or 6. but 7. or 8. so 9. or 10. so
VIII. 1. at 2. out 3. on 4. for 5. to 6. with 7. in 8. for
IX. 1. Didyou eat 2. has put 3. drank 4. washes
5. won’t pass 6. has - is coughing 7. to exercise 8. sneezing
9. are you doing 10. eating/ to eat
X. 1. healthily 2. sickness 3. vegetarian 4. Obesity
5.allergic 6. sunburnt 7. tiredness 8. headache
XI. 1. d 2. c 3. c 4. a 5. b 6. a
XII. 1. b 2. d 3. b 4. c5. a
XIII. 1. Phong eats lots of junk food, so he is putting on weight.
2. I exercise daily because I want to stay healthy.
3.Sitting too close to the TV hurts your eyes.
4.She often takes paracetamol if she gets a bad headache.
5.How many calories do you burn doing aerobics for 2 hours?
6.Getting enough sleep helps students (to) do their best in the classroom.
XIV 1. The bus stopped, and the man got off.
2.Junk food tastes so good, but it is bad for your health.
3.You should eat less junk food or you will put on weight.
4.He is a vegetarian, so he doesn’t eat any meat.
5.Would you like meat or vegetables for lunch?
6.Susan went to the park and had a ride on the swing.
7. I love fruit, but I am allergic to strawberries.
8.There was a heavy rain, so the roads were flooded.
XV. 1. I love cold drinks, but I have a sore throat.
2.Jim eats too much fast food so he is overweight.
3.Is watching too much television bad for your health?
4.If you have the flu or a cold you should stay home.
5.Alex loves fishing so he usually goes fishing in the lake near his house.

150
 6.You can avoid some diseases by keeping yourself clean.

UNIT 3: COMMUNITY SERVICES

I.
1. A 2. A 3. B 4. D 5. D
II.
1. a 2. e 3. g 4. b 5. d 6. h 7. c 8. f
III.
1. clean: school yard; neighbourhood; streets; dirty tables
2. donate: old clothes; books; notebooks; blood; money
3. help: elderly people; homeless people; street children; local people; poor children
4. provide: fresh water; English lessons; food; opportunities; Internet; evening classes
IV.
1. letter 2. hear 3. participate 4. plans 5. collect
6. save 7. earn 8. plant 9. keep 10. do
V.
1. haven’t seen 2. called 3. has read 4. haven't begun 5. met
6. has been 7. haven’t 8. did – give up 9. has taken 10. Have you washed
VI.
1. moved 2. have been 3. have gone 4. spent 5. has explained
6. delivered 7. hasn't finished 8. have visited 9. heard 10. haven't started
VII.
1. have written – wrote 2. did – haven’t done 3. had – have never had
4. has made – made 5. have given – gave 6. has gone – went
7. Did – win – have never won 8. Did – play – Have – played
VIII.
1. has won 2. has finished 3. has lost 4. have bought 5. has passed
6. have spent 7. has sent 8. has started/ started
IX.
1. B 2. A 3. D 4. A 5. C
X.
1. B 2. C 3. C 4. C 5. A
XI. 1. True 2. False 3. True 4. True 5. True
XII.
1. B 2. A 3. D 4. C 5. D
XIII.
1. I have bought a laptop, but I have not used it.
2.I have written a blog, but I have not uploaded any photos to it.
3.We started the game half an hour ago, but we have not finished it.
4.My dad has been to London, but he has not seen Big Ben.
5.I have read my English book, but I have not done my English homework.
6.They have had lunch, but they have not had dinner.
7.I have downloaded some songs, but I have not listened to them.
TEST 1 UNIT 3
I.
1. B 2. A 3. C 4. A 5. D 6. D 7.C 8. B
II.
l. B 2. A 3. D 4. B 5. D
6. C 7. A 8. C 9. D 10. B
III.
1. Have you ever met – sat 2. did you start - have recently completed – asked
3. saw - have already seen 4. has worked – started
IV.
1. was having 2. has travelled 3. haven’t begun
4. is running 5. invited - didn’t come 6. is cleaning
7. began 8. has made 9. is cooking

151
 10. going 11. haven’t seen - left
l2. is playing 13. left 14. has been
V.
1. am carving 2. helped 3. went
4. has done 5. has never eaten 6. have known
7. Have you ever done/ did
8. have collected 9. has made
VI.
1. How long 2. yesterday 3. yet 4. always 5. ever
6. since 7. just 8. ago 9. already 10. for
VII.
1. have collected → collected 2. see → saw
3. clean → cleaned 4. didn’t see → haven’t seen
5. Do you do → Have you done
VIII.
l. C 2. B 3. D 4. B 5. D
6. A 7. C 8. A 9. B 10. A
IX.
l. C 2. B 3. D 4. B 5. D
6. A 7. C 8. A 9. B 10. A
X.
1. She bought some interesting books last weekend.
2. I love watching basketball and volleyball.
3. My English teacher dances very gracefully.
4. I have to stay at home because it is raining.
5. I love Vietnam because it is very beautiful.
6. I was born in 1990 in Vinh Phuc.
7. I have English lessons on Monday and Tuesday.
8. Swimming is my favourite passion.
9. My family moved here in 2004.
10. That is Mary and those are her students.
VIII.
l. A 2. A 3. D 4. B 5. B 6. C

TEST 2 (UNIT 3)
I.
1. C 2. D 3. B 4. A 5.
II.
11. A 12. B 13. B 14. D 15. A 16. C 17. B 18. D 19. C 20. A
21. C 22. A 23. C 24. D 25. D 26. D 27. B 28. D 29. D 30. B
III.
1. has turned 2. has just started 3. has done 4. has lost 5. have gone
6. Have you bought 7. have had – gave 8. have watched 9. Worked 10. have been
IV.
1. yet 2. already 3. just/ already 4. already 5. Yet
V.
1. B 2. C 3. C 4. D 5. B
VI.
1. B 2. B 3. B 4. A 5. D
VII.
1. Have you finished your homework yet?
2. This printer is under guarantee.
3. We haven’t had a vacation since last year.
4. They give away warm clothes to homeless people in Ha Noi.
5. Volunteering makes a difference in our community.

152
 TEST 3 UNIT 3
I. 1. a 2. d 3. b 4. c 5. a
II. 1. d 2. c 3. a 4. b 5. a
III.1. a 2. b 3. c 4. a 5. b 6. c 7. c 8. a 9. a 10. d
IV. 1. sick children 2. homeless people 3. street children 4. donors
5. volunteers 6. elderly people 7. disabled people
V. 1. Donate 2. Organise 3. Clean up 4. Plant
5. Volunteer 6. Recycle 7. Provide 8. Tutor
VI. 1. have seen 2. went 3. Have you ever done4. have had
5. did 6. have lived 7.bought 8. Did you see
9. have read 10. didn’t play
VII.1. Have you ever been - have been 2. went 3. did you meet
4. hasn’t phoned 5. have known 6. lived
7. didn’t see 8.painted 9.left
10. have taught
VIII.1. has failed 2.established
3. have they lived – moved 4.have finished
5.am studying 6.did you buy - bought
7.Have you ever been - haven’t been 8.volunteers
9.to help 10.donating
IX. 1. services 2. Disabled 3. organisation 4. donation
5. non-profit 6. voluntary 7. charitable 8. elderly
X. 1. c 2. b 3. c 4. d 5. c 6. b 7. a 8. a 9. b 10. b
XI.1. He stopped the car because the traffic lights turned red.
2.Jane didn’t join our programme as she has to take a summer course.
3.Since he behaved very rudely, everyone dislike him.
4.They do volunteer work because they like doing something useful.
5. I won’t be able to attend the meeting since I’ll be on holiday with my family.
6.As it was raining heavily, we decided to stay home and watch TV.
7.He’s training hard because he wants to get fit.
8.Since Sally was ill, she didn’t go to school yesterday.
XII.1. because 2. so 3. and 4. because 5. but
6. or 7. because 8. but 9. so 10. and
XIII. 1. as 2. for 3. in 4. to 5. of 6. at 7. in 8. with
XIV.1.volunteer 2. while 3. service 4. together
5.money 6. clothing 7. back 8. but
XV. 1.Community service is work done by a person or group of people that benefits others.
2.It is often done near the area where you live.
3.No, it isn’t. (You do not get paid to perform community service.)
4.It can help many different groups of people: children, elderly people, homeless people, people in poverty
and people with disabilities.
5.Yes, it is.
6.Many people take part in community service because they enjoy helping others and improving their
community.
XVI.1. c 2. b 3. b 4. c 5. a 6. d
XVII.1. T 2. T 3. F 4. F 5. T 6. F
XVIII. 1.Community service is a great way to help others.
2.People volunteer because they want to improve their community.
3.We encouraged people to donate books and clothes to street children.
4.What can we do to help clean the environment?
5.Have you ever done any volunteer work?
6.Joe spent most of his free time doing volunteer work at a local hospital.

TEST YOURSELF 1
I.

153
1. B 2. D 3. C 4. B 5. D
II.
6. C 7. B 8. D 9. B 10. B11. D 12. D 13. B 14. C
15. B 16. B 17. B 18. C 19. B 20. D21. B 22. C 23. D 24. C 25. C
III.
26. toothache 27. Headache 28. Stomachache 29. pain 30. hurts 31. earache
32. throat 33. Cough 34. temperature 35. allergy
IV.
36. yet 37. already 38. yet 39. Already 40. already
41. yet 42. already 43. yet 44. already 45. yet
V.
46. Have you put 47. have just done 48. haven't started 49. borrowed 50. have already looked
51. hasn’t been 52. have found 53. has it got 54. is 55. have just seen 56. B
VI.
56. A 57. C 58. B 59. B 60. B
VII.
61. True 62. True 63. False 64. True 65. False
VIII.
66. Young people of different nationalities go on the expeditions.
67. There are ten expeditions every year.
68. It lasts for ten weeks.
69. They help scientists to do environmental research.
70. We have to speak English to become a volunteer.
TEST YOURSELF 1
I. 1. c 2. b 3. d 4. a 5. d
II. 1. collecting 2. disabled 3. hobby 4. cold
5. shape 6. homeless
III.1. c 2. c 3. d 4. b 5. a 6. d 7. b 8. a 9. c 10. d
IV. 1. have already read 2. didn’t do 3. did
4. will eat 5. need 6. Has Alex ever been - has been
7. is having 8. was established 9. to recycle 10. doing
V. 1. enjoyment 2. collector 3. overweight 4. toothache
5. unhealthy 6. donors 7. voluntarily 8. homeless
VI.1. What is your favourite hobby?
2.How much time does he spend carving eggshells?
3.Who do you often share your hobby with?
4.Why did she go to the doctor?
5.How many calories a day do people need to stay in shape?
6.When did you start working as a volunteer?
7.What have you done so far?
8.How long has your mother done charitable work?
VII.1. Donating 2. charitable 3. helping 4. disabled
5.how 6. feed 7. care 8. parents
VIII.1. c 2. b 3. a 4. d 5. a
IX. 1. My father is interested in playing board games.
2.The last time he smoked was a month ago.
3.That apartment is the most modern.
4.Nam’s collection has over two hundred stamps.
5.It takes me twenty minutes to walk to school every morning.
6.It’s very difficult for me to lose weight.

UNIT 4: MUSIC AND ARTS

I.
/ʃ/:special; essential; musician; exhibition; fiction; sunshine; social; machine; sure; delicious; champagne;
attention; discussion;

154
/ʒ/:vision; leisure; closure; treasure; usually; pleasure; television; measure; occasion; decision; collage;
conclusion
II.
1. singing 2. saxophone 3. band4. concert 5. art 6. painting
III.
1. India 2. weddings 3. drums 4. rap 5. hands 6. trousers
IV.
1. worked 2. has helped 3. did 4. won 5. didn't win
6. was 7. has been 8. hasn't won 9. has written 10. has never been given
V.
1. Rugby isn’t as exciting as football. 2. Viet Nam isn’t as hot as Indonesia.
3. German isn’t as easy as French. 4. Alice isn’t as friendly as Anita.
5. The hotel in Paris isn’t as good as the hotel in London.
VI.
1. as important as 2. most popular 3. Easier 4. better
5. as expensive as 6.heavier 7. more suitable 8. the best
VII.
1. Lan and and Mai join the school theater group.
2.They are rehearsing a play for the Teacher’s Day.
3.Lan and Mai are the members of the stamp collector’s club.
4.Hung and Tuan play for the school football team.
5.Ha and Thanh are the members of the school art club
VIII.
1. There are over 30 schools of rock in different towns in the USA.
2.It’s about a rock musician who became a teacher.
3.He started the first School of Rock in 1998.
4.He teaches them to be rock performers.
5.He has already taught hundreds of young people.
IX.
1. A 2. B 3. C 4. C 5. B
TEST 1 UNIT 4
I.
/ʃ/ /ʒ/
fashion, fiction, ocean, musician, exhibition, closure, stations, usually, vision,
optional, wash, shoulder, show, essential, leisure
shark, shelter, special, short, social

II.
1. D 2. D 3. B 4. B 5. D
III.
1. D 2. B 3. A 4. C 5. C
IV.
l. C 2. B 3. D 4. A 5. A
V.
l. C 2. A 3. C 4. B 5. D
6. D 7. C 8. A 9. D 10. A
11.D 12. A 13. D 14. D 15. C
VI.
1. They can play table tennis, and we can, too.
2. He sings love songs very well, and his sister does, too.
3. I write diary every night, and my mother does, too.
4. My father doesn’t drink beer, and my mother doesn’t, either.
5. She is swimming in the pool, and her children are, too.
6. Hoa ate bread with milk for breakfast, and Hoa’s uncle did, too.
7. She didn’t watch TV last night, and her husband didn’t, either.
155
 8. They mustn’t stay up late, and their friends mustn’t, either.
9. Milk is good for your health, and fruit juice is, too.
10. Betty doesn’t do morning exercise, and Betty’s aunt doesn’t, either.
VII.
1. artist 2. actor 3. necessity 4. performance
5. originated 6. musical 7. photography 8. excited
9. invitation 10. pleasure
VIII.
1. as attractive as 6. as difficult as
2. as beautiful as 7. are the same as
3. isn’t as dangerous as 8. isn’t as luxurious as
4. isn’t as expensive as 9. different from
5. different from 10. as important as

IX.
l. was 2. in 3. leaving 4. wrote 5. much
6. made 7. lived 8. the 9. However 10. most
X.
1. F 2. T 3. F 4. F 5. T
XI.
1. He does, too. 2. I can, too.
3. Nga didn’t, either. 4. He will, too.
5. the ruler isn’t, either. 6. yesterday is, too.
7. The girls don’t, either. 8. he doesn’t, either.
9. her brother does, too. 10. they did, too.
XII.
1. they do, too. 2. Tom can, too.
3. Nga didn’t, either. 4. her mother will, too.
5. the durians aren’t, either. 6. May is, too.
7. the girls shouldn’t, either. 8. my friends don’t, either.
9. her brothers do, too. 10. their children did, too.

TEST 2(UNIT 4)

I.
1. B 2. D 3. A 4. B 5. D
II.
11. C 12. D 13. B 14. C 15. C 16. B 17. B 18. A 19. C 20. A
21. C 22. B 23. B 24. A 25. A 26. D 27. C 28. B 29. A 30. D
III.
1. C 2. A 3. D 4. B 5. C
IV.
1.He usually does his homework, watch some TV, read a book or play the guitar.
2.Thomas has the keyboard and John has the drums.
3.John has written some songs, and his sister sometimes sings with them.
4.They are hoping to play some concerts one day!
5.He sometimes goes on day trips with his family, the best thing is lying on the sand and listening to music on
my iPod.
V.
1.The room at the end of the corridor of the art gallery is not as large as this room.
2.In my opinion, romance films are not as exciting as action films.
3.Picasso’s paintings are not the same as Salvador Dali’s paintings.
4.I am interested in comic books, and my brother is interested in comic books too.
5.My mother doesn’t like thrillers, and I don’t either.
156
6.Her hobbies are taking photographs and collecting coins.
7.Viet Nam has some kinds of traditional opera, such as “Chèo” or “Cải lương”.
8.I don’t sing as well as my sister.
9.Ballets and modern dance are not the same.
10.The project was not as long as we thought at first.
VI.
1.I am happy to hear that you and your family are well.
2.Did you remember the circus (that) we saw last year?
3.The circus is coming again to our city.
4.My father has bought the tickets for the circus.
5.We would like you to go with us.
6. Are you free this weekend?
7. We will meet you at 7 pm outside the theatre. 78. The show begins at 7.30 pm.
9.I hope we will have a good time together.
10.I look forward to seeing you there/ I am looking forward to seeing you there.
TEST 3 UNIT 4
I. /ʃ/ musician, special, sure, show, sugar, machine, ocean, champagne, station, dishwasher,delicious,
tradition, brochure,
/ʒ/ pleasure, occasion, usually, television, leisure, provision, decision, treasure, garage
II. 1. d 2. a 3. d 4. c 5. b
III.1. b 2. c 3. a 4. d 5. b
IV. 1. b 2. a 3. d 4. a 5. b 6. c 7. d 8. a 9. d 10. c
V. 1. poet 2. singer 3. composer 4. comedian
5. pianist 6. musician 7. artist 8. actress
VI. 1. composed 2. paints 3. sang 4. to play
5. have exhibited 6. drew 7. taking 8. is performing
VII.1. hottest 2. farther 3. famous 4. more important
5. most powerful 6. big 7. more patient 8. quickly
VIII. 3. This house is different from your last house.
4.The child’s height is the same as the height of the table.
5.Jane is very different from her sister.
6.This cake tastes the same as that cake.
7.Food in San Francisco is different from food in New Orleans.
8.His shoes are the same as my shoes.
9.American English is slightly different from British English.
10.People say I look just the same as my mother.
IX.1. as 2.than 3.as 4. from
5. as 6.than 7.from 8. as
X. 1. Walking is not as fast as cycling.
2.This tea tastes different from the one I usually drink.
3.Health is more important than money.
4.His new guitar is the same as his old one.
5.K2 is not as high as Everest.
6.Oil painting is different from pencil painting.
7.Today’s exam was shorter than yesterday’s.
8.Your idea is not the same as mine.
XI. 1. either 2.too 3.either 4. either
5. too 6.either 7.too 8. too
XII. 1. for 2. at 3. of 4. on 5. in 6. of 7. at 8. at
XIII.1. has changed 2. are driving 3. are made 4. went - saw
5. finish/have finished6. have been 7. weren’t 8. will write
9. doing 10. to work
XIV. 1. c 2. a 3. d 4. a 5. b 6. a
XV. 1. Modern graffiti began in big cities in the United States.
2. Demetrius’s tag was TAKI 183.
3. They wrote their own tags on New York walls.

157
 4. Aerosol paint graffiti became popular in the 1970s and 1980s.
5. No, it isn’t. In some countries, it is illegal.
6.In Taiwan, Artists can paint in graffiti zones.
XVI.1. folk 2. north 3. printed 4. leaves
5. artists 6.layer 7. long 8. decoration
XVII. 1. T 2. F 3. T 4. F 5. T
XVIII. 1. Students who study arts are more attentive than those who don’t.
2.My father never watches horror films, and I don’t either.
3.Do you think classical music is as exciting as Rock and Roll?
4.The musician is very anxious about the next performance.
5.My sister is interested in drawing, but I find it boring.
6.What is your favourite kind of music?
XIX. 1. Her phone is different from mine.
2. I think jazz music isn’t as popular as rock music.
3.Are you interested in seeing a water puppet show?
4.The water puppet show is performed in a pool.
5. I haven’t spoken to David since Christmas.
6.They cancelled the school trip because nobody wanted to go.
7.Jim’s brother plays the saxophone better than him.
8.What kind of music do you like most?

XX. 1.This show isn’t different from the show we saw last week.
2.No other runner is as quick as her/she is.
3.She has made fewer mistakes than last time.
4.The Eiffel Tower is the same height as an 81-storey building.
5.Jurassic Park was directed by Steven Spielberg.
6.My favourite painting is more expensive than this painting.
7.My French is not as good as my English.
8.The last time John did any housework was a month ago.

UNIT 5: VIETNAMESE FOOD AND DRINK

I.
/ɒ/:bottle; pot; salt; omelette; what; yogurt; chocolate; dialogue; shopping; lot; got; not; soft
/ɔː/:more; pork; fork; sauce; short; caught; daughter; audience; morning; talk; laundry; water
II.
1. B 2. C 3. D 4. C 5. C
III.
1. D 2. B 3. B 4. D 5. D II.
IV.
Food :apples; bread; pork; beef; sausages; eggs; sandwiches; sticky rice; pizza; noodles; cheese; pancake; beef
noodle soup; toast; chicken; shrimp; eel soup
Drink :coffee; hot chocolate; milk; orange juice; green tea; mineral water; lemon tea; yoghurt
V.
1. Are there any cakes? – Yes, there are some.
2. Is there any butter? – No, there isn’t any.
3. Is there any mineral water? – Yes, there is some.
4. Are there any eggs? – No, there aren’t any.
5. Is there any salt? – Yes, there is some.
6. Are there any carrots? – Yes, there are some.
7. Are there any apples? – Yes, there are some.
8. Is there any sugar? – Yes, there is some.
VI.
1. some 2. some 3. any 4. some 5. some 6. some 7. any 8. some

158
VII.
1. e 2. g 3. b 4. h 5. c 6. a 7. d 8. f
VIII.
1. How much 2. How much 3. How many 4. How much
5.How many 6. How many 7. How many 8. How much
IX.
1. How much water do you drink every day?
2.How many students are there in you class?
3.How many hours do you sleep every night?
4.How much money do you have in your bag or pocket?
5.How many subjects do you study at school?
X.
A.1. amazing 2. famous 3. demonstrations 4. volunteers 5. cows 6. volunteer
B.1. B 2. D 3. A 4. D 5. B
XI.
A/ 1. calories 2. energy 3. snacks 4. sweet 5. salty
6. healthy 7. vitamins 8. sources
B/ 1. It helps you feel great.
2. You can still enjoy your favourite sweet and salty foods.
3. Because they contain calcium and keep your teeth and bones healthy.
4. They keep our bodies healthy and they give us energy to work and play.
5. Because they help you have a healthy heart.
6. We get whole grains from bread, cereal, pasta, and rice.
7. Because they are low in calories and full of vitamins.
8. Fruit and vegetables with darker colours have more vitamins.
XII.
1. First, you put the tea bag into a small cup, and pour slowly boiled water on it.
2. After that, wait for 5 to 7 minutes, then get the tea bag out of the cup.
3. Second, cut the lemon half, and press the water from it, but don’t use its seeds.
4. Next, add some sugar and stir the mixture, and then add some ice.
5. Your drink has already been served, and then pour it into some glasses.
6. Finally, decorate a sliced lemon and some basil leaves on the surface of drink.

TEST 1 UNIT 5
I.
l. B 2. C 3. B 4. A
II.
l. A 2. B 3. C 4. A 5. D
III.
l. A 2. B 3. C 4. A
5. D 6. C 7. D 8. B
IV.
1. some 2. any 3. a 4. some 5. some
6. any 7. a 8. some 9. an 10. some
V.
1. any 2. some 3. some
4. any 5. any 6. much – a lot of
7. many – many 8. much- a lot of 9. many – many
10. much – much
VI.
1. Boil 2. fry 3. bill 4. frozen 5. vegetarian
6. the food 7. done 8. bread 9. cook 10. chicken
VII.

159
 dairy
meat seafood fruit vegetables drinks Cereals
products
beef salmon oranges peas tea milk pasta
chicken tuna bananas beans coffee yogurt rice
pork cod pears cucumber wine ice cream flour
bacon prawns strawberries pepper beer butter bread
sausages grapes tomatoes lemonade cream noodles
lamp
ham

VIII.
1. some 2. any 3. any 4. any 5. some
6. any 7. some 8. some 9. some 10. Any

X.
1. dish 2. introduction 3. when 4. easy 5. special
6. for 7. dried 8. kinds 9. mixed 10. are
XI.
1. much 2. many 3. much 4. much 5. many
6. much 7. many 8. many 9. much 10. Many
XII.
1. Susan isn’t as good at English as Tim.
2. It took us five hours to get to London.
3. He enjoys listening to music.
4. Her younger sister isn’t as beautiful as she is.
5. They have studied English since 2004.
6. It’s time for you to go to school.
7. My father is a teacher at a high school.
8. The car is too expensive for us to buy.
9. He is said to beat his wife.
10. She has bought that house since 1990.

TEST 2 (UNIT 5)
I.
1. B 2. A 3. C 4. D 5. C
II.
6. C 7. D 8. A 9. D 10. B
III.
11. B 12. D 13. C 14. A 15. D 16. B 17. D 18. B 19. B 20. D
21. D 22. A 23. B 24. B 25. B 26. B 27. D 28. D 29. C 30. D
IV.
31. some 32. some – any 33. any34. some – any 35. any

V.
36. How much luggage do you have?
37. How much paper do you need to write on?
38. How many newspapers does your father read a day?
39. How many litres of water do you drink every day?
40. How much bread do you need to make sandwiches?
VI.
41. B 42. C 43. D 44. A 45. B
VII.

160
46. Meals in Viet Nam usually include rice.
47. More foreign restaurants have been opened in Viet Nam since Viet Nam opened its doors to foreign
investors.
48. Young people in Viet Nam now like fast food because of its conveniences.
49. They have lunch somewhere nearby the work places.
50. The most successful Vietnamese fast food chain is Pho 24.
VIII.
51.People in my town enjoy healthy food and they have three meals a day – breakfast, lunch, and dinner.
52.At about 7 o’clock in the morning, they often have breakfast.
53.Breakfast is a light meal. But it is considered important. People have breakfast with a bowl of noodle soup,
or noodles with pork (hu tieu), instant noodle or a plate of sticky rice (xoi).
54.Lunch usually starts at 11.30. Lunch is also a light meal, usually followed by an hour’s rest.
55.Most employees have lunch at food shops near their working places.
56.Students have lunch at school canteens.
57.People often have traditional food with rice, meat, fish and vegetables. Young people often have fast food at
shops like Lotteria, Jollibee, and KFC.
58.Dinner is the main meal. Dinner must include rice with many dishes from meat, fish, eggs, tofu, and
vegetables.
59.People prepare food by boiling, steaming, barbecuing and frying. Then, they often have fruit and green tea.
60.I think Vietnamese food is cheap, nutritious, and very delicious.

TEST 3 UNIT 5
I. 1. a 2. c 3. b 4. d 5. b
II. 1. a 2. c 3. d 4. d 5. a
III.1. b 2. d 3. c 4. c 5. d 6. a 7. b 8. c 9. d 10. A
IV. 1. loaf 2. packet 3. glass 4. carton
5. slice 6. piece 7. tin 8. bowl
9. bar 10. can
V. 1. U 2. C 3. U 4. C 5. U 6. C 7. U 8. C 9. U 10. U
11. C 12. U 13. U 14. C 15. C 16. U 17. U 18. C
VI. 1. any 2. some - a 3. a - some 4. some - any
5. some - a 6. any - any - some 7. any - an - some 8. some - some
9. some - an 10. a - a
VII.1. How many 2. How much 3. How much 4. How many
5. How much 6. How many 7. How many 8. How much
9. How many 10. How much
VIII.1. How many cups of butter do we need for this recipe?
2.How much milk would you like in your tea?
3.How many grapes are there in the fridge?
4.How many cakes did she make for the party last night?
5.How much pork does your mother want for the barbecue?
6.How much cat food did you buy at the supermarket yesterday?
7.How many exams have they had so far?
8.How much tea is there in the teapot?
IX. 1. an 2. any 3. some 4. How many
5. kilo 6. some 7. some 8. How much
9.how many 10. some 11. some 12. any 13. a
X. 1. am going to clean 2.tastes – are
3.has become 4.went
5. is learning 6.won’t be
7.is cut 8.eats
9.stewing 10.to drink
XI. 1. salty 2.mixture
3.fried 4.juicy
5. commonly 6.boneless
7.preparation 8.fragrant

161
XII.1. many → much 5.breads → bread
2.some → any 6.in → for
3.a → some 7.to→ than
4.ingredient → ingredients 8.glass→ glasses
XIII. 1. a 2. c 3. d 4. d 5. b 6. a
XIV. 1. a 2. c 3. b 4. d 5. B
XV.1. most 2. broth 3. basic 4. pot
5. stewing 6. rice 7. vary 8. even
XVI. 1. F 2. T 3. F 4. F 5. T 6. T
XVII. 1.How many kilos of potatoes would you like?
2. I went fishing but I didn’t catch any fish.
3.Cook the chicken over the low heat for 15 minutes before you serve it.
4.Can you tell me how to cook broken rice?
5.There are three cartons of milk in the fridge.
6.He has got an egg but he hasn’t got any bread.
7.How much rice is left in the electric cooker?
8.Pho is one of the most popular dishes in Vietnam.

XVIII. 1. How many eggs does she need to make two cakes?
2. How much wine did they drink at the party last night?
3. When do you often drink coffee?
4.What is your favourite food?
5.How does your lemonade taste?
6.Is there any milk in the fridge?
7.Would you like some cookies?
8.How is the beef broth made?

UNIT 6: THE FIRST UNIVERSITY IN VIET NAM

I.
/tʃ/iterature; coach; lecture; question; choose; feature; culture; charitable; sandwich; beach; sculpture; statue
/dʒ/passenger; luggage; stranger; Japan; journey; January; juice; arrange; fragile; junk; sausage; heritage;
vegetarian
II.
Sa Pa: blanket, compass, canned food, warm clothes, mobile phone, camera, scarf, boots, brochure, umbrella,
matches, torch, medicines.
Mui Ne: mineral water, mobile phone, tent, camera, ball, suntan lotion, swim suit, hat/ cap, brochure,
umbrella, towel, medicines.
III.
1. was discovered 2. was finished 3. was built 4. was completed 5. was opened
6. was sold 7. was built 8. was considered 9. was discovered 10. was completed
IV.
1. Kangaroos were found in Australia.
2. English is spoken in many countries in the world.
3. Rice is grown in mostly Asia.
4. Coffee is made in Brazil.
5. The carnival is held in Brazil every year.
6. Baseball is played all over the USA.
V.
1. Computers are used all over the world.
2. Many ancient things are kept in museums.
3. All my homework is done on my computer.
4. Many famous films are made in Hollywood.
5. Our English lessons are taught by Ms Linh.
6. All of us are driven to school by my father.
7. Cell phones are used by a lot of people.

162
8. My town is visited by hundreds of tourists every year.
9. Khue Van Pavilion symbol is used on all street signs of Ha Noi.
10. The Imperial Academy was built as the first university in Viet Nam by King Ly Nhan Tong in 1076.
VI.
1. False 2. False 3. True 4. True 5. True
VII.
1. The Temple of Literature is about 10 minutes away from Hoan Kiem Lake.
2. It was constructed in 1070 under Ly Thanh Tong’s dynasty.
3. There are five courtyards.
4. The second is with Khue Van Pavilion.
5. It is used on all street signs of Ha Noi.
6. We can find the stone tablets above tortoise backs with the names of doctors in the third courtyard.
7. The fourth courtyard is dedicated for Confucius and his 72 honoured students, as well as Chu Van An.
8. Thai Hoc House is in the farthest courtyard.
9. Thai Hoc House was used as the Imperial Academy.
10. It holds a small collection of old-time costumes for students and scholars.
VIII.
1. It began in 1075, and ended in 1919.
2. They lasted more than 300 years.
3. Emperor Le Thai Tong ordered that examinations should be held regularly, once every three years. In
1434.
4. The laureates of a royal examination were awarded the title “Tien si” (Doctoral laureate).
5. From 1484 to 1780, 82 stone tablets were erected.

TEST 1 UNIT 6
I.
/tʃ/ /dʒ/
itchy, chest, feature, children, jazz, journey, jam, sausage, subject,
cheerful, teacher, culture, charity, stranger, originate, heritage, passenger,
exchange, coach encourage

II.
1. D 2. D 3. B 4. C 5. A
III.
1. C 2. D 3. B 4. A 5. C
IV.
1. B 2. C 3. D 4. B 5. A
V.
1. A 2. A 3. A 4. A 5. B
6. D 7. C 8. B 9. A 10. B
11. C 12. B 13. D 14. D 15. A

VI.
1. provide 2. be established
3. was built 4. weren’t reconstructed
5. was considered 6. are being planted
7. was discovered 8. graduated
9. was completed 10. was sold
VII.
1. has been used 2. was discovered
3. has been widened 4. was finished
5. is situated 6. was built
7. visited 8. was completed
9. was formed 10. was opened
VIII.
163
 1. bought => were bought 2. builds => will be built
3. sold => are sold 4. visited => is visited
5. names => is named 6. located => is located
7. teach => are taught 8. erected => were erected
9. select => were selected 10. consider => is considered

IX.
1. tourist 2. important 3. surroundings
4. prepared 5. recognition 6. erection
7. cultural 8. contributed 9. university
10. educators
X.
1. Exercises are often done (by him) every night.
2. The room is usually decorated (by her) at weekends.
3. Country songs are always sung by Daisy.
4. Her sister is often given sweets.
5. These trees are often watered by Nam and Peter.
6. Cars are produced in this country.
7. Smoking isn’t allowed in this restaurant.
8. Is the room cleaned by pupils every day?
XI.
1. The wheel was invented thousands of years ago.
2. These flowers are watered by my father every morning.
3. Computers are used all over the world.
4. Is a statue of Chu Van An being built?
5. Fiona was invited to his birthday party by John last night.
6. Many ancient things are kept in museums.
7. Is the Temple of Literature surrounded by four busy streets?
8. Many famous films are made in Hollywood.
9. The dinner is being prepared in the kitchen by her mother.
10. All my homework is done on my computer.
XII.
1. Service is included in the bill.
2. The book is chosen carefully by Nana.
3. That room isn’t used.
4. Fruits are grown in California.
5. Many young people are attracted by these jeans.
6. This road isn’t used very often.
7. The dishes are washed in the evening.
XIII.
1. The watch was bought at the shop (by her).
2. The house was built in 1950.
3. The exercises were done last week.
4. The letters were sent by the pupils the day before yesterday.
5. The lesson was learned (by him) two weeks ago.
6. Kieu story was written by Nguyen Du.
7. The cake was made by her last night.
8. The dishes were washed by Daisy last night.
XIV.
1. Cell phones are used by a lot of people.
2. We haven’t been taught by Miss Diep since the last semester.
3. Our English lessons are taught by Mr. Vinh.
4. That experiment is being done by a student.
5. We are given a free period by our teachers this Saturday to prepare the festival.
6. Was this dictionary bought two weeks ago?
7. Our teeth should be cleaned twice a day.

164
 8. I am not impressed by Alan’s knowledge about science and technology.
9. All of us are driven to school by her father every day.
10. A new school is going to be built here next year.

TEST 2(UNIT 6)
I.
1. A 2. D 3. B 4. C 5. A
II.
11. D 12. C 13. B 14. C 15. B 16. D 17. C 18. C 19. D 20. D
21. B 22. D 23. D 24. A 25. C 26. C 27. B 28. D 29. C 30. C
III.
31. were bought 32. will be built 33. are sold 34. is visited 35. is named
36. is located 37. are taught 38. were erected 39. were selected 40. is considered
IV.
41. False 42. True 43. False 44. True 45. True
V.
46. It is located on the bank of the Huong River, to the west of the Citadel, just 1 kilometer from Linh Mu
Pagoda.
47. It was built in 1908 during the reign of Emperor Gia Long.
48. It is the worshiping hall of Confucius.
49. There are 32 stone tablets bearing the names of 239 successful candidates in National Examinations
organized through the Nguyen Dynasty.
50. Hue Temple of Literature is a unique symbol of Vietnam educational system during the feudal times.
VI.
56. More trees and plants will be planted in the park.
57. The erection of the first Doctors’ stone tablets was ordered by King Le Thanh Tong.
58. The tickets for the football match between Viet Nam and Thailand have been sold out.
59. Many old houses in Hoi An have been restored.
60. Khue Van Pavilion was chosen as the symbol of Ha Noi.
TEST 3 UNIT 6
I. 1. a 2. b 3. a 4. d 5. c
II. 1. a 2. d 3. c 4. c 5. b 6. c 7. a 8. d 9. d 10. b
III./dʒ/: joke, college, juice, July, giraffe, garage, engine, gymnastic, enjoy, language
/tʃ/: chicken, watch, cheap, cello, question, sandwich, exhaustion, natural, furniture, statue
IV. 1. Cheese is made from milk.
2.The Temple is visited by thousands of people every year.
3.Toyota cars are produced by Toyota Motor Corporation.
4. German is also spoken at EU meetings.
5.Most newspapers are printed on recycled paper.
6.The Imperial Academy is considered the first university in Vietnam.
7.Three millilitres of water are added to the mixture.
8.The letters are delivered by the postman at 8 o’clock.
V. 1. was constructed 2. were built 3.were recognized 4.was completed
5. were selected 6. was made 7.were held 8.was born
VI. 1.is celebrated 2. was built 3.is located 4.was written
5. was recognized 6. are displayed 7.were erected 8.were reconstructed
9. is surrounded 10. are regarded
VII.1. The Internet is used all over the world.
2.Was the missing girl found by the police?
3.These tourist attractions are visited by large numbers of tourists annually.
4.Po Nagar Cham Towers were built to honour the goddess Po Nagar.
5.This museum isn’t visited by tourists very often.
6.All this cheese was bought in France.
7. I wasn’t invited to their New Year party.
8.Is mineral water sold in plastic bottles?

165
 9.The Imperial Academy is considered the first university in Vietnam.
10. When was Ha Long Bay recognised by UNESCO as a World Heritage Site?
VIII. 1. b 2. d 3. c 4. b 5. c 6. a 7. a 8. d 9. b 10. c
IX. 1. for 2. about 3. under 4. with 5. as 6. of 7. in 8. by 9. at 10. of

X. 1. is organised 2. built 3. were made 4. was set

5. haven’t done 6. is speaking 7. are spoken 8. be divided
9.rent 10.visiting
XI. 1. attraction 2.cultural 3.founder 4. erection
5.talented 6.symbolise 7.recognition 8. historic
XII. 1. a 2. b 3. d 4. c 5. a 6. c
XIII. 1. Chu Van An was born in 1292.
2.He was a straightforward man.
3.In his early life, he opened a school and began his career as a Confucian teacher.
4.When he was a teacher at the Imperial Academy, Chu Van An taught the prince Vuong, the future
emperor Tran Hien Tong.
5.He resigned because his request of beheading eight corrupted mandarins was refused./ ... because King
Tran Du Tong refused his request of beheading eight corrupted mandarins.
6.He was 78 years old when he died.
7.An altar to Chu Van An was erected in the Temple of Literature.
XIV. 1. T 2. F 3. T 4. F 5. T 6. F
7.The Imperial Academy was founded in 1076.
8.The Imperial Academy operated as a university for more than 700 years.
XV. 1. The Temple of Literature is visited by thousands of people every day.
2.The construction of 116 steles was ordered by King Le Thanh Tong in 1484.
3.You had better take warm clothes because it’s very cold in Sa Pa.
4.Would you like to visit Ho Chi Minh Mausoleum first?
5.You don’t need to book a hotel in advance.
6.You should rent a bike or motorbike to travel around the city.
7.Why don’t we pay a visit to Huong Pagoda?
8.They chose Khue Van Pavilion as the official symbol for Vietnam’s capital Hanoi.
XVI. 1. People/ They regard the Temple of Literature as the first university in Vietnam.
2.A picture of the One Pillar Pagoda was bought by his father last year.
3.The Hung Kings’ Temple is visited by thousands of people every day.
4.Who built the Imperial Academy?
5.Khue Van pavtllion symbol can be seen on street signs in Hanoi.
6.Khue Van pavillion is used as a symbol of Hanoi by Vietnamses people.
7.What is the Temple of Literature surrounded by?
8.In 1994, UNESCO recognised Ha Long Bay as a World Heritage Site

TEST YOURSELF 2
I.
1. D 2. C 3. A 4. C 5. D
II.
11. B 12. B 13. C 14. D 15. C
III.
16. I’m not as tall as Lan.
17. Work is as important as family to me.
18. R&B is quite different from rap music.
19. The silver watch is not as expensive as the gold watch.
20. Playing a musical instrument is not as difficult as composing a song.
IV.
21. How much 22. How many23. How much24. How much25. How many
26. How many27. How much28. How many29. How many30. How much
V.
31. False 32. False 33. False 34. True 35. True

166
36. A 37. B 38. C 39. A 40. B
VI.
41. It was built to honour Confucius and later used as a royal school.
42. It was considered Vietnam’s first university.
43. It produced thousands of scholars for the country.
44. Chu Van An was appointed the Imperial Academy’s principal under the reign of Emperor Tran Minh
Tong.
45. There are 82 Doctors’ stone tablets. They stand upon stone turtles.
VII.
46. How much water do you drink every day?
47. How much chocolate do you eat every week?
48. How much cola do you drink every week?
49. How many brothers and sisters do you have?
50. How many rooms are there TEST YOURSELF 2
I. 1. b 2. a 3. a 4. d 5. c
II. 1. a 2. c 3. d 4. d 5. b 6. a 7. b 8. d 9. d 10. b
III.1. began 2. was written 3. won’t agree 4. went
5.aren’t working 6. were destroyed 7. have worked 8. isn’t sold
9.to go 10. watching
IV. 1. composer 2. construction 3. performance 4. boneless
5. carefully 6. educated 7. paintings 8. popularity
V.1. since →for 2.many → much
3.by →from 4.too → either
5.built →was built 6.as → from
7.maked→ made 8.isn’t → aren’t
VI. 1. c 2. a 3. b 4. c 5. b 6. a
VII. 1. T 2. F 3. T 4. T 5. F 6. T
VIII. 1.These wonderful poems were written by a great poet.
2.Vietnamese people use Khue Van pavillion as a symbol of Hanoi.
3.His idea is not the same as mine.
4.Those modern paintings are not as expensive as these Dong Ho paintings.
5.What food do you like most?
6.These machines are used to mix the ingredients by chefs.

167
THE FIRST SEMESTER TEST
I.
1. D 2. C 3. C 4. B 5. A
II.
1. T 2. T 3. F 4. T 5. F
III.
1. have 2. likes 3. reads 4. goes 5. cooks
6. cycling 7. gets 8. walking 9. listening 10. collecting
IV.
1. on 2. in 3. in 4. at 5. in
6. at 7. on 8. in 9. on 10. at
11. in 12. in 13. on 14. at 15. on
V.
1. Jack opened the store in 1932.
2. Have you been told about it yet?
3. He was accused of stealing the money.
4. A bridge is going to be built over my house.
5. Many buildings were built to commemorate Uncle Ho’ birthday.
6. We shall be asked several questions.
7. The rules of the games must be observed carefully.
8. A new stadium was being built when I arrived.
9. People sell newspapers everywhere in the city.
10. Were those vegetables bought by the woman?
VI.
1. listening 2. will enjoy 3. will go 4. is 5. will not continue
6. Do you think 7. is 8. gives 9. does not like 10. cooking
VII.
1. painting 2. dolls 3. gardening 4. fishing 5. camping
6. gymnastics 7. photos 8. the guitar 9. horse-riding 10. bottle
VIII.
Chu Van An was born in 1292 and died in 1370. From his childhood, he was famous for his intelligence. He
did not have the dream of taking part in exams to become mandarins like other students. Chu Van An stayed at
home and taught himself by reading books, and opened schools. His school quickly became famous in the
region and many students from other places went there to study.
Emperor Tran Minh Tong invited Chu Van An to be the principal of the Imperial Academy to teach his
crown prince and other students to become talented people for the country. In 1359, Emperor Tran Minh Tong
gave his crown to his son, Tran Hien Tong, who was also a student of Chu Van An. Under the regime of
Emperor Tran Hien Tong, the court and the country were peaceful. However, this period lasted only for 12
years. Then Emperor Tran Hien Tong died, and Tran Du Tong inherited the crown. The social situation became
complicated, the people were very poor and many good people were killed.
Chu Van An bravely submitted a petition which requested the Emperor to behead 7 perfidious mandarins,
so it was called “Seven Beheaded Petition” (That Tram So). “Seven Beheaded Petition” became the symbol of
the courageous attitude of the real intellectuals, and of Chu Van An’s spirit.
KEYS GRAMMAR
UNIT 1 - MY HOBBIES (SỞ THÍCH CỦA TÔI)

 BÀI TẬP VẬN DỤNG CƠ BẢN

Bài 1: Hoàn thành bảng sau, thêm đuôi s/es vào sau các động từ sao cho đúng.
V V
Begins (bắt đầu) Says (nói)
Believes (tin tưởng) Sees(nhìn)
Builds (xây) Sleeps (ngủ)
Comes(đến) Spends (dành)
Does (làm) Studies(học)
Eats (ăn) Tastes (nếm, có vị)

168
Finishes (kết thúc) Tells (nói)
Gets (được) Thinks (nghĩ)
Goes (đi) Travels (đi)
Has (có) Uses (dùng)
Meets (gặp) Washes (rửa)
Plays (chơi) Watches (xem)
Puts (đặt, để) Works (làm việc)
Rises (mọc lên) Writes (viết)
Bài 2: Viết lại các câu sau ở thể khẳng định (+), thể phủ định (-), thể nghi vấn (?) của thì hiện tại đơn.
1. (+) He goes to the cinema.
(-)he doesn’t go to the cinema
(?) does he go to the cinema?

2. (+)James likes strawberry

(-) James doesn’t like strawberry
(?) does James like strawberry
3.(+)_they work in this software company
(-) they don’t work in this software company
(?) Do they work in this software company?
4. (+) His new trousers are black
(-)His new trousers aren’t black.
(?)are His new trousers are black/
5. (+) she wants to quit the job
(-) she doesn’t want to quit the job
(?) Does she want to quit the job?
Bài 3: Khoanh tròn vào câu trả lời đúng
16. My sister (go/goes) ice skating every winter
17. They seldom (have/has) dinner with each other.
18. I (come/ comes) from Ha Noi, Viet Nam.
19. Jim and I (don’t/ doesn’t ) go to school by bus.
20. His hobby (is/are) collecting stamps
21. Jane and I (am/ are) best friends.
22. My cat doesn’t (eat/eats) vegetables.
23. (Does/ Do) your mother finish her work at 4 o’clock?
24. We (watch/watches) Tv everyday.
25. Peter never (forgets/ forget) to do his homework.
26. Tom always (win/ wins) when he plays chess
27. (Do/ Are) you a student?
28. Mice (is/are) afraid of cats.
29. How does your father (travel/ travels) to work everyday?
30. They sometimes (go/goes) sightseeing in rural areas.
Bài 4: Cho dạng đúng của động từ trong ngoặc ở thì hiện tại đơn.
16. Work 21. Have 26. Goes
17. Belongs 22. Speaks 27. Skips
18. Does…begin 23. Opens/finishes 28. Do
19. Get/rises 24. Is 29. Has
20. Is/calls 25. Does/belong 30. play
Bài 5: Hãy chọn câu trả lời đúng cho các câu sau:
16. My father ___________a teacher. He works in a hospital.
B. Is B. isn’t C. are D. aren’t
17. I ___________rock music but my brothers don’t like it.
B. Likes B. like C. don’t like D. doesn’t like
18. Workers always ___________helmet for safety reason.
B. Wears B. wear C. don’t wear D. doesn’t wear
19. I don’t like chocolate. I ___________eat it.

169
 B. Never B. often C. always D. usually
20. My classmates ___________lazy. They always do their homework.
B. Are B. is C. aren’t D. isn’t
21. My grandfather___________fishing very often
B. Goes B. go C. don’t go D. is
22. ___________tidy your room?
E. How often are you?
F. How often do you?
G. How often you
H. How often does you
23. Ms Thuy water the trees ___________a week.
B. Once B. one C. two D. one time
24. What ___________your nationality? I am Vietnamese.
B. Is B. are C. do D. does
25. I really love making models and my brother ___________it too.
B. Love B. loves C. don’t love D. doesn’t love
26. The Smiths never___________to their neighbors
B. Talk B. talks C. don’t talk D. doesn’t talk
27. My sister ___________ how to swim.
B. Don’t know B. doesn’t know C.don’t knows D. not know.
28. My teacher ___________ very kind. We really like her.
B. Is B. isn’t C. are D. aren’t
29. Sometimes a rainbow___________ after the rain.
B. Appea r B.appears C. not appear D. doesn’t appears
30. The train ___________at 6 am tomorrow.
B. Leaves B. leave C. is leave D. don’t leave
Bài 6: Hoàn thành các câu sau.
11. How often do you go skating?
12. What time does your sister wake up in the morning?
13. Charlie/ carve/ eggshells/ in his free time.
14. I don’t often go to the cinema.
15. Harry is always late for school.
16. He is a photographer. He takes beautiful photos.
17. My sister rarely drinks orange juice.
18. Does She arrange flowers beautifully?
19. What is your hobby?
20. Mr. Ha teaches many students.

Bài 7: Tìm lỗi sai và viết lại câu đúng.

11. Doesn’t -don’t 16. Live-lives
12. Does-do 17. Are-do
13. Is bird watching 18. Drives-drive
14. You-do you 19. Haves-has
15. Don’t-doesn’t 20. Does-do
Bài 8: Dựa vào từ cho sẵn , viết câu ở thể khẳng định (+), thể phủ định (-), thể nghi vấn (?) của thì tương
lai đơn.
9. He will be back before 10 pm.
He will not be back before 10 pm.
Will He be back before 10 pm.
10. James will go shopping with you.
James will not go shopping with you.
Will James go shopping with you.
11. You will go out with me.
You will not go out with me.

Will You go out with me.

170
 12. I will bring you some apples
I will not bring you some apples

Will I bring you some apples

13. Tomorrow will be a good day.

Tomorrow will not be a good day.

Will tomorrow be a good day.

14. They will buy a new house.

They will not buy a new house.

Will they will buy a new house.

15. Your family will travel by car.

Your family will not travel by car.

Will your family travel by car.

16. Jim will learn how to cook.

Jim will not learn how to cook.

Will Jim learn how to cook.

Bài 9: Điền “will ” hoặc “shall” vào chỗ trống để tạo thành câu hoàn chỉnh.
21. Will 28. Will 35. Will
22. Will 29. Shall 36. Will
23. Will 30. Will 37. Will
24. Shall 31. Shall 38. Will
25. Will 32. Will 39. Will
26. Shall 33. Will 40. will
27. Will 34. Will
Bài 10: Chia động từ trong ngoặc ở thì tương lai đơn.

26. Will turn 35. Will he stay 44. Will take

27. Will meet 36. Will get 45. Will you take
28. Will you come 37. Will buy 46. There will be
29. Will earn 38. Won’t stop 47. Will agree
30. Will turn 39. Will come 48. Will never see
31. Won’t be 40. Will fall 49. Will your parents be
32. Will you do 41. Will phone 50. Will you accept
33. Will be 42. Will be
34. Will serve 43. Won’t be
Bài 11: Nối câu hỏi ở cột A với câu trả lời ở cột B sao cho thích hợp.
1-f 2-c 3-a 4-h 5-i 6-d 7-e 8-b 9-j 10-g

Bài 12: Sắp xếp các từ sau theo thứ tự đúng để tạo thành câu hoàn chỉnh.
11. I promise I will never tell lies aganin
12. The doctor will probably be very busy today
13. She will perhap forgive you
14. I think it will not be windy tomorrow morning
15. What will you do this afternoon
16. Shall we go out for dinner tonight
17. I will come back now but he will not
18. She will become a charming bride tomorrow
19. Will you do me a favor
171
 20. We think he will propose to his girlfriend tonight
Bài 13: Viết các động từ trong bảng dưới đây ở dạng V-ing
V V
painting cooking
writing making
reading drinking
listening watching
playing seeing
sitting eating
hitting driving
keeping sleeping
Bài 14: Chọn và cho đáp án đúng của các động từ trong hộp dưới đây vào chỗ trống.
11. Tidying 15. Going 19. Having
12. Going 16. Doing 20. meeting
13. Getting 17. Brushing
14. Eating 18. Making
Bài 15: Sắp xếp các từ sau để tạo thành câu hoàn chỉnh.

11. My mother likes listening to classical music

12. Ana hates washing his dad’s car
13. My father’s friend love travelling by plane
14. I hate writing long email
15. She dislikes watching horror film on TV
16. Tommy loves dancing the disco
17. My math teacher loves speaking english
18. My friend’s sister doesn’t like getting up early
19. I like getting dressed in the morning
20. Jame’s aunt loves having a bath at night
Bài 16: Cho dạng đúng của động từ trong ngoặc trong các câu dưới đây
6. Going 10. reading 14. watching
7. Having 11. talking 15. getting
8. waiting 12. going
9. being 13. cooking
Bài 17: Khoanh tròn vào câu trả lời đúng
11. hates
12. 17. enjoy
13. doesn’t fancy 18. adores
14. detest 19. hate
15. doen’t like 20. fancy
16. enjoy 21. enjoy
Bài 18. Dựa vào bảng dưới đây và hoàn thành câu sao cho đúng

arrange flowers make pottery climb mountains

Megan like love dislike
Alex and Peter hate detest fancy
My mother love adore hate

9. Megan_____flowers
10. Alex and Peter____ pottery
11. My mother______mountains.
12. Megan_____ pottery
13. Alex and Peter_____flowers
14. My mother______pottery
15. Megan______mountains.
172
 16. Alex and Peter___________mountains.
Bài 19. Cho dạng đủng cùa động từ trong ngoặc ở thì hiện tại đơn hoặc tương lai đơn.
11.Promise/ won’t do
12.Is/will continue
13.Enjoys/Won’t stop
14.Will leave
15.Will I bring
16.Will go/opens/closes
17. Will you help/is
18. Look/will bring
19. Tries/will be
20. Will the plane take off
Bài 20. Chọn và cho dạng đúng của các động từ trong hộp dưới đây vào chỗ trống. Một từ có thể được
dùng hơn một lần.

9. Will spend/will be 13.________Will you lend

10.________Detest 14.________Go/Will go
11.________Like 15.________Will pass
12.________Taking 16.________Listening/listens
Bài 21. Cho dạng đúng của động từ trong ngoặc ở thì hiện tại đơn hoặc tương lai đơn.
1. Are 7. Thinks 13. Will buy
2. Enjoy reading 8. Talk 14. Is
3. Loves reading 9. Last 15. Will probably join
4. Learns 10. Agree 16. Have
5. Likes 11. Will go 17. Will go
6. Spends 12. Are 18. enjoy
Trả lời các câu hỏi dưới đây:
f. yes, they do
g. because there are many interesting things
h. about the books
i. tomorrow
j. they will go home and enjoy their books

UNIT 2 HEALTH (SỨC KHỎE)

Bài 1: Khoanh tròn vào đáp án đúng.
16. And 21. So 26. so
17. So 22. But 27. so
18. But 23. And 28. and.
19. Or 24. but 29. But
20. And 25. but 30. So
Bài 2: Điển liên từ"and/but/or/so" vào chỗ trống để tạo thành câu ghép.
26. But 34. so 42. but
27. But 35. so 43. or
28. But 36. or 44. so
29. But 37. and 45. but
30. But 38. or 46. so
31. Or 39. but 47. and
32. And 40. so 48. so
33. But 41. but 49. so
BÀI 3: Chọn đáp án đúng.
2. A 7. B 12.A
3. A 8. A 13.A
4. A 9. A 14.A
5. A 10.B 15.A
6. A 11.A 16.B

173
Bài 4: Đánh dấu [V] trước câu đúng. Đánh dấu [x] trước câu có lỗi sai và viết lại cho đúng

1.but-so 7.so-or
2.so-but 8.and-but
5.so-but 10.So-but
6.and-so
Bài 5: Nối hai câu dưới đây, dùng liên từ "and/ but/ or/ so" để tạo thành một câu ghép
9. It takes a lot of time to cure this disease,so you need to be extremely patient
10. Anne is a gorgeous girl, and she has a pleasant personality.
11. It is raining hard,so We postpone our boat trip.
12. He dreams of being the best student,but He never studies hard.
13. My bicycle is broken,so I have to take the bus to school.
14. He is a brilliant doctor,and He is a loving father.
15. I need to tidy my room,or My mom will be angry with me.
16. My house is quite old, but Living in it is comfortable.
Bài 6: Điền "more" hoặc "less" để hoàn thành những câu sau:
21. More 28. Less 35. Less/more
22. More 29. More 36. Less
23. Less 30. Less/more 37. More
24. More 31. More 38. more
25. More 32. More 39. more
26. Less 33. Less 40. More
27. More 34. Less
Bài 7: Hoàn thành các câu sau bằng cách đỉền cụm từ thích hợp dưới đây vào chỗ trống.
9. Prepare more 13. Drink more
10. Talk less 14. Go out more
11. Study more 15. Plant more
12. Tak more 16. Drink less
Bài 8: Dùng câu mệnh lệnh với “more/less” để đưa ra lời khuyên về sức khỏe.
9. Smoke less 13. Drink les cold water
10. Sleep more 14. Eat less raw food
11. Eat less sugar 15. Relax more
12. Spend less time on computer 16. Do more exercise

Bài 9: Khoanh tròn vào đáp án đúng

13. (Spend more/ do more) time doing morning exercises.
14. (Play more/ do more) sports like biking, swimming or yoga.
15. Give up junk food and (eat less/ eat more) food high in fat, salt, and cholesterol.
16. (Take in more/ Eat less) healthy foods like fruits, vegetables, fish or nuts in your daily meals.
17. If you get fat, (eat less/ sleep more) and (exercise more/ sleep less).
18. Don't (take in more/ take in less) calories than you burn.
19. (Spend more/ Spend less) time with family and friends.
20. (Pay more/ Pay less) attention to your health.
21. If you want to be taller, (drink more/ drink less) coca and (take in more/ take in less) calcium.
22. If you want to avoid obesity, (eat more/take in less) sugar.
23. (Wear less/ Put on more) clothes or you will have the flu.
24. (Go out more/ Go out less) on sunny days to avoid sunburn and skin cancer
Bài 10. Gạch chân lỗi sai trong câu và viết lại câu đúng.
9. Studies-study
10. Less-more
11. Less-more
12. Less-more
13. and-or
14. More-less
15. More-less

174
16. Less-more

UNIT 3
BÀI TẬP VẬN DỤNG CƠ BẢN
EX1: Cho dạng đúng của động từ ở dạng quá khứ (V2) và quá khứ phân từ (V3), dùng bảng động từ bất
quy tắc nếu cần.
V V2 V3
be (là) was/ were Been
bring (mang đến) brought Brought
buy (mua) bought Bought
cut (cắt) Cut Cut
do (làm) Did Done
eat (ăn) Ate Eaten
find (tìm) found Found
found (thành lập) founded Founded
go (đi) went Gone
have (có) Had Had
keep (giữ) kept Kept
lie (nằm) Lay Lain
lie (nói dối) Lied Lied
lose (mất) Lost Lost
make (làm) made Made
move (di chuyển) moved Moved
play (chơi) played Played
provide (cung cấp) provided Provided
put (đặt) Put Put
read (đọc) read Read
see (nhìn) Saw Seen
sleep (ngủ) slept Slept
spend (dành) spent spent
study (học) studied studied
take (mang đi) took taken
think (nghĩ) thought thought
travel (du lịch) traveled traveled
visit (thăm) visited visited
work (làm việc) worked worked
write (viết) wrote written
EX2: Viết các câu sau ở thể khẳng định (+), thể phủ định (-), thể nghi vấn (?) ở thì quá khứ đơn.
1. (+) They decided to leave soon.
(-) They didn’t decide to leave soon.
(?) Did they decide to leave soon?
2. (+) There were many homeless people here ten years ago.
(-) There were not many homeless people here ten years ago.
(?) Were there many homeless people here ten years ago?
3. (+) Tom’s grandfather used to be a soldier.
(-) Tom’s grandfather didn’t use to be a soldier.
(?) Did Tom’s grandfather use to be a soldier?
4. (+) My teacher started teaching here 6 years ago.
(-) My teacher didn’t start teaching here 6 years ago.
(?) Did my teacher start teaching here 6 years ago?
5. (+) Jane often went to school on foot 3 years ago.
(-) Jane didn’t often go to school on foot 3 years ago.
(?) Did Jane often go to school on foot 3 years ago?
6. (+) The cat wanted to eat yesterday.
(-) The cat didn’t want to eat yesterday.

175
 (?) Did the cat want to eat yesterday?
7. (+) The train arrived late yesterday.
(-) The train didn’t arrive late yesterday.
(?) Did the train arrive late yesterday?
8. (+) There was anything left in the fridge.
(-) There wasn’t anything left in the fridge.
(?) Was there anything left in the fridge?
Giải thích: Câu ở thì quá khứ đơn với động từ tobe. Trong câu phủ định có đại từ bất định “anything”, khi
chuyển về câu khẳng định cần chuyển “anything” thành “something”. Câu (?) đảo động từ tobe lên đầu câu,
giữ nguyên “anything”.
EX3. Chia các động từ trong ngoặc ở thì quá khứ đơn.
1. Last week, my mother (take) took me to the zoo.
2. When we (arrive) arrived at the party, there (not be) were not/ weren’t many people there.
3. My mother (say) said that she (buy) bought me a new dress.
4. Last summer, my father (teach) taught me to drive.
5. I (start) started doing charity when I (be) was a first year student.
6. Many rich people (donate) donated money for this volunteer program.
7. My friend (ring) rang me yesterday and (invite) invited me to his party.
8. What (you/ watch) did you watch on TV last night?
9. When my father (be) was young, he (use to) used to be the most handsome boy in the village.
Lưu ý: Cấu trúc “S + used to + V” dùng để diễn tả hành động đã từng làm trong quá khứ mà bây giờ không
còn làm nữa.
10. Did you go (you/ go) to see the concert yesterday?
11. My performance (not be) was not/ wasn’t really good. I (not feel) didn’t feel happy about it.
12. Jim (spend) spent the whole day taking after his brother.
13. I (write) wrote a letter to my foreign friend but he (not write) did not write back.
14. Were they (they/ be) students of our school?
15. Yesterday, I (see) saw Jim at a bookstore.
EX4. Gạch lỗi sai trong các câu sau rồi sửa lại cho đúng.
1. My friend and I was at the hairdresser’s yesterday.
was => were
Giải thích: Câu ở thì quá khứ đơn với động từ tobe, chủ ngữ “my friend and I” là số nhiều nên tobe chia thành
“were”.
2. My sister in law used to had long hair but now she has short hair.
had => have
Giải thích: Cấu trúc “S + used to + V” dùng để diễn tả hành động đã từng làm trong quá khứ mà bây giờ không
còn làm nữa. Sau “used to” là động từ nguyên thể không chia.
3. Did your father worked in a tobacco factory before he retired?
worked => work
Giải thích: Câu ở thì quá khứ đơn với động từ có quy tắc “work”. Câu nghi vấn đảo trợ động từ “did” lên đầu
câu, động từ sau đó không chia.
4. Why you didn’t come to the meeting last week?
you didn’t => didn’t you
Giải thích: Câu hỏi ở thì quá khứ đơn, trợ động từ “didn’t” đứng sau từ để hỏi “why” và đứng trước chủ ngữ
“you”.
5. My best friend and I use to hated each other when we first met.
use to hated => used to hate
Giải thích: Cấu trúc “S + used to + V” dùng để diễn tả hành động đã từng làm trong quá khứ mà bây giờ không
còn làm nữa. Sau “used to” là động từ nguyên dạng không chia.
6. Was Anna be successful with her project last week?
be successful => successful
Giải thích: Câu ở thì quá khứ đơn với động từ tobe, chủ ngữ “Anna” là danh từ riêng số ít nên tobe chia thành
“was”. “be” là từ thừa trong câu.
7. Yesterday morning I readed several chapters of the book “The little prince”.
readed => read
Giải thích: Câu ở thì quá khứ đơn với động từ bất quy tắc “read”. Dạng quá khứ của “read” vẫn là “read”.

176
8. Last summer we involved in community service in our neighborhood, so we did go on holiday.
did => didn’t
Giải thích: Dựa vào văn cảnh để xác định đây là câu phủ định: “Hè trước chúng tôi tham gia làm dịch vụ cộng
đồng, vậy nên chúng tôi không đi nghỉ mát.” Câu phủ định nên thêm trợ động từ “didn’t”, động từ sau đó
không chia.
EX5. Hoàn thành câu với những động từ cho sẵn ở thì quá khứ đơn (thể khẳng định hoặc phủ định).
1. It was freezing outside, so I put on my coat.
Trời đang rất lạnh bên ngoài, vậy nên tôi mặc áo khoác vào.
2. My mother was very busy yesterday, so I didn’t disturb her.
Mẹ tôi rất bận hôm qua, vậy nên tôi không làm phiền mẹ.
3. Yesterday was Mary’s birthday but she didn’t hold a party.
Hôm qua là sinh nhật của Mary nhưng cô ấy không tổ chức tiệc.
4. We were exhausted, so we decided to leave the party early.
Chúng tôi rất mệt vậy nên chúng tôi quyết định rời bữa tiệc sớm.
5. The bed was very uncomfortable. Tim didn’t sleep well.
Chiếc giường không thoải mái. Tim không ngủ ngon.
6. The musical wasn’t very good. I didn’t like it much.
Vở nhạc kịch không quá tốt. Tôi không thích nó lắm.
7. The restaurant wasn’t very expensive. It didn’t cost much to have dinner there.
Nhà hàng không đắt lắm. Nó không tốn nhiều khi ăn tối ở đó.
8. I had to look after my little sister yesterday, so I didn’t have time to call you.
Tôi phải chăm sóc em gái tôi ngày hôm qua, vậy nên tôi không có thời gian gọi cho bạn.
9. It wasn’t hard to lift the boxes. They weren’t very heavy.
Nó không khó để nâng những hộp này. Chúng không nặng lắm.
10. It was raining heavily, so I stayed in.
Trời đã mưa rất to, vậy nên chúng tôi ở trong nhà.
EX6. Sắp xếp các từ cho sẵn thành câu hoàn chỉnh.
1. many/ went/ to/ volunteers/ ,/ Last year/ the/ and/ flooded area/ free food/ people/ gave to/./
Last year, many volunteers went to the flooded area and gave free food to people.
Năm ngoái, nhiều tình nguyện viên đã đi tới vũng lũ và phát đồ ăn miễn phí cho mọi người.
2. rebuild/ helped/ houses/ They/ trees/ also/ plant/ and/ people/./
They also helped people rebuild houses and plant trees.
Họ cũng giúp mọi người xây lại nhà cửa và trồng cây.
3. people/ donated/ generous/ for/ people/ Many/ poor/ money/./
Many generous people donated money for poor people.
Rất nhiều người hào phóng đã quyên góp tiền cho người nghèo.
4. I/ joined/ a student/ ,/ was/ When/ charitable work/ I/ often/ in/./
When I was a student, I often joined in charitable work.
Khi tôi còn là một sinh viên, tôi thường tham gia công việc từ thiện.
5. my friends/ used to/ remoted areas/ travel/ help/ to/ to/ people there/ I/ with/./
I used to travel to remote areas with my friends to help people there.
Tôi đã từng đi đến những vùng xa xôi với bạn bè để giúp những người ở đó.
6. mountainous/ for/ areas/ weeks/ We/ in/ stayed/ the/./
We stayed in the mountainous areas for weeks.
Chúng tôi đã ở lại vùng núi hàng mấy tuần liền.
7. the chidren/ read/ there/ We/ taught/ and/ write/ to/./
We taught the children there to read and write.
Chúng tôi dạy trẻ em ở đó đọc và viết.
8. a volunteer/ was/ a/ experience/ wonderful/ Being/./
Being a volunteer was a wonderful experience.
Trở thành một tình nguyện viên là một trải nghiệm tuyệt vời.
9. I/ busy/ graduated/ was/ After/ ,/ I/ very/./
After I graduated, I was very busy.
Sau khi tôi tốt nghiệp, tôi rất bận rộn.
10. I/ Now/ do/ still/ charity/ my/ in/ hometown/./
Now I still do charity in my hometown.

177
Bây giờ tôi vẫn làm từ thiện ở quê tôi.
EX7. Viết các câu sau ở thể khẳng định (+), thể phủ định (-), thể nghi vấn (?) ở thì hiện tại hoàn thành.
1. (+) I have finished my homework.
(-) I haven’t finished my homework.
(?) Have you finished your homework?
2. (+) My uncle has been to Singapore before.
(-) My uncle hasn’t been to Singapore before.
(?) Has your uncle been to Singapore before?
3. (+) They have found their keys.
(-) They haven’t found their keys.
(?) Have they found their keys?
4. (+) Jim has just played video games with his brother.
(-) Jim hasn’t just played video games with his brother.
(?) Has Jim just played video games with his brother?
5. (+) My grandmother has visited me since November.
(-) My grandmother hasn’t visited me since November.
(?) Has your grandmother visited you since November?
6. (+) Your sister has studied Medicine for 2 years.
(-) Your sister hasn’t studied Medicine for 2 years.
(?) Has your sister studied Medicine for 2 years?
7. (+) It has been long since our last encounter.
(-) It hasn’t been long since our last encounter.
(?) Has it been long since our last encounter?
8. (+) We have graduated yet.
(-) We haven’t graduated yet.
(?) Have you graduated yet?
EX8: Đặt những trạng từ trong ngoặc vào đúng vị trí của nó trong các câu sau đây:
1. I have had dinner with my family. (already)
I have already had dinner with my family./ I have had dinner with my family already.
2. Have you finished your report? You need to bring it to me before 9 a.m. (yet)
Have you finished your report yet? You need to bring it to me before 9 a.m.
3. I haven’t done my homework. (yet)
I haven’t done my homework yet.
4. My sister has left the party. (just)
My sister has just left the party.
5. Your mother has told you to come home early. (already)
Your mother has already told you to come home early. / Your mother has told you to come home early
already.
6. Has the mouse gone? (already)
Has the mouse already gone?/ Has the mouse gone already?
7. I have met her. (just)
I have just met her.
8. The paiter hasn’t finished his work. (yet)
The paiter hasn’t finished his work yet.
Giải thích:
- Already: đứng sau “have/ has” và đứng trước động từ chính. Ngoài ra, “already” có thể đứng ở cuối câu.
- Just: đứng sau “have/ has” và đứng trước động từ chính.
- Yet: chỉ dùng trong câu phủ định và nghi vấn, đứng ở cuối câu.
EX9. Điền “for” hoặc “since” vào chỗ trống sao cho thích hợp.
1. I have learned Japanese for 3 months.
2. May has been working for a non-profit organization since I graduated.
3. Kim has been unemployed for half a year.
4. I miss my friend. I haven’t seen her for months.
5. We have lived in the dorm since our first year at university.
6. Jim and Jane have known each other for quite a long time.
7. The baby’s hungry. He hasn’t eaten anything since the morning.

178
8. Have you used this laptop for 4 years?
9. They’ve been close friends since they started college.
10. My grandmother has been a vegetarian for several years.
Giải thích:“since” + mốc thời gian (kể từ khi ….); “for” + khoảng thời gian (trong bao lâu)
EX10. Chia động từ trong ngoặc ở thì hiện tại hoàn thành.
1.have you done 6. has recently offered 11. haven’t found
2. has been 7. have you worked 12.have looked
3. have worked 8. have you done 13.has also planned
4. Have you had 9. have already finished 14.have planned
5.have provided 10. has told 15.haven’t decided
EX11. Dựa vào những từ cho sẵn, hãy viết thành những câu hoàn chỉnh.
1. I/ think/ I/ hear/ that song/ before/./
I think I have heard that song before.
Giải thích: Động từ “think” chia về thì hiện tại đơn với chủ ngữ là “I”. Mệnh đề sau đó diễn tả hành động xảy
ra trong quá khứ nhưng không biết rõ thời gian nên chia về thì hiện tại hoàn thành.
2. They/ not/ come/ yet/./
They haven’t come yet.
Giải thích: Câu có chứa trạng từ “yet” nên chia về thì hiện tại hoàn thành.
3. Jim/ already/ invite/Shirley/ his party/./
Jim has already invited Shirley to his party.
Giải thích: Câu có chứa trạng từ “already” nên chia về thì hiện tại hoàn thành.
4. John and Julie/ have/ their house/ about two years/./
John and Julie have had their house for about two years.
Giải thích: Câu có chứa trạng từ “for” và khoảng thời gian “two years” nên chia về thì hiện tại hoàn thành.
5. She/ not take/ her driving test/ yet/./
She hasn’t taken her driving test yet.
Giải thích: Câu có chứa trạng từ “yet” nên chia về thì hiện tại hoàn thành.
6. Mary/ be/a translator/ since/ she/ leave/ university/./
Mary has been a translator since she left university.
Giải thích: Câu diễn tả hành động đã bắt đầu trong quá khứ, kéo dài đến hiện tại và có thể tiếp tục ở tương lai,
đi với trạng từ “since” và mốc thời gian nên chia về thì hiện tại hoàn thành. Mệnh đề sau “since” là mốc thời
gian trong quá khứ nên chia về thì quá khứ đơn.
7. You/ ride/ your new car/ yet/?/
Have you ridden your new car yet?
Giải thích: Câu có chứa trạng từ “yet” nên chia về thì hiện tại hoàn thành.
8. Paul/ ever/ meet/ a famous person/?/
Has Paul ever met a famous person?
Giải thích: Câu có chứa trạng từ “ever” nên chia về thì hiện tại hoàn thành.
9. Up to now/ Peter/ receive/ 5 awards/./
Up to now, Peter has received 5 awards.
Giải thích: Câu diễn tả hành động đã bắt đầu trong quá khứ, kéo dài đến hiện tại và có thể tiếp tục ở tương lai,
đi với trạng từ “up to now” nên chia về thì hiện tại hoàn thành.
10. It/ be/ ages/ we/ last/ talk/./
It has been ages since we last talked.
Giải thích: Câu diễn tả hành động đã bắt đầu trong quá khứ, kéo dài đến hiện tại và có thể tiếp tục ở tương lai,
đi với trạng từ “since” và mốc thời gian nên chia về thì hiện tại hoàn thành.
EX12. Khoanh tròn đáp án đúng.
1. His mother hasn’t prepared the meal (already/ yet).
Mẹ tôi chưa chuẩn bị bữa ăn.
Giải thích: Dùng “yet” (chưa) trong câu phủ định ở thì hiện tại hoàn thành.
2. Tommy (worked/ has worked) for this company for 10 months but now he doesn’t work here.
Tommy đã làm việc cho công ty này 10 tháng nhưng bây giờ anh ấy không làm việc ở đây.
Giải thích: Câu diễn tả hành động đã xảy ra và kết thúc trong quá khứ nên chia về thì quá khứ đơn.
3. This machine (has worked/ worked) for ten years so far.
Chiếc máy này đã hoạt động được 10 năm.

179
Giải thích: Câu diễn tả hành động đã bắt đầu trong quá khứ, kéo dài đến hiện tại và có thể tiếp tục ở tương lai,
đi với trạng từ “for” và “so far” nên chia về thì hiện tại hoàn thành.
4. Mr Vu (have found/ founded) this non-profit organization to benefit the local community.
Ông Vũ đã thành lập tổ chức phi lợi nhuận này để mang lại lợi ích cho cộng đồng địa phương.
Giải thích: Động từ “find-found-found: tìm kiếm”; động từ “found-founded-founded: thành lập”. Ở trong câu
này cần dùng động từ “found” ở thì quá khứ đơn.
5. Jame’s (not been/not) a member of the volunteer club since he left school.
James không còn là thành viên của câu lạc bộ từ khi anh ấy ra trường.
Giải thích: Câu diễn tả hành động đã bắt đầu trong quá khứ, kéo dài đến hiện tại và có thể tiếp tục ở tương lai,
đi với trạng từ “since” và mốc thời gian nên chia về thì hiện tại hoàn thành.
6. Her husband (has given up/ gave up) smoking when they had their first child.
Chồng cô ấy đã từ bỏ thuốc lá khi họ có đứa con đầu tiên.
Giải thích: Câu diễn tả hành động đã xảy ra và kết thúc trong quá khứ tại một thời điểm xác định “when they
had…” nên chia về thì quá khứ đơn.
7. (Have you read/ Did you read) this book yet?
Bạn đã đọc quyển sách này chưa?
Giải thích: Câu diễn tả hành động xảy ra trong quá khứ nhưng không biết rõ thời gian, đi với trạng từ “yet” nên
chia về thì hiện tại hoàn thành.
8. I lost my key on my way home last night. Up to now I (didn’t find/ haven’t found) it.
Tôi làm mất chìa khóa trên đường về nhà tối qua. Cho đến giờ tôi vẫn chưa tìm thấy nó.
Giải thích: Câu diễn tả hành động đã bắt đầu trong quá khứ, kéo dài đến hiện tại và có thể tiếp tục ở tương lai,
đi với trạng từ “up to now” nên chia về thì hiện tại hoàn thành.
9. You (have lied/ have lain) in bed since the morning. Get up and find something else to do.
Bạn đa nằm ở trên giường từ sáng rồi. Dậy đi và tìm cái khác để làm.
Giải thích: Động từ “lie- lay- lain: nằm”; động từ “lie- lied- lied: nói dối”. Ở đây cần dùng động từ “lie” (nằm)
ở thì hiện tại hoàn thành.
10. They (were/ have been) close friends for 3 months but now they hate each other.
Họ đã là bạn thân được 3 tháng nhưng bây giờ họ ghét nhau.
Giải thích: Câu diễn tả hành động đã xảy ra và kết thúc trong quá khứ nên chia về thì quá khứ đơn.
11. (Have you ever tried/ Did you ever try) ice skating when you were a kid?
Bạn đã từng thử trượt băng khi bạn còn là một đứa trẻ chưa?
Giải thích: Câu diễn tả hành động đã xảy ra và kết thúc trong quá khứ, tại một thời điểm xác định “when you
were a kid” nên chia về thì quá khứ đơn.
12. How long (have you taught/ did you teach) in this primary school?
Bạn đã dạy ở trường tiểu học bao lâu rồi?
Giải thích: Câu diễn tả hành động đã bắt đầu trong quá khứ, kéo dài đến hiện tại và có thể tiếp tục ở tương lai,
đi với trạng từ “up to now” nên chia về thì hiện tại hoàn thành.
13. The last time we met (has been/ was) ten days ago.
Lần cuối chúng ta gặp là 10 ngày trước.
Giải thích: Câu diễn tả hành động đã xảy ra và kết thúc trong quá khứ nên chia về thì quá khứ đơn.
14. You (have eaten/ haven’t eaten) anything since yesterday. You must be very hungry now.
Bạn chưa ăn gì từ hôm qua. Bạn chắc hẳn là rất đói.
Giải thích: Dựa vào văn cảnh và đại từ bất định “anything” ta có thể xác định đây là câu ở thể phủ định
15. We (have been/ have never been) to this place before. This is the first time.
Chúng tôi chưa bao giờ đến nơi này trước kia. Đây là lần đầu tiên.
Giải thích: Dựa vào văn cảnh để xác định câu mang nghĩa phủ định với trạng từ “never”.
BÀI TẬP TỔNG HỢP NÂNG CAO
EX13. Chọn câu có cùng ý nghĩa với câu cho sẵn.
1. B. I haven’t eaten sushi since the last summer.
2. A. I haven’t seen her since Monday.
3.A. The last time I watered this tree was a week ago.
4. A. I have collected stamps since last summer.
5. A. When did you start working as a volunteer?
6. B. This singer hasn’t performed since July 20th.
7. A. They have played tennis since the spring of 2012.
8. A. I haven’t gone to the zoo since I was 10.

180
EX14. Chuyển các câu sau từ thì quá khứ đơn sang thì hiện tại hoàn thành sao cho nghĩa của câu không
thay đổi.
1. The last time I played the violin was 2 years ago.
=> I haven’t played the violin for 2 years.
2. The last time the team won the prize was a long time ago.
=> The team hasn’t won the prize for a long time.
3. She last did charity work 2 years ago.
=> She hasn’t done charity work for 2 years.
4. The last time I wrote a letter was 5 years ago.
=> I haven’t written a letter for 5 years.
5. My father stopped smoking in 2014.
=> My father hasn’t smoked since 2014.
6. I last donated my blood 7 months ago.
=> I haven’t donated my blood for 7 months.
7. When did you start doing charitable work?
=> How long have you done charitable work?
8. The last time she involved in community service was 2 months ago.
=> She hasn’t involved in community service for 2 months.
9. She said: “I began working as an activist when I was 20 years old.”
=> She said: “I have worked as an activist since I was 20 years old.”
10. My best friend gave up eating fast food last year.
=> My best friend hasn’t eaten fast food since last year.
.
EX15. Chuyển các câu sau từ thì hiện tại hoàn thành sang thì quá khứ đơn sao cho nghĩa của câu không
thay đổi.
1. We have learned English for 10 years.
=> We started learning English 10 years ago..
2. It has been a long time since we last met.
=> We last met a long time ago./ The last time we met was a long time ago.
3. Ms. Ann hasn’t taken part in any voluntary programs for 4 years.
=> Ms. Ann last took part in voluntary programs 4 years ago./ The last time Ms. Ann took part in
voluntary programs was 4 years ago.
4. I haven’t mer my family since last Christmas.
=> I last met my family last Christmas./ The last time I met my family was last Christmas.
5. How long have you lived here?
=> When did you start living here?
6. The volunteers have provided free food and fresh water to homeless people since yesterday.
=> The volunteers started providing free food and fresh water to homeless people yesterday.
7. The doctor has quitted his job in the local hospital and moved to the central hospital for 2 days.
=> The doctor quitted his job in the local hospital and moved to the central hospital 2 days ago.
8. The children haven’t had a long vacation since last year.
=> The children last had a long vacation last year./ The last time the children had a long vacation was
last year.
9. They haven’t visited their parents for 3 months.
=> They last visited their parents 3 months ago./ The last time they visited their parents was 3 months
ago.
10. It has been 2 years since we broke up.
=> We broke up two years ago.
EX16. Chia động từ trong ngoặc về thì quá khứ đơn hoặc hiện tại hoàn thành (thể khẳng định hoặc phủ
định) sao cho phù hợp.
1. Last month our class went on a field trip with our teacher. We haven’t had another field trip since then.
Tháng trước lớp chúng tôi đi dã ngoại với giáo viên. Kể từ đó, chúng tôi không có buổi dã ngoại nào nữa.
2. I used to live with my grandmother until I was 18. Since then, I haven’t met my grandmother again.
Tôi từng sống với bà tôi cho đến khi tôi 18 tuổi. Kể từ đó, tôi không gặp lại bà.
3. My mother worked as a teacher in the local high school for 20 years before her retirement.

181
Mẹ tôi đã làm việc cho trường cấp 3 ở địa phương được 20 năm trước khi nghỉ hưu.
4. The last time we had dinner together was 2 weeks ago.
Lần cuối cùng chúng tôi ăn tối với nhau là hai tuần trước.
5. My uncle hasn’t met his family since he went on a business trip last month.
Chú của tôi đã không gặp gia đình chú ấy từ khi chú đi công tác tháng trước.
6. Your friend Sarah has just phoned you. She said sorry because she couldn’t come to your party.
Bạn Sarah vừa gọi điện cho bạn. Cô ấy nói xin lỗi vì không thể đến được bữa tiệc của bạn.
Lưu ý: Dạng quá khứ của động từ khuyết thiếu “can” là “could” và động từ sau nó ở dạng nguyên thể.
7. So far, I have already read 11 different books. My most favourite book is “Paper towns” by John Green. I
finished reading it last weekend.
Cho đến bây giờ, tôi đã đọc được 11 cuốn sách. Cuốn yêu thích của tôi là “Paper Towns” của John Green. Tôi
đã đọc xong nó tuần trước.
8. Last night I didn’t feel well, so my father took me to hospital. I haven’t been out of hospital yet.
Đêm qua tôi cảm thấy không khỏe vậy nên bố tôi đưa tôi đi bệnh viện. Bây giờ tôi vẫn chưa ra viện.
EX17. Khoanh tròn đáp án đúng.
1. A. when B. since C. for D. before
2. A. was B. came C. joined D. made
3. A. small B. strong C. disabled D. cute
4. A. badly-behaved B. naughty C. mischief D. well-behaved
5. A. provided B. bought C. lent D. borrowed
6. A. always B. often C. never D. just
7. A. since B. for C. when D. before
8. A. since B. for C. if D. unless
EX18. Đọc đoạn văn dưới đây và trả lời câu hỏi.

1. When was William Henry Gates III born?

On October 28, 1955
Dẫn chứng: William Henry Gates III was born on October 28, 1955.
2. What is the name of Bill and Melinda’s charity foundation?
“Bill and Melinda’s Gates Foundation”
Dẫn chứng: They named it “Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation”, also known as the “Gates Foundation”.
3. What are the main purposes of the foundation on global scale?
To improve healthcare and reduce poverty gobally
Dẫn chứng: The main purpose of the foundation are to improve healthcare and reduce poverty globally.
4. What does the foundation help in America?
Open up educational opportunities and provide access to information technology
Dẫn chứng: In America, it also helps to open up educational opportunities and provide access to information
technology.
5. When did President Barack Obama honor Bill and Melinda Gates with a medal?
Presidential Medal of Freedom
Dẫn chứng: President Barack Obama honored Bill and Melinda Gates with the Presidential Medal of
Freedom on November 22, 2016.

UNIT 4. MUSIC AND ARTS (ÂM NHẠC VÀ MỸ THUẬT)

BÀI TẬP VẬN DỤNG CƠ BẢN
EX1. Hoàn thành các câu dưới đây, sử dụng cấu trúc so sánh “as…as” và tính từ trong ngoặc.
1. I am not as tall as you. (tall)
2. This book is not as interesting as that one. (interesting)
3. This summer is as hot as last summer. (hot)
4. Yesterday is was as sunny as today. (sunny)
5. I think my essay is as good as yours. (good)
6. My dog isn’t as fierce as it appears to be. (fierce)
7. Children nowadays are not as active as they used to be. (active)
8. Watching movie is not as entertaining as reading books. (entertaining)
9. Jane is as pretty as a doll. (pretty)
10. Cats are not as friendly as dogs. (friendly)

182
11. My brother said that going abroad was not as amusing as he thought. (amusing)
12. She didn’t want to be late, so she run as fast as she could. (fast)
13. Please call me as soon as possible. (soon)
14. Sleeping on the sofa is not as comfortable as in bed. (comfortable)
15. This hotel is as expensive as the one near the beach but it is much better. (expensive)
16. My grandmother is as warm-hearted as fairy godmother. (warm-hearted)
17. Do you think learning Japanese is as difficult as learning English? (difficult)
18. This musician is not as popular as that one. (popular)
19. Ann looks as gorgeous as princess in her new dress. (gorgeous)
20. The river isn’t as deep as it looks. (deep)
EX2. Dùng cấu trúc so sánh “different from” để hoàn thành những câu dưới đây.
1. My house is small and old. Your house is spaciuos and modern.
=> My house is different from your house.
2. My mother’s favourite food is noodle. My favourite food is rice.
=> My mother’s favourite food is different from my favourite food.
3. My best friend has a powerful personality. I have a weak personality.
=> My best friend’s personality is different from my personality.
4. Life in the countryside is quiet and peaceful. Life in the city is exciting.
=> Life in the countryside is different from life in the city.
5. Lan’s school is Hai Ba Trung School. Hue goes to Nguyen Hue School.
=> Lan’s school is different from Hue’s school.
6. My hobby is collecting stamps. My brother’s hobby is playing the piano.
=> My hobby is different from my brother’s hobby.
7. My answer for this equation is “4” but Tom thinks it should be “5”.
=> My answer for this equation is different from Tom’s answer.
8. My sister’s hair is long and wavy. My hair is short and straight.
=> My sister’s hair is different from my hair.
EX3. Hoàn thành các câu dưới đây, sử dụng cấu trúc so sánh “the same….as” và danh từ trong ngoặc.
1. My sister has the same height as me. (height)
2. Jim pursues the same hobby as Jane. (hobby)
3. My best friend is at the same age as me. (age)
4. My friends went to see the same movie as me. (movie)
5. This musician plays the same musical instrument as me. (musical instrument)
6. Critics say that this paiter has the same style as with that one. (style)
7. My brother is interested in the same subject as me. (subject)
8. This class has the same number of students as that one. (number of students)
9. Anne bought the same dress as me yesterday. (dress)
10. She cut her hair the same length as mine. (length)
11. My best friend likes the same books as my brother. (books)
12. I bought my car at the same price as hers. (price).
13. My mother likes the same TV programs as me. (TV programs)
14. He had the same appearance as a famous actor. (appearance)
15. He puts on the same coat as usual. (old coat)
EX4. Gạch chân lỗi sai trong các câu sau và viết lại câu đúng.
1. My boyfriend is as strong like a horse.
Lỗi sai: like
Sửa:My boyfriend is as strong as a horse.
Giải thích: Câu sử dụng cấu trúc so sánh ngang bằng “S + to be + as + adj + as + noun.”
2. This exercise isn’t hard as I thought.
Lỗi sai: thiếu “as” trước tính từ “hard”
Sửa:This exercise isn’t as hard as I thought.
3. Life in foreign countries is different life in home country.
Lỗi sai: thiếu “from” sau tính từ “different”
Sửa:Life in foreign countries is different from life in home country.
Giải thích: Câu sử dụng cấu trúc so sánh sự khác biệt “S + to be + different from + noun.”
4. My parents share the same hobby as.

183
Lỗi sai: as
Sửa:My parents share the same hobby.
Giải thích: Câu sử dụng cấu trúc so sánh ngang bằng “S + V + the same + noun + as + noun.” Ở câu này không
có danh từ thứ hai, vậy nên “as” cũng cần lược bỏ.
5. His cat isn’t the same pretty as mine.
Lỗi sai: the same
Sửa:His cat isn’t as pretty as mine.
Giải thích: Cấu trúc so sánh “the same…as” chỉ dùng với danh từ. Ở câu này cần dùng cấu trúc so sánh ngang
bằng “S + to be + as + adj + as + noun.” với tính từ “pretty”.
6. This art museum is definitely different as the historical museum.
Lỗi sai: as
Sửa:This art museum is definitely different from the historical museum.
7. Roses don’t have the same fragrance like lotuses.
Lỗi sai: like
Sửa:Roses don’t have the same fragrance as lotuses.
8. My essay is as length as yours.
Lỗi sai: length
Sửa:My essay is as long as yours.
Giải thích: Câu sử dụng cấu trúc so sánh ngang bằng “S + to be + as + adj + as + noun.” Danh từ “length”
không áp dụng với cấu trúc này nên cần phải chuyển về tính từ “long”.
9. This island isn’t as beautiful than those I have visited.
Lỗi sai: than
Sửa:This island isn’t as beautiful as those I have visited.
10. My mother is different appearance from me.
Lỗi sai: appearance
Sửa:My mother is different from me./ My mother’s appearance is different from my appearance.
EX5. Sắp xếp những từ cho sẵn thành câu hoàn chỉnh.
1. difficult/ as/ Playing/ is/ piano/ guitar/ playing/ as/./
Playing guitar is as difficult as playing piano.
Chơi ghi-ta cũng khó như chơi piano.
2. horse/ run/ a/ Can/ fast/ as/ a/ as/ train/?/
Can a horse run as fast as a train?
Một con ngựa có thể chạy nhanh bằng tàu hỏa không?
3. try/ as/ can/ you/ hard/ as/ should/ You.
You should try as hard as you can.
Bạn nên cố gắng hết sức có thể.
4. Tom’s/ totally/ is/ from/ My/ writing style/ different/./
My writing style is totally different from Tom’s.
Phong cách viết của tôi khác hẳn với của Tom.
5. car/ same/ runs/ the/ speed/ at/ His/ mine/ as/./
His car runs at the same speed as mine.
Xe của anh ấy chạy cùng tốc đố với xe của tôi.
6. I/ went/ My/ school/ friend/ same/ the/ best/ and/ to/./
My best friend and I went to the same school.
Bạn thân của tôi và tôi đi học cùng trường.
7. good/ This/ fridge/ modern/ isn’t/ as/ my/ one/ as/ old/./
This modern fridge isn’t as good as my old one.
Chiếc tủ lạnh hiện đại này không tốt bằng cái cũ của tôi.
8. Spending time/ isn’t/ with/ as/ computer/ as/ friends/ entertaining/ on/ spending time/./
Spending time on computer isn’t as entertaining as spending time with friends.
Dành thời gian cho máy tính không thú vị bằng dành thời gian với bạn bè.
EX6. Điền “too/ either” vào chỗ trống để hoàn thành câu.
1. My father is a musician. I am a musician too.
2. I don’t like the smell of durian. My sister doesn’t like it either.
3. I can’t wait to meet my parents and my sister can’t either.
4. My favourite comedian is Rowan Atkinson. His favourite comedian is Rowan Atkinson too.

184
5. My father loves watching football matches on TV and I love it too.
6. My mother can’t open the jar and I can’t either.
7. Jim should go to bed now and you should go to bed too.
8. Your sister mustn’t skip breakfast and you mustn’t either.
9. I find action movies so interesting and James finds them interesting too.
10. Studying Math isn’t easy for me and studying English isn’t either.
Giải thích: “too” được dùng trong câu khẳng định để diễn tả ý đồng tình với một điều khẳng định trước đó;
“either” được dùng trong câu phủ định để diễn tả ý đồng tình với một điều phủ định trước đó.
EX7. Viết câu đồng tình với “too/ either” trong những câu cho sẵn sau đây.
0. “I am not hungry now.”
=> “I am not hungry either.”
1. “They are my favourite footballers.”
=> They are my favourite footballers too.
2. “I want to be a good student.”
=> I want to be a good student too.
3. “I won’t come to his party.”
=> I won’t come to his party either./ I won’t either.
4. “It is not my pencil.”
=> It is not my pencil either.
5. “She will never forgive me.”
=> I will never forgive me either./ I won’t either.
Lưu ý:“never” (không bao giờ) là trạng từ mang nghĩa phủ định, do vậy câu đồng tình của nó cũng là câu phủ
định và đi với “either”. Một số trạng từ mang ý nghĩa phủ định khác là “rarely/ seldom/ hardly/ scarely”
(hiếm khi, gần như không).
6. “I really admire him.’
=> I really admire him too.
7. “Yesterday I couldn’t sleep.”
=> Yesterday I couldn’t sleep either./ I couldn’t either.
8. ‘I am not working on my project.”
=> I am not working on my project either. I am not either.
9. “I didn’t expect her to win the competition.”
=> I didn’t expect her to win the competition either./ I didn’t either.
10. “I should go out now.”
=> I should go out now too.
Giải thích: “too” được dùng trong câu khẳng định để diễn tả ý đồng tình với một điều khẳng định trước đó;
“either” được dùng trong câu phủ định để diễn tả ý đồng tình với một điều phủ định trước đó.

EX8. Đánh dấu √ trước câu đúng. Đánh dấu x trước câu sau, gạch chân lỗi sau và sửa.
1. My sister doesn’t want another ice-cream and I do either.
(X) Lỗi sai: do
Sửa: don’t
Giải thích: Đối với câu đồng tình với mệnh đề phủ định, trong câu rút gọn chúng ta cần sử dụng các trợ động
từ ở dạng phủ định trước “either”.
2. I will go the park tomorrow and my sister will go to the park too.
(√) Câu đúng
3. My favourite band is The Beatles and his favourite band is The Beatles either.
(X) Lỗi sai: either
Sửa:too
Giải thích: “too” được dùng trong câu khẳng định để diễn tả ý đồng tình với một điều khẳng định trước đó.
4. The apples in our garden are ripe and the oranges won’t ripe too.
(X) Lỗi sai: won’t
Sửa: are
5. My favourite drink is hot cacao. My friend’s favourite drink is beer too.
(X) Lỗi sai: beer
Sửa: hot cacao

185
Giải thích: “too” được dùng trong câu khẳng định để diễn tả ý đồng tình với một điều khẳng định trước đó, do
vậy mệnh đề với “too” phải có nội dung tương tự mệnh đề trước đó.
6. My wife doesn’t like doing housework and I don’t either.
(√) Câu đúng
7. I want to be a musician but my sister wants to be an actor either.
(X) Lỗi sai: either
Sửa: bỏ “either”
Giải thích: Ở đây không dùng câu đồng tình với “either” vì mệnh đề thứ hai không mang nghĩa đồng tình với
mệnh đề thứ nhất.
8. My essay didn’t get good mark. Tom’s essay doesn’t either.
(X) Lỗi sai: doesn’t
Sửa: didn’t
Giải thích: Câu đồng tình cần có sự tương đương về thì với câu trước đó.
EX9. Dựa vào đoạn văn sau viết câu đồng tình với “too/ either”.

0. Yesterday Ann went to the prom and Jane went to the prom too.
1. Ann dressed up elegantly and Jane dressed up elegantly too.
2. Ann looke very beautiful and Jane looked very beautiful too.
3. Ann really enjoyed the music there and Jane really enjoyed the music there too.
4. Ann didn’t drink much and Jane didn’t either.
5. After the prom, Ann came home by bus and Jane came home by bus too.
6. Ann will never forget about the prom and Jane won’t either.
7. Ann wants to keep this happy memory forever and Jane wants to keeps this happy memory forever too.
Giải thích: “too” được dùng trong câu khẳng định để diễn tả ý đồng tình với một điều khẳng định trước đó;
“either” được dùng trong câu phủ định để diễn tả ý đồng tình với một điều phủ định trước đó.
BÀI TẬP NÂNG CAO
EX10. Dùng các từ cho sẵn, viết câu so sánh với “as…as” hoặc “the same…as”.
movies hard tasty valuable origin
Fast long songs talent clothes
1. Can I borrow your ladder? My ladder isn’t as long as yours.
Tôi có thể mượng cái thang của bạn được không? Cái thang của tôi không dài bằng của bạn.
Giải thích: Câu sử dụng cấu trúc so sánh ngang bằng “S + to be + as + adj + as + noun” với tính từ “long”.
2. Your cake is delicious. My cake isn’t as tasty as yours.
Cái bánh của bạn thật ngon. Chiếc bánh của tôi không ngon bằng của bạn.
Giải thích: Câu sử dụng cấu trúc so sánh ngang bằng “S + to be + as + adj + as + noun” với tính từ “tasty”
3. None of Tom’s friends has the same talent as him.
Không có người bạn nào của Jim có tài năng giống anh ấy.
Giải thích: Câu sử dụng cấu trúc so sánh ngang bằng “S + V + the same + noun + as + noun” với danh từ
“talent”
4. Both of us fancy rock music. She listens to the same songs as me.
Cả hai chúng tôi đều thích nhạc rock. Cô ấy nghe các bài hát giống tôi.
Giải thích: Câu sử dụng cấu trúc so sánh ngang bằng “S + V + the same + noun + as + noun” với danh từ
“songs”
5. Jim likes the same movies as Tom, and they often watch together.
Jim thích những bộ phim giống Tom và họ thường xem với nhau.
Giải thích: Câu sử dụng cấu trúc so sánh ngang bằng “S + V + the same + noun + as + noun” với danh từ
“movies”
6. Life nowadays isn’t as hard as it used to be. People now live more comfortably.
Cuộc sống ngày nay không khó khăn như trước. Mọi người sống thoải mái hơn.
Giải thích: Câu sử dụng cấu trúc so sánh ngang bằng “S + to be + as + adj + as + noun” với tính từ “hard”.
7. Her ring is not as valuable as her necklace.
Chiếc nhẫn của cô ấy không giá trị bằng vòng cổ của cô ấy.
Giải thích: Câu sử dụng cấu trúc so sánh ngang bằng “S + to be + as + adj + as + noun” với tính từ “valuable”.
8. My cat has the same origin as yours. They both come from Russia.
Con mèo của tôi có cùng nguồn gốc với con mèo của bạn. Chúng đều đến từ Nga.

186
Giải thích: Câu sử dụng cấu trúc so sánh ngang bằng “S + V + the same + noun + as + noun” với danh từ
“origin”.
9. Kim bought the same clothes as her sister. They want to look like twins.
Kim mua quần áo giống chị của cô ấy. Họ muốn nhìn như sinh đôi.
Giải thích: Câu sử dụng cấu trúc so sánh ngang bằng “S + V + the same + noun + as + noun” với danh từ
“clothes”
10. You should go home as fast as you can. Your mom is looking for you everywhere.
Bạn nên về nhà sớm nhất có thể. Mẹ của bạn đang tìm bạn khắp mọi nơi.
Giải thích: Câu sử dụng cấu trúc so sánh ngang bằng “S + to be + as + adj + as + noun” với tính từ “soon”.
EX11. Viết lại câu, sử dụng cấu trúc so sánh “the same…as”.
1. My brother and I both have big brown eyes.
=> My brother has the same eyes as me.
Anh tôi và tôi cùng có mắt to và nâu.
Anh tôi có mắt to và nâu giống tôi.
Giải thích: Câu sử dụng cấu trúc so sánh ngang bằng “S + V + the same + noun + as + noun” với danh từ
“eyes”
2. My favourite subject is Math. Tim likes Math too.
=> I like the same subject as Tim.
Môn học yêu thích của tôi là Toán. Tim cũng thích Toán.
=> Tôi thích môn học giống với Tim.
Giải thích: Câu sử dụng cấu trúc so sánh ngang bằng “S + V + the same + noun + as + noun” với danh từ
“subject”
3. I have a problem with this exercise. Peter has a problem with it too.
=> I have the same problem as Peter.
Tôi có rắc rối với bài tập này. Peter cũng có rắc rối với nó.
=> Chúng tôi có cùng một rắc rối.
Giải thích: Câu sử dụng cấu trúc so sánh ngang bằng “S + V + the same + noun + as + noun” với danh từ
“problem”.
4. Louis and James are both 18 years old.
=> Louis is at the same age as James.
Louis và James đều 18 tuổi.
=> Louis ở cùng độ tuổi với James.
Giải thích: Câu sử dụng cấu trúc so sánh ngang bằng “S + V + the same + noun + as + noun” với danh từ
“age”.
5. I went to my local primary school. Jim went to my local primary school too.
=> I went to the same primary as Jim.
Tôi đi học ở trường tiểu học địa phương. Jim cũng đi học tại trường tiểu học địa phương.
=> Tôi đi học cùng trường tiểu học với Jim.
Giải thích: Câu sử dụng cấu trúc so sánh ngang bằng “S + V + the same + noun + as + noun” với cụm danh từ
“primary school”.
6. You and I both have dark brown hair.
=> You have the same hair as me.
Bạn và tôi đều có mái tóc nâu đậm.
=> Bạn có mái tóc nâu đậm giống tôi.
Giải thích: Câu sử dụng cấu trúc so sánh ngang bằng “S + V + the same + noun + as + noun” với danh từ
“hair”.
7. I left the meeting room at 11 a.m and so did you.
=> I left the meeting room at the same time as you.
Tôi rời phòng họp lúc 11 giờ trưa và bạn cũng vậy.
=> Tôi rời phòng họp vào cùng thời gian với bạn.
Giải thích: Câu sử dụng cấu trúc so sánh ngang bằng “S + V + the same + noun + as + noun” với danh từ
“time”.
8. My birthday is 5 April. Tom’s birthday is 5 April too.
=> I have the same birthday as Tom.
Sinh nhật của tôi là ngày 5 tháng 4. Sinh nhật của Tom cũng là ngày 5 tháng 4.
=> Tôi có cùng ngày sinh nhật với Tom.

187
Giải thích: Câu sử dụng cấu trúc so sánh ngang bằng “S + V + the same + noun + as + noun” với danh từ
“birthday”.
EX12. Viết lại câu, sử dụng cấu trúc so sánh “as…as”.
1. My doll is pretty but her doll is prettier than mine.
=> My doll isn’t as pretty as her doll.
Búp bê của tôi rất xinh nhưng búp bê của cô ấy xinh hơn.
=> Búp bê của tôi không xinh bằng búp bê của cô ấy.
Giải thích: Câu sử dụng cấu trúc so sánh ngang bằng “S + to be + as + adj + as + noun” với tính từ “pretty”
2. Travelling by train is quite exciting but travelling by plane is more exciting.
=> Travelling by train isn’t as exciting as travelling by plane.
Di chuyển bằng tàu khá thú vị nhưng di chuyển bằng máy bay thú vị hơn.
Di chuyển bằng tàu không thú vị bằng di chuyển bằng máy bay.
Giải thích: Câu sử dụng cấu trúc so sánh ngang bằng “S + to be + as + adj + as + noun” với tính từ “exciting”.
3. My salary is high, but my husband’s is higher.
=> My salary isn’t as high as my husband’s.
Lương của tôi thì cao nhưng lương của chồng tôi cao hơn.
=> Lương của tôi không cao bằng lương của chồng tôi.
Giải thích: Câu sử dụng cấu trúc so sánh ngang bằng “S + to be + as + adj + as + noun” với tính từ “high”.
4. I am disappointed about my team’s score. Ann is disappointed too.
=> I am disappointed about the score as Ann.
Tôi thấy thất vọng về điểm của nhóm. Ann cũng thất vọng.
=> Tôi thấy thất vọng về điểm của nhóm giống như Ann.
Giải thích: Câu sử dụng cấu trúc so sánh ngang bằng “S + to be + as + adj + as + noun” với tính từ
“disappointed”.
5. It’s warm today, but it was much warmer yesterday.
=> Today it isn’t as warm as it was yesterday.
Trời hôm nay ấm nhưng trời ấm hơn nhiều vào hôm qua.
=> Trời hôm nay không ấm bằng trời hôm qua.
Giải thích: Câu sử dụng cấu trúc so sánh ngang bằng “S + to be + as + adj + as + noun” với tính từ “warm”.
6. I still feel a bit tired, but I am better than yesterday.
=> I don’t feel as tired as yesterday.
Tôi vẫn cảm thấy mệt nhưng tôi đã khá hơn hôm quá
=> Tôi không cảm thấy mệt như hôm qua.
Giải thích: Câu sử dụng cấu trúc so sánh ngang bằng “S + to be + as + adj + as + noun” với tính từ “tired”.
7. Tom’s essay is very good and mine is good too.
=> Tom’s essay is as good as mine.
Bài văn của Tom rất tốt và của tôi cũng tốt.
=> Bài văn của Tom tốt như bài của tôi.
Giải thích: Câu sử dụng cấu trúc so sánh ngang bằng “S + to be + as + adj + as + noun” với tính từ “good”.
8. The Smiths have lived here for quite a long time, but we’ve lived here longer.
=> The Smiths haven’t lived here as long as us.
Gia đình Smith đã sống ở đây khá lâu nhưng chúng tôi sống ở đây lâu hơn.
=> Gia đình Smith không sống ở đây lâu bằng chúng tôi.
Giải thích: Câu sử dụng cấu trúc so sánh ngang bằng “S + to be + as + adj + as + noun” với tính từ “long”.
EX13. Hoàn thành câu sử dụng câu đồng tình với “too/ either” sao cho nghĩa của câu không thay đổi.
1. My grandfaher worked for a tobacco company. My father also worked for a tobacco company.
My grandfather worked for a tobacco company and my father worked for a tobacco company too.
2. Both my father and my mother aren’t Vietnamese.
My father isn’t Vietnamese and my mother isn’t Vietnamese either./ isn’t either.
3. I fancy classical music and my brother also fancies classical music.
I fancy classical music and my brother fancies classical music too.
4. Reading books is as relaxing as listening to music.
Reading books is relaxing and listening to music is relaxing too.
5. My friend and I didn’t go to the concert last night.
My friend didn’t go to the concert last night and I didn’t go to the concert either./ didn’t either.
6. My parents and my teacher won’t allow me to play truant.

188
My parents won’t allow me to play truant and my teacher won’t allow me to play truant either./ won’t either.
7. I am never good at singing and paiting.
I am never good at singing and I am never good at singing and paiting either.
8. Both my brother and I rarely listen to traditional songs.
I rarely listen to traditional songs and my brother rarely listen to traditional songs either./ doesn’t either.
Giải thích: Giải thích: “too” được dùng trong câu khẳng định để diễn tả ý đồng tình với một điều khẳng định
trước đó; “either” được dùng trong câu phủ định để diễn tả ý đồng tình với một điều phủ định trước đó.
Lưu ý:“never” (không bao giờ) là trạng từ mang nghĩa phủ định, do vậy câu đồng tính của nó cũng là câu phủ
định và đi với “either”. Một số trạng từ mang ý nghĩa phủ định khác là “rarely/ seldom/ hardly/ scarely”
(hiếm khi, gần như không).

EX14. Gạch chân đáp án đúng.

1. I can’t go to Berlin with you and your father can’t (either/ too).
2. I hardly skip breakfast and Jim (doesn’t skip breakfast either/ skips breakfast too).
Lưu ý: “hardly” (hiếm khi) là trạng từ mang nghĩa phủ định, do vậy câu đồng tình của nó cũng là câu phủ định
và đi với “either”.
3. We won’t go sailing tomorrow because of the storm and they (don’t/ won’t) either.
Giải thích: Câu đồng tình cần có sự tương đương về thì với câu trước đó.
4. I want to be a famous actress in the future and my friemd Sarah (wants/ doesn’t want) it too.
5. They haven’t watched the movie yet and I (haven’t/ doesn’t have) either.
6. I will help my mom do the washing and my brother (will do it too/ don’t do it either).
7. My brother’s just got a new bike and I (have got a new bike too/ am got a new bike too).
8. For me, playing the piano is never easy and playing the guitar (is too/ isn’t either).
9. She is a warm-hearted person but her daughter (isn’t either/ isn’t).
Giải thích: Ở đây không phải là câu đồng tình nên không dùng “either”.
10. Drinking alcohol is harmful to your body and eatung fast food (is harmful too/ isn’t harmful either).
EX15. Khoanh tròn đáp án đúng.
1. A. from B. like C. as D. than
Giải thích: Câu sử dụng cấu trúc so sánh sự khác biệt “S + to be + different from + noun”.
2. A. as B. more C.most D. so
Giải thích: Câu sử dụng cấu trúc so sánh ngang bằng “S + to be + as + adj + as + noun”.
3. A. as B. more C.most D. so
Giải thích: Câu sử dụng cấu trúc so sánh hơn “S1 + to be + more + adj + than + S2”.
4. A. clean B. fresh C. polluted D. pollution
Bởi vì không có nhiều xe trên đường, không khí không ô nhiễm như bây giờ.
5. A. as B. more C.most D. so
Giải thích: Câu sử dụng cấu trúc so sánh hơn “S1 + to be + more + adj + than + S2”.
6. A. have to B. must C. can D. used to
Nhà của chúng ta không to như trước kia nhưng chúng cao hơn và hiện đại hơn.
7. A. too B. so C. either D. also
Giải thích: “either” được dụng trong câu phủ định để diễn tả ý đồng tình với một điều phủ định trước đó.
8. A. from B. like C. as D. than
Giải thích: Câu sử dụng cấu trúc so sánh hơn “S1 + to be + more + adj + than + S2”.
EX16. Đọc đoạn văn sau và điền T (true) trước câu trả lời đúng với nội dung bài đọc, điền F (false) trước
câu trả lời khác nội dung bài đọc.
___F___ 1. Beethoven is only famous as a composer.
Dẫn chứng: Ludwig van Beethoven, born in 17 December 1770, was a well-known German composer and
pianist.
___F___ 2. When Beethoven was small, he studied composition with Joseph Haydn.
Dẫn chứng: At an early age, Beethoven showed his musical talents. His father Johann van Beethoven, together
with composer and conductor Christian Gottlob Neefe, taught him about music.
___T___ 3. Beethoven had problems with his hearing by his late 20s.
Dẫn chứng: Unfortunately, Beethoven had problems with his hearing by his late 20s.
___F___ 4. In 1811, Beethoven stopped performing and composing.
Dẫn chứng: In 1811, he stopped performing in public but he continued to compose.
___T___ 5. He lived in Vienna until his death.

189
Dẫn chứng: He lived in Vienna until he dies in 26 March 1827.

UNIT5: VIETNAMESE FOOD AND DRINKS

Bài 1:
Singular Plural Singular Plural
Baby (em bé) Babies Key (chìa khóa) Keys
Book (sách) Books Lady (quý cô) Ladies
Bottle (bình) Bottles Mouse (chuột) Mice
Bowl (bát) Bowls Person ( người) People
Box (hộp) Boxes Photo (ảnh) Photos
Bus (xe buýt) Buses Sailor (thủy thủ) Sailors
Chair(ghế) Chairs Series (chuỗi) Series
Child (đứa trẻ) Children Spoon ( muống) Spoons
Church ( nhà thờ) Churches Student (học sinh) Students
Computer (máy tính) Computers Table (bàn) Tables
Door (cửa) Doors Tooth (răng) Teeth
Fish (cá) Fish Vehicle (xe cộ) Vehicles
Foot (chân) Feet Window (cửa sổ) Windows
Gentleman (quý ông) Gentlemen Woman ( người phụ Women
nữ)
Goose ( ngống) Geese Year (năm) years
Bài 2:
1. cook 2. Friends 3. Books 4. Mice 5. Pieces 6. Day
7. men 8. Person 9. Teaspoons 10. Fruits 11. Ball 12. Classmates
13. Cup 14. Librarian 15. Fish
Bài 3:
Anger (sự giận dữ) U Knife (dao) C
Bread (bánh mì) U Lamp (đèn) C
Cake (bánh) C Lemonade (nước U
chanh)
Chopstick (đũa) C Milk (sữa) U
Cup (cốc) C Money (tiền) U
Cupboard (tủ, chạn) C News (tin tức) U
Dish (đĩa) C Nature (tự nhiên) U
Drop (giọt) C Noodle (mì) U
Fan (quạt) C Person (người) C
Flour (bột) U Rice (gạo) U
Fruit (hoa quả) C Salt ( muối) U
Glass (ly) C Sugar (đường) U
Heat (nhiệt) U Tomato (cà chua) C
Information (thông U Vegetable (rau) C
tin)
Kitchen (phòng bếp) C Wine (rượu) U

Bài 4:
1. glass
Bạn có muốn một cốc nước nữa không?
2. Litres
Tôi muốn hai lts nước chanh.
3. pot
Bà tôi cho tôi một hũ mứt hôm qua.
4. Sheets
Bạn có thể cần đến 3 tờ giấy để viết bài văn của bạn.
5. slices

190
Anh ta thường ăn 2 lát bánh mì vào buổi sáng
6. bar
Bạn trai tôi tặng tôi một thanh socola tuần trước
7. gallons
Bận cấn ít nhất 2 galon xăng để chạy chiếc máy này
8. grains
Có vìa hạt cát trong trà của tôi
9. cake
Mẹ bảo tôi mua một bánh xà phòng,
10. bag
Có một túi tiêu ở trong tủ
Bài 5:
1. How many 2 How much 3 How many 4 How much
5 How many 6 How many 7 How much 8 How many
9 How much 10 How many 11 How much 12 How much
13 How much 14 How many 15 How many 16 How much
17 How many 18 How much 19 How many 20 How many
Giải thích: “ how many” dùng để hỏi về số lượng của một danh từ đếm được. “How much” đùng để hỏi về số
lượng của một danh từ không đếm được.
Bài 6:
1. How much sugar did you buy yesterday?
Giải thích: Dùng cấu trúc “How much + uncountable N+ trợ động từ + S+ V?” với danh từ không đếm được “
sugar” . Câu có trạng từ yesterday chi thời gian trong quá khứ nên chia vế thì quá khứ đơn.
2. How many kids do you have ?
Giải thích: Dùng cấu trúc “ how many + countable N ( số nhiều) + trợ động từ + S +V ?” với danh từ đếm được
dạng số nhiều “ kids” . Động từ “ have “ chỉ sự sở hữu nên chia vế thì hiện tại đơn.
3. How much time do you usually spend on your homework ?
4. How many sheets of blank paper do you have now?
5. How many tables are there in your classroom?
6. How much money did you borrow him last week?
7. How much rice is there in your kitchen?
8. How many fruits will you buy tomorrrow ?
9. How much water is there in a swimming pool?
10. How many teaspoons of sugar do we need?
Bài 7:
1-e 2-h 3-a 4-g 5-b 6-f 7-d 8-c
1. Có bao nhiêu thủy thủ ? (e) có 21 người
2. bạn sẽ mua boa nhiêu tiêu? (h) tôi sẽ mua hai túi
3. bạn cần bao nhiêu giấy ? (a) tôi chỉ cần một tờ giấy.
4. Có bao nhiêu loại cá trong hồ ? (g) có khoảng 11 loại
5. Sẽ mất bao nhieey thời gian để bạn làm xong bài tập về nhà? (b) khoảng nửa giờ.
6. Có bao nhiêu trường học ở quê bạn? (f) chỉ có một trường.
7. Có bao nhiêu đường trong cà phê của bạn ? (d) 2 viên
8. bạn có bao nhiêu cái muỗng ? (c) tôi có 5
Bài 8:
1. How many pages does this book have?
2. how much time will you spend on your project?
3. how many eggs are there in the refrigerator?
4. How many books did Tim read yesterday?
5. How many waiters are there in the restaurant?
6. How much milk do you need?
7. How many birthday presents has kate received?
8. How many dogs does your family have?
Lưu ý: câu hỏi cần được chia về cùng thì với câu trả lời cho sẵn. Đối với nhứng câu trả lời có ngôi thứ nhất ( I,
my , ….) khi đặt câu hỏi cần chuyển về ngôi thứ hai ( you, your…)
Bìa 9:

191
A book A house

An apple A cup
An hour A sheet
A university A cigarette
A year A telephone
An aunt A computer
An egg A fork
An orange A bowl

Lưu ý: TỪ “ hour” có phát âm là , chữ “h” câm nên từ “ hour” bắt đầu bằng nguyên âm /a/. Do vậy , trước danh
từ số it “ hour” thêm mạo từ “ an”
Từ university có phát âm / / , bắt đầu bằng phụ âm /j/ nên trước nó thêm mạo từ “a”
Bài 10:
1. x 2. An-a 3. X 4.x 5.an 6.x 7.a 8.x-x 9.a 10.a 11.x 12.x-x
13.x 14.x 15.a
Giải thích: “a” và “an” ( một) là hai mạo từ được dùng cho danh từ đếm được số ít. “a” đứng trước phụ âm .
“an” đứng trước nguyên âm (u,e,o,a,i) . Không dùng mạo từ “a” và “an” trước danh từ đếm được số nhiều và
danh từ không đếm được.
Bài 11:
1. some
Giải thích: Dùng “some” trước danh từ đếm được số nhiều “ exercise “ trong câu khẳng định.
2. some
Giải thích: Dùng “some” trong lời mời, lời yêu cầu.
3. Any
Giải thích: Dùng “any” trước danh từ không đếm được “food” trong câu nghi vấn.
4. Any
Giải thích : dùng “any” trước danh từ không đếm được “ news” trong câu nghi vấn.
5. some
Giải thích: Dùng “some” trước danh từ đếm được số nhiều “workers ” trong câu khẳng định.
6. Any
Giải thích: dùng “ any” trước danh từ đếm được số nhiều “ vegetables” trong câu phủ định.
7. Some
Giải thích: dùng “ some” trước danh từ đếm được số nhiều “ friends” trong câu khẳng định.
8. Any
Giải thích: Dùng “ any” trước danh từ đếm được số nhiều “ films” trong câu nghi vấn.
9. Some
Giải thích: dùng “ some” trước danh từ đếm được số nhiều “ dishes “ trong câu khẳng định.
10. Any
Giải thích: Dùng “ any” trước danh từ không đếm được “ time” trong câu phủ định
11. Any
Giải thích “ Dùng “any” trước danh từ không đếm được “ money” trong câu phủ định.
12. Any
Giải thích: Dùng “any” trước danh từ đêm được số nhiều “ pintures” trong câu nghi vấn
13. Some
Giải thích: Dùng “ some” trước dnah từ không đếm được “ bread and butter” trong câu khẳng định
14. Any
Giải thích: Dùng “any” trước danh từ đếm được số nhiều “ eggs” trong câu phủ định
15. Some
Giải thích: Dùng “some” trước danh từ đếm được số nhiều “ trees” trong câu khẳng định
Bài 12:
1. A, any beer 4. C sheets of paper 7. B. some 10. B. some
2. A.any 5. C. books 8. A, any
4. C.a 6. A. isn’t 9. B. some
Bài 13:
1.A 2. Any 3. A 4. A 5. Some 6. An
192
7. Any 8. Any 9. Some-some 10.a 11. Some
12. some 13. An 14. Some 15.any 16. A
17. some 18. Any 19. Some 20. Any
Bài 14:
1. Lỗi sai: cattles
Sửa: cattle
Giả thích: “Cattle” (gia súc ) là danh từ dạng số nhiều, không cần thêm “s”
2. Lỗi sai: some
Sửa: any
Giải thích: Dùng “ any” trước danh từ không đếm được “ news” trong câu phủ định
3. Lỗi sai: are
Sửa: is
Giải thích: “ the Philipines” là tên một quốc gia , không phải danh từ dạng số nhiều nên động từ “tobe” chia
thành “is”
4. . Lỗi sai: scissor
Sửa: scissors
Giải thích: Danh từ “scissors” ( cái kéo) luôn tồn tại dưới dạng số nhiều
Lưu ý: Có một số danh từ khác cũng thường ở dạng số nhiều như “ glasses” ( kính mắt), “shoes” ( đôi giày) ,
“binoculars ” ( ống nhòm ), trousers ( quần) …….
5. Lỗi sai: ladys
Sửa: ladies
Giải thích: danh từ “lady” có tận dugf là y nên đổi “y” thành “i” rôi thên “es”
6. Lỗi sai: trouser
Sửa: trousers
Giải thích: Danh từ “trousers” luon tồn tại dưới dạng số nhiều.
7. Lỗi sai: some
Sửa: never
Giải thích: trạng từ “ never” mang nghĩa phủ định nên dùng any“ trước danh từ không đếm được “anger”
8. Lỗi sai: much any
Sửa: much
Giải thích: Dùng cấu trúc” how much + N không đếm được + trợ động tù + S+V?” với danh từ không đếm
được “milk”
9. Lỗi sai: clothe
Sửa: clothes
Giải thích: danh tù “clothes” luôn tồn tại dạng số nhiều
10. Lỗi sai: many
Sửa: much
Giải thích: “ money” là danh từ không đếm được
Bìa 15:
1. person
Giải thích: sau “every” ( mọi. mỗi) là danh từ dạng số ít
2. Some
Giải thích: DÙng “ some” trước danh từ đếm được số nhiều “ friends” trong câu khẳng định
3. Any
Giải thichs: Trạng từu “ never” mang nghĩa phủ định nên dùng “any” trước danh từ đếm được số nhiều “drinks”
4. Was
Giải thích : “rabie” ( bệnh dại) là danh từ số ít nên động từ “ tobe” sau nó cần chia về thì quá khứ là “was”
5. Fish
Giải thích: Danh từ “fish” ở dạng số nhiều vẫn là “fish”
6. An
Giải thích: từ “honor” có âm /h/ câm, bắt đầu bằng nguyên âm /o/ nen dùng mạo từ “ an”
7. One
Giải thích: sau tính từ “only” ( duy nhất, chỉ một) dùng từ “one” mang ý nghĩa nhấn mạnh về số lượng
8. many
Giải thích: câu hỏi “ how many” dùng để hỏi về số lượng của danh từ dếm được “kilo”
9. Mice

193
Giải thích: Dùng “any” trước danh từ đếm được số nhiều “ mice” trong câu nghi vấn
10. Aircraft
Giải thích: Dùng “any” trước danh từ đếm được số nhiều “ aircraft” trong câu nghi vấn. Dạng số nhiều của
“aircraft” vẫn là “aircraft”
Bài 16:
1/ Do you put any effort on yourr work?
Giải thích: Dùng “any” trước danh từ không đếm được “effort” trong câu nghi vấn.
2. How many geese do you own?
Giải thích: dùng cấu trúc “ How many+ N đếm được + trợ động từ + S+V?” với danh từ đếm được dạng số
nhiều “geese”
3. She doesn’t show any interest in my painting.
Giải thích: Dugf “ any” trước danh từ không đếm được “ interest” trong câu phủ định
4. There aren’t any boys in my class.
Giải thích: Dùng “any” trước danh từ đếm được số nhiều “boys” trong câu phủ định
5. Have you bought any jam yet?
Giải thích: Dùng “any” trước danh từ không đếm được “jam” trong câu “nghi vấn”
6. There are some apples but there aren’t any oranges.
Giải thích: Dùng “some” trước danh từ đếm được số nhiều “apples” trong câu khẳng định “any” trước danh từ
đếm được số nhiều “boys” trong câu phủ định.
7. There aren’t any eggs in the fridge so I will buy some eggs.
Giải thích:
DÙng “any” trong câu phủ định và “some” trong câu khẳng định trước danh từ đếm được số nhiều “eggs”.
8. Up to now I haven’t read any fiction books .
Giải thích:
Dùng “any” trước danh từ đếm được sô nhiều “books” trong câu phủ định.
Bài 17:
1. how many eggs does Jim have? He has three eggs
How many eggs will Jim buy? He will buy 7 eggs.
2. how much chocolate does Jim have? He doesn’t have any chocolate.
How much chocolate will Jim buy? He will buy 2 bars of chocolate.
3. How many oranges does Jim have? He has 3 oranges.
How many oreange will Jim buy? He will buy 3 kilos of orange.
4. how much bread does Jim have? He has 1 loaf of bread
How much bread will Jim buy ? He will buy 3 loaves of bread
5. How much beef does Jim have? He has half a kilo of beef
How much beef will Jim buy? He will buy a koli of beef.
Giải thích: Dùng cấu trúc “ how much + uncountable N + trợ động từ + S+V?” với danh từ không đếm được “
chocolate, bread, beef”
Dùng cấu trúc “ How many+ countable N ( so nhièu) + trợ động từ + S+ V? với danh từ đếm được dạng số
nhiều “eggs, oranges ”.
Dựa vòa ghi chú của Jim để đưa ra câu trả lời về số lượng thực phẩm.
Bìa 18:
1. C time 2. C any 3. B an 4. D some 5. C teaspoon: thìa cà phê
6. D some 7. B ingredients: nguyên liệu 8. A a
Bài 19:
1. Square cake ( Banh chung)
2. In the family altars
3, The 18th Prince of Hung Emperor
Dẫn chứng: This cake was invented by the 18th Prince of Hung Emperor
4. square
5. because of the special meaning and delicious taste of the cakes.
UNIT 6: THE FIRST UNIVERSITY OF VIETNAM
Baii 1:
My motherboughtme this dress yesterday
S V O
This letterwaswritten by my secretary

194
 S tobe Vp2
Hehada serious accident yesterday
S V O
I wasallowed to go picnic with friends.
S tobe Vp2
Ididn’t expectJim to come
S V O
Iwasborn in Russia.
S tobe Vp2
Iboughtthis book in the local bookstore yesterday
S V O
All the winewasdrunk by Peter last night
S tobe Vp2
The songsweresung by many famous singers
S tobe Vp2
This cup ismade from clay
S tobe Vp2
The vasebroke intopieces
S V O
My father and my motherareemployed by the same company.
S tobe Vp2
My parentstooksme and my sister to the theater.
S V O
This actorisadmired by many people.
S tobe Vp2
Jimwasn’texpected to fail the test
S tobe Vp2

Giai thich: Câu chủ động có dạng thức “S+V+O” , câu bị động có dạng thức “S+ tobe + Vp2”
Bài 2:
1. made 2. Bought 3. Made 4. Drunk 5. Parked
6. dug 7. Taken 8. Invited 9. Engaged 10. Done
11. marked 12. Expected 13. Fed 14. Looked after 15. driven
Bài 3:
1. Lỗi sai: find
Sửa: found
Giải thích: Trong câu bị động, động từ đứng sau tobe phải chia về dạng quá khứ phân từ.
2. Lỗi sai: took
Sửa: taken
Giải thích: trong câu bị động, động từ đứng sau tobe phải chia về dạng quá khứ phân từ.
3. Lỗi sai: located
Sửa: is located
Giải thích: Câu bị động có dạng thức “S+ tobe + Vp2” . Ở câu trên chủ ngữ “ the local library” là danh từ đếm
được số ít nên tobe chia về thì hiện tại đơn là “is”, sau “tobe” là động từ ở dạng quá khứ phân từ.
4. Lỗi sai: with
Sửa: by
Giải thích: Trong câu bị động, trước tân ngữ dùng giới từ “ by” ( bởi ai, bởi cái gì)
5. Lỗi sai: in 2000 by my mother
Sửa: By my mother in 2000
Giải thích: trong câu bị động trạng từ chỉ thời gain đứng sau “ by + O”
6. Lỗi sai: cutted
Sửa: cut
Giải thích: Dạng quá khứ phân từ của “cut” vẫn là “cut”
7. Lỗi sai: were
Sửa: was
Giải thích: Chủ ngữ “ the organization” là danh từ số ít nên tobe chia về thì quá khứ là “was”
195
8. Lỗi sai: litter
Sửa: littered
Giải thích: Trong câu bị động , động từ sau tobe phải chia về dạng quá khứ phân từ
9. Lỗi sai: helped
Sửa: is helped
Giải thích: Câu bị động có dạng thức “S+ tobe + vp2” . Ở câu trên chủ ngữ “ the old man” là danh từ đếm được
số ít nên tobe chia về thì hiện tại đơn là “is” , sau tobe là động từ ở dạng quá khứ phân từ.
10. Lỗi sai: destroy
Sửa: destroyed
Giải thích: Trong câu bị động, động từ đứng sau tobe phải chia về dạng quá khứ phân từ
Bài 4:
 The dinner was prepared by a famous cook.
X My money was stolen by someone.
X I wasn’t told about her story by anyone.
X Jim’s homework wasn’t finished by him yesterday
X This table is made from wood by people.
 These flowers are grown by a skillful gardener.
 My sister is looked after by a babysitter.
X This letter was sent to me by someone.
 These walls are painted in pink by my sister.
X It is thought by people that Jane will marry Jim
Giải thích:
CHủ ngữ I, you, he, she, it , we, they , one, people, someone, somebody, nobody, no one trong câu chủ động
thường được bỏ đi trong câu bị động
Bài 5:
1. This table isn’t made of wood
Is this table made of wood?
2. This book is sold in many bookstores
Is this book sold in many bookstores?
3. The gift isn’t wrapped in colorful paper?
Is the gift wrapped in colorful paper?
4. Tickets are sold at the entrance.
Ticker aren’t sold at the entrance
5. The car is polished regularly.
Is the car polished regularly?
6. The grass isn’t cut every week.
Is the grass cut every week?
7. These tomatoes aren’t grown in Mrs. Smith’s garden.
Are these tomatoes grown in Mrs. Smith’s garden?
8. The bank is always closed at 4.30
The bank isn’t always closed at 4.30.
Giải thích: câu bị động ở thì hiện tại đơn có dạng thức “ S+ am/í/are + Vp2”. Câu phủ định thêm “not” sau
tobe, câu nghi vấn đảo “tobe” lên đầu câu.
Bài 6:
1. spoken 2. Am not 3. Watered 4. Is 5. Is prepared 6. Buy
7. Admired 8. Are done 9. Is polluted 10. Broken 11. Are planted
12. Is typed 13. is studied 14. Is made 15. By
Bài 7:
1. is normally made 2. Is grown 3. Is done 4. Is also done
5. Is harvested 6. Is loaded 8. Is processed 7. Is taken
9. Is cleaned 10. Is broken 11. Iss extracted 12. Is purified
13. Are tumbled 14. Are dried 15. Are sorted
16. Are placed 17. Is packed 18. Is used
Bai 8:
1. my house is made from wood.

196
Giải thích: Tân ngữ “all the painings” của câu chủ động chuyển thành chủ ngữ trong câu bị động và động từ
“tobe” theo đó chia thành “ are”, động từ “display ” đứng sau tobe phải chia về dạng quá khứ phân từ là
“displayed ”. Chủ ngữ “the painter” trong câu chủ động chuyển thành tân ngữ đứng sau “by” trong câu bị động
2. these eggs are not laid by my hens
3. Morning exercises are done by Jim everyday.
4. The dogs are fed by jane everyday
5. Letters are delivered by the mailman everyday.
6. Vegetables are grown in the fields by farmers
7. Cattle are raised by farm workers.
8. Many diseases are cured by surgery nowadays
9. National heritages are preserved by the government.
10. The architectural features of the house are carefully studied by architects.
Bai 9:
1. are displayed in the gallery by the painter.
2. is turned off by Jim
3. Is always locked by Peter before 9 pm
4. Taken to the airport by jim
5. is the room cleaned by jane?
6. Is rarely written by my mother?
7. Are arranged beautifully by my aunt
8. is sometimes driven to work by Mr. smith
9. Is never spoken outside the classroom by me
10. Is never opened
11. are mde from plastic
12. is hung on the wall by Jane
13. Is guarded twenty-four hours a day
14. Is written and posted on social network site by Jim
15. Is hervested in late July.
Lưu ý: Trong câu bị động “by + O” đứng sau trạng từ chỉ nơi chốn và đứng trước trạng từ chỉ thời gian
Bài 10:
1. my father takes me to school everyday
2. A large number of people read this book.
3. The citizens warmly welcome the President.
4. jim invites you to the party
5. Many children love chocolate.
6. The authorities protect historic places in my hometown.
7. His grandchildren visit the old men regularly.
8. I accidentally tear the letter.
9. My teacher clearly explains this problem.
10. My mother places the vase under the table.
Bai 11:
1. This building was not designed by a French architect
Was this building designed by a French architect?
2. This non-profit organization was founded in 1990.
Was this non-profit organization founded in 1990?
3. The thieves were not arrested yesterday.
Were the thieves arrested yesterday?
4. This piece of music was composed by Mozart.
This piece of music was not composed by Mozart
5. The keys were found in her bedroom
Were the keys found in her bedroom?
6. The statue was not destroyed years ago.
Was the statue destroyed years ago?
7. Janet was born in America
Janet was not born in America.
8. I was not named by my grandparents.

197
Was inamed by my grandparents?
Bai 12
1
. C taken 5. A were put 9. A by me yesterday
2. C were fascinated 6. C was the river 10. A to the park by me
3. A by 7. B. was predicted
4. C. were protected 8. C commuted
Bài 13

1. was finished 8. was sent 15. were sold out

2. was caused 9. were made 16. was thrown
3. was drunk 10. was founded 17. was your house built
4. was prepared 11. were sung 18. wasn’t recognized
5. wasn’t opened 12. were set off 19. was surprised
6. was cut 13. were rescued 20. was witnessed
7. was sentenced 14. were you born
Bai 14:
1. The woman was robbed on her way home last night.
2. my bike was found near the river bank.
3. the borken table in my room was fixed by Jim
4. His back was hurt by him yesterday .
5. Tom was bullied by his classmates when he was a seventh grader.
6. The victim was taken to the hospital after the accident.
7. My lost suitcse wasn’t found by the police
8. Mr. Smith’s house was borken into when the were out
9. The Great Wall of China was built by soldiers, common people and criminals.
10. That piece of paper was cut into four smaller pieces
11. I was taight Japanese by my father during last summer.
12. Was this wooden bridge built by the local people?
13. Were all the apples in the garden harvested yesterday ?
14. What was wine made from?
15. When was the shop closed yesterday ?
Bài 15:
1. Where was the painting displayed?
Bức tranh được trưng bày ở đâu?
2. I was brought up in the South oF Viet Nam by my uncle
Tôi được nuôi lớn ở miền nam Viet Nam bởi chú tôi.
3. I was given a doll by my mother on my birthday
Tôi được tặng một con búp bê bởi mẹ tôi trong ngày sinh nhật
4. my room was painted and decorated by my sister.
Phòng của tôi được sơn và trang trí bởi chị tôi
5. My brother and I were not allowed to eat junk food when we were small.
Em trai tôi và tôi không được phép ăn đồ ăn vặt khi chúng tôi còn bé
6. this party was held in the garden by Jim yesterday.
Bữa tiệc này được tổ chức trong vườn bởi Jim ngày hôm qua
7. Jane’s car was parked near mine.
Xe của Jane được đậu ở gần xe của tôi
8. two fish were caught by me yesterday\
Hai con cá bị bắt bởi tôi ngày hôm qua
9. this letter was written and sent by my cousin
Bức thư này được viết và gửi bởi em họ tôi
10. the police arrested the thief last week
Cảnh sát bắt tên trộm vào tuần trước
Bai 16:
1. Lỗi sai: does
Sửa: is the car cleaned in the garage by your father?

198
2. Lỗi sai: were
Sửa: No one was told about his tragic death
3. Lỗi sai: purchase
Sửa: My computer was purchased from the local shop
4. Lỗi sai: lay
Sửa: The table was laid by my mother
5. Lỗi sai: is
Sửa: was
6. Lỗi sai: did
Sửa: was
7. . Lỗi sai: was worked
Sửa: When my father worked in the local factory, he didn’t have free time
8. . Lỗi sai: in 1990 by a famous architect
Sửa: The tower was built by a famous architect in 1990
9. . Lỗi sai: with
Sửa: This criminal case was solved by the police
10. . Lỗi sai: were you walked
Sửa: Did you walk to school when you were a child?
Giải thích: Câu chủ động với động từ “walk ” . câu nghi vấn đảo trợ động từ lên đầu câu
Bai 17:
1/ were demolished
Một vài địa danh lịch sử ở quê tôi bị phá hủy để dành chỗ cho nhà cửa và nhà máy
Giải thích:
Câu bị động ở thì quá khứ đơn, chủ ngữ “ several historical places” là danh từ số nhiều nên động từ tobe chia
thành were , động từ “demolish ” đứng sau tobe phải chia về dạng quá khứ phân từ là “demolished”
2. was constructed
Chùa một cột được xây dựng bởi vua Lý Thái Tông năm 1049
Giải thích:
Câu bị động ở thì quá khứ đơn, chủ ngữ “ The one Pillar Pagoda” là danh từ số ít nên động từ tobe chia thành
was , động từ “construct ” đứng sau tobe phải chia về dạng quá khứ phân từ là “constructed”
3. Is located
Nhà của tôi được đặt ở vùng ngoại ô Hà nội
Giải thích:
Câu bị động ở thì hiện tại đơn, chủ ngữ “ my house” là danh từ số ít nên động từ tobe chia thành is , động từ
“locate ” đứng sau tobe phải chia về dạng quá khứ phân từ là “located”
4. Are preserved
Di sản quốc gia được bảo tồn bởi cả chính phủ và người dân.
Giải thích:
Câu bị động ở thì quá khứ đơn, chủ ngữ “ national heritage ” là danh từ số nhiều nên động từ tobe chia thành
are , động từ “preserve ” đứng sau tobe phải chia về dạng quá khứ phân từ là “preserved”
5. is regarded
Mary được cho là người có trách nhiệm bởi đồng nghiệp.
Giải thích:
Câu bị động ở thì hiện tại đơn, chủ ngữ “ Mary” là danh từ số ít nên động từ tobe chia thành is , động từ “regard
” đứng sau tobe phải chia về dạng quá khứ phân từ là “regarded”
6. was completed
Dự án của tôi được hoàn thành 2 ngày trước.
Giải thích:
Câu bị động ở thì quá khứ đơn, chủ ngữ “ my project” là danh từ số ít nên động từ tobe chia thành was , động từ
“complete ” đứng sau tobe phải chia về dạng quá khứ phân từ là “completed”
7. are sold
Vé được bán với mức giá hợp lý.
8. was visited
Đâu là lần cuối cùng bạn được thăm bởi cháu của bạn?
Giải thích:

199
Câu bị động ở thì quá khứ đơn, chủ ngữ “ you” là danh từ số ít nên động từ tobe chia thành was , động từ “visit
” đứng sau tobe phải chia về dạng quá khứ phân từ là “visited ”
9. Is – invited
Jim có được mời đến đám cưới của hàng xóm không?
Giải thích:
Câu bị động ở thì hiện tại đơn, chủ ngữ “ Jim” là danh từ số ít nên động từ tobe chia thành is , động từ “invite ”
đứng sau tobe phải chia về dạng quá khứ phân từ là “invited”
. Câu nghi vấn đảo tobe lên đầu câu.
10. were solved
Vấn đề đã được giải quyết bởi giáo viên của tôi ngày hôm qua
Giải thích:
Câu bị động ở thì quá khứ đơn, chủ ngữ “ The problems” là danh từ số nhiều nên động từ tobe chia thành were ,
động từ “solve ” đứng sau tobe phải chia về dạng quá khứ phân từ là “solved”
Bài 18:
1. am not permitted 6. was designed 11. is your health worsened
2. makes 7. was rumoured 12. Promised
3. Is expected 8. ordered 13. Were covered
4. Doesn’t let 9. are often shone 14. often make
5. Was paid 10. is lit 15. was moved
Bài 19:
1. I was given a notebook as a reward by my teacher.
2. Grapes are picked and turned into wine .
3. I wasn’t allowed to stay up late by my father.
4. Pencils aren’t used in your Math exam .
5. I was allowed to go picnic with my friends by my parents yesterday .
6. I wasn’t told about his story.
7. This cake was made by me.
8. When I was a kid, My leg was bitten by a dog.
9. Mnay social skills are needed when you enter the workplace .
10. My grandmother’s hearing is assisted by a hearing aid.
Bài 20:
1. C historic: có giá trị lịch sử 5. C was considered
2. A. is located 6. B was held.
3. A, by 7. A sufferd
4. B. is made 8. A withdrew
Bài 21: Christians and non-Christians at the weekend or
1. F during religious holidays like Christmas.
Dẫn chứng : Its architectural style was described as
resembling Notre Dame de Paris
2. T
Dẫn chứng: In 1882, after the French army took
control of hanoi, the Cathedral wa constructed
completed in 1886.
3. NG
4. F
Dẫn chứng: Although the appearance of the
cathedral follows Western style, the main interior
part is decoreated inVIetnamese wasy with two
typical colors yelloe and red.
5. T
Dẫn chứng: Outside, in front of the cathedral is the
statue of Mother Maria
6. F
Dẫn chứng: Sine then, the cathedral is always
crowded with hundreds of people including both

200